Organic Law of 19 June, of the Qualifications and Vocational Training Act, aims at the ordination of a comprehensive system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, which responds effectively and transparently to social and economic demands through the various forms of training. To this end, it creates the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, defining it in article 2.1 as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of the offers of vocational training, through the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in order to promote the professional and social development of the people and to cover the needs of the productive system.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as set out in Article 7.1, is designed to facilitate the integrated nature and adequacy of vocational training and the labour market, as well as training throughout life, the mobility of workers and the unity of the labour market. This catalogue consists of the qualifications identified in the production system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Article 5.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June, gives the National Institute of Qualifications, the responsibility to define, develop and maintain the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as a technical organ of support to the General Council of Vocational Training, whose regulatory development is included in Article 9.2 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, established in Article 9.4, the obligation to maintain permanently updated by its periodic review which, in any event, must be carried out within a period of not more than five years from the date of inclusion of the qualification in the catalogue.

Therefore, this order is dictated by the application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September, laying down the specific aspects of professional qualifications for which the amendment, approval procedure and effects apply to Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June 2002 on qualifications and vocational training, which was obtained by the Council of State in its proceedings, number 618/2014 of 23 July 2014.

Thus, in this order they are updated, as a complete replacement of their annexes, eleven professional qualifications of the Professional Family Energy and Water that have an age in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications of more than five years, to which the Royal Decree 817/2014, of 26 September. In addition, certain professional qualifications are partially modified by the replacement of the transversal competence units and the associated training modules, which are included in the updated professional qualifications set out in the annexes of this order.

In the process of drafting this order, the Autonomous Communities have been consulted and the General Council of Vocational Training and the State School Council have issued a report.

Under the joint proposal of the Minister for Education, Culture and Sport and the Minister for Employment and Social Security, I have:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This ministerial order aims to update 11 professional qualifications for the Professional Family Energy and Water, with the replacement of the corresponding annexes, and to partially modify certain professional qualifications by replacing certain units of competence and associated training modules, in application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September, laying down the specific aspects of professional qualifications for the modification, procedure of Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June, on qualifications and vocational training, is applicable to the adoption and effects of the legislation.

The professional qualifications updated and those partially modified by this procedure are valid and apply throughout the national territory, and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Updating of certain professional qualifications of the Family and Water, established by Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing certain professional qualifications, as well as their corresponding training modules which are incorporated into the Modular Catalogue of Vocational Training.

As set out in the unique additional provision of Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, we proceed to update the professional qualifications whose specifications are contained in the annexes CXC, CXCI, CXCII and CXCIII of the aforementioned royal decree:

One. A new wording is given to Annex CXC, Professional Qualification "Assembly and maintenance of thermal solar installations". Level 2. ENA190_2, which is listed as Annex I to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to the Annex CXCI, Professional Qualification "Assembly and Maintenance of Water Networks". Level 2. ENA191_2, which is listed as Annex II to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to the Annex CXCII, Professional Qualification "Assembly and Maintenance of Gas Networks". Level 2. ENA192_2, which is listed as Annex III to this order.

Four. A new wording is given to Annex CXCIII, Professional Qualification "Managing the assembly and maintenance of wind farms". Level 3. ENA193_3, which is listed as Annex IV to this order.

Article 3. Update of certain professional qualifications established by Royal Decree 1114/2007 of 24 August, complementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing four professional qualifications corresponding to the Professional Family Energy and Water.

As set out in the unique additional provision of Royal Decree 1114/2007 of 24 August, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in the Annexes CCLXI, CCLXII, CCLXIII and CCLXIV to the royal decree, is to be updated:

One. A new wording is given to Annex CCLXI, Professional Qualification "Assembly and maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations". Level 2. ENA261_2, which is listed as Annex V to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to Annex CCLXII, Professional Qualification "Organisation and control of assembly and maintenance of water and sanitation networks and installations". Level 2. ENA262_3, which is listed as Annex VI to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to Annex CCLXIII, Professional Qualification "Organisation and projects of photovoltaic solar installations". Level 3. ENA263_3, which is listed as Annex VII to this order.

Four. A new wording is given to Annex CCLXIV, Professional Qualification "Organization and projects of thermal solar installations". Level 3. ENA264_3, which is listed as Annex VIII to this order.

Article 4. Update of certain professional qualifications established by Royal Decree 1698/2007 of 14 December, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing three professional qualifications for the Professional Family Energy and Water.

As set out in Royal Decree 1698/2007's unique additional provision of 14 December 2007, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in Annexes CCCLVIII, CCCLIX and CCCLX to the royal decree, is to be updated:

One. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLVIII, Professional Qualification "Energy Efficiency of Buildings". Level 3. ENA358_3, which is listed as Annex IX to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLIX, Professional Qualification "Operation Management in Thermoelectric Power Plants". Level 3. ENA359_3, which is listed as Annex X to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLX, Qualification "Managing the assembly and maintenance of gas networks". Level 3. ENA360_3, which is listed as Annex XI to this order.

Article 5. Partial modification of a professional qualification established by Royal Decree 716/2010, of 28 May, which complements the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing three professional qualifications corresponding to the Professional Family Energy and Water.

As set out in the unique additional provision of Royal Decree 716/2010 of 28 May, the partial modification of the professional qualification whose specifications are contained in the Annex CDLXXIII of that royal decree is applicable:

The professional qualification established as " Annex CDLXXIII: Management of the operation in hydroelectric power plants is modified. Level 3. ENA473_3 "replacing, respectively, the competition unit" UC1200_3: Coordinate and prepare the human team involved in the area of operation of the power plants "and the associated training module" MF1200_3: Coordination and support to human teams involved in the operation of power plants "by the competition unit" UC1200_3: Coordinate and prepare the human team involved in the area of operation of the power plants " and the associated training module "MF1200_3: Coordination and support for human equipment involved in the operation of power plants", corresponding to " Annex X: Management of operation in hydroelectric power stations. Level 3. ENA359_3 " of this order.

Article 6. Partial modification of a professional qualification of the Professional Family Energy and Water established, established by Royal Decree 1788/2011, of 16 December, which complements the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing certain professional qualifications corresponding to the Professional Families Chemical, Energy and Water, Transport and Maintenance of Vehicles, Graphic Arts, Physical and Sports Activities, and Arts and Crafts.

As set out in Royal Decree 1788/2011 ' s single additional provision of 16 December 2011, the professional qualification whose specifications are contained in Annex DCLVI to the Royal Decree No 1788/2011 of 16 December 2011 is updated as follows:

The professional qualification established as " Annex DCLVI: Management of the efficient use of water is modified. Level 3. ENA656_3 "replacing, respectively, the competition unit" UC1196_3: Managing the efficient use of water in construction "and the associated training module" MF1196_3: Efficiency in the use of water in buildings "by the competition unit" UC1196_3: Manage the efficient use of water in buildings "and the associated training module" MF1196_3: Efficiency in the use of water in buildings ", corresponding to" Annex IX: Energy efficiency of buildings. Level 3. ENA358_3 " of this order.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This order is dictated by the powers conferred on the State by Article 149.1.1. and the 30th of the Constitution, on the regulation of the basic conditions that guarantee the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of constitutional duties, and for the regulation of the conditions for obtaining, issuing and approval of academic and professional titles.

Final disposition second. Entry into force.

This ministerial order shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the Official Gazette of the State.

Madrid, July 23, 2015. -Vice President of the Government and Minister of the Presidency, Soraya Saenz of Santamaria Anton.

ANNEX I

Professional qualification: Assembly and maintenance of thermal solar installations

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 2

Code: ENA190_2

General Competition

Perform the assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance of low temperature thermal solar installations, with the required quality and safety and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0601_2: Repose thermal solar installations

UC0602_2: Mounting sensors, equipment, and hydraulic circuits for thermal solar installations

UC0603_2: Mount electrical circuits and electrical equipment electrical equipment

UC0604_2: Service and operate thermal solar installations

UC0605_2: Maintain thermal solar installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the assembly, operation and maintenance of thermal solar installations, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the construction and energy sector, in the productive activities in which the assembly, operation and maintenance of thermal solar installations are carried out for the production of sanitary hot water or for the support of heating systems and other uses.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Thermal solar installation mounts

Thermal solar installations maintainers

Thermal solar installations operators

Associated Training (540 hours)

Training Modules

MF0601_2: Repose thermal solar installations (90 hours)

MF0602_2: Mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations (180 hours)

MF0603_2: Electrical assembly of thermal solar installations (90 hours)

MF0604_2: Puesta in service and operation of thermal solar installations (60 hours)

MF0605_2: Maintenance of thermal solar installations (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: REPOSE THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0601_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Repose the sensors and hydraulic circuits in thermal solar installations from a project or technical memory to perform its assembly.

CR 1.1 The type of installation is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications distinguishing their functional and energy characteristics.

CR 1.2 The components of the assembly or installation, as well as their functional characteristics and specifications, are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 1.3 The possible dysfunction between the installation project and the site itself is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 1.4 The locations and anchorage characteristics, supports and connections of the different components and constructive elements are determined, prior to mounting.

CR 1.5 The complementary schemes necessary for the hydraulic and mechanical assembly of the installation are performed in cases where necessary.

CR 1.6 The location of the sensors, hydraulic equipment, tubes and fittings is marked on the ground from the installation project, taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 1.7 The affected work area is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 2: Repose electrical installations of solar thermal systems from a project or technical memory to perform its assembly.

CR 2.1 The electrical installation is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications distinguishing their functional and energetic characteristics.

CR 2.2 The electrical components of the assembly or installation as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 2.3 The possible dysfunction between the electrical installation project and the site itself is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 2.4 The locations and features of anchoring, supports, and connections of the different electrical components are determined, prior to mounting.

CR 2.5 Complementary schemes for the electrical assembly of the installation are performed in those cases where it is indicated.

CR 2.6 The location of thermostats, presostats, probes, sensors, resistors, motors, pumps, circulators, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measurement equipment, control equipment and other electrical components is marked on the ground from the installation project, taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 2.7 The affected work area is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 3: Repose the integration of thermal solar installations in the reform of existing thermal installations, from a project or technical memory, to perform its assembly.

CR 3.1 The type of thermal installation to be reformed is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, distinguishing their functional and energetic characteristics.

CR 3.2 The components of the existing installation as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 3.3 The performance of the reform or modification to be carried out and the sequence of intervention are established from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the projects or technical memories of integration of thermal solar systems in existing installations, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 3.4 The complementary schemes required for the reform and assembly of the reform of thermal installations are carried out in those cases where it is indicated.

CR 3.5 The location, repose and marking of the components and accessories to be modified or added in the existing thermal installations is carried out on the ground, from the project of the installation and taking into account the characteristics of the place.

CR 3.6 The area of work affected by the reform is marked according to regulatory requirements.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Specific IT applications. Compass, clinometer, G.P.S. Marking tools. Signalling material. Safety equipment.

Products and results:

Thermal solar installations reposed. Modifications of reposed thermal solar installations.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Schemes for repose and assembly. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNTING SENSORS, EQUIPMENT, AND HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS FOR THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0602_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the assembly work, according to the project and program of assembly, for the installation of sensors, equipment and hydraulic circuits in thermal solar installations.

CR 1.1 The assembly sequence is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process with respect to security, method and time.

CR 1.2 The materials, tools and other necessary technical resources are selected according to the type of solar thermal installation.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical prescriptions and transmitting the non-conformities.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to established work procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination with the people involved in the work is carried out, according to the level of responsibility, according to criteria of effectiveness and safety.

RP 2: Apply the preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the assembly of sensors, equipment and hydraulic circuits of thermal solar installations, in order to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan in the assembly.

CR 2.2 Environmental protection requirements are identified in the relevant documentation, taking them into account for their implementation in the execution of the installation.

CR 2.3 The means of protection indicated for the risks arising from the assembly are selected and used, preventing accidents.

CR 2.4 Working areas under the responsibility of the operator are maintained in order and cleaning conditions, avoiding accidents.

CR 2.5 Emergency situations are addressed, following the protocol of action, adapting it according to the case.

RP 3: Mount thermal solar sensors, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located, with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 3.2 The brackets and anchorage points of the sensors, pipes and fittings are placed according to the project specifications, allowing for the expected expansion of the network.

CR 3.3 Solar sensors are placed with the appropriate orientation, distance and inclination and interconnected according to the technical specifications.

RP 4: Mount the hydraulic circuits of thermal solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 The laying of the tubes is performed with the earrings, shapes and devices established, guaranteeing the circulation of the heat-bearing fluids.

CR 4.2 The types and characteristics of the assembled equipment and elements are verified, ensuring their resistance to the pressure and working temperature and the response to the function they have to perform.

CR 4.3 The pipes and elements are connected, by means of flame welding, electrical welding, electrofusion, threading, or other assembly and bonding techniques depending on the type of material used, using the necessary tools and tools to achieve the required tightness.

CR 4.4 The assembled elements and pipe connections are isolated from vibrations and are protected from stresses or mechanical stresses, allowing for the expected expansion.

CR 4.5 Purgers, valves, pumps, circulators, accumulation tanks, expansion tanks, exchangers, regulatory elements, safety valves and accessories are installed, allowing access for handling and maintenance in safety conditions.

CR 4.6 The flow meters, presostats, level probes and other detector elements of the system variables are mounted according to the technical specifications so that the indication of the measured magnitude is produced without disturbance.

CR 4.7 Hydraulic connection with conventional support and auxiliary facilities is carried out according to applicable project and regulations.

CR 4.8 Corrosion protection and thermal insulation of hydraulic components are performed according to established technical requirements.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools: thermometers, gauges, flow meters, counters, flexometer, level, marking tools. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, limes, drilling, riveting, bending, screwing, welding equipment and lifting tools, among others. Safety equipment. Useful for the application of fastening and waterproofing resins. Facilities components: collectors, exchangers, expansion tanks, accumulation tanks, pumps, circulators, pipes, valves, purgators.

Products and results:

Capers, equipment and hydraulic circuits of the installed and connected thermal solar installations. Hydraulic connection of the installation with other support systems.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MOUNT ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Level: 2

Code: UC0603_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the assembly work, according to the project and assembly program, for the installation of electrical circuits and equipment in thermal solar installations.

CR 1.1 The assembly sequence is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process with respect to security, method and time.

CR 1.2 The necessary materials, tools, and other technical resources are selected based on the type of installation.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out, inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical prescriptions and transmitting the non-conformities.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to established work procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination with the people involved in the work is carried out, according to criteria of efficacy and safety.

RP 2: Apply the preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations, in order to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan in the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment.

CR 2.2 The means of protection, in the face of the risks arising from the installation and commissioning of the installation, are selected and used preventing accidents.

CR 2.3 The working areas of your responsibility are maintained in order and cleaning conditions, avoiding accidents.

CR 2.4 Emergency situations are served by following the action protocol, adapting it as appropriate.

RP 3: Mount electrical circuits and equipment for regulating and controlling thermal solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The pipes, electrical conductors and detector elements of the installation are mounted, using the means and procedures established.

CR 3.2 The control and automatics of the installation are constructed and assembled, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.3 The electrical connections between elements and with the auxiliary or auxiliary thermal installations are carried out according to the applicable project and regulations.

CR 3.4 The control elements are programmed according to the corresponding technical documentation and the established operating conditions.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools: thermometers, manometers, flow meters, meters, flexometer, marking tools, polymeter, amperimeter, buscapo, isolation meter. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, welder, rosewood, limes, drilling machine, among others. Safety equipment. Installations components: thermostats, presostats, probes, sensors, resistors, motors, pumps, circulators, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measuring equipment, control equipment.

Products and results:

Electrical circuits and equipment for regulating and controlling thermal solar installations with support systems installed and connected.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Single-pin schemes. Electrical connection schemes. Listing of parts and components. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PUT IN SERVICE AND OPERATE THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0604_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Prepare the commissioning of thermal solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The hydraulic interconnection between the solar installation and the auxiliary or auxiliary thermal installations is monitored according to the project and the applicable regulations.

CR 1.2 The tightness and pressure tests of the hydraulic circuits are performed, for each circuit of the installation, in compliance with the established safety and regulatory conditions.

CR 1.3 The cleaning and disinfection of the hydraulic circuits is performed according to the rules of application.

CR 1.4 The final filling of the circuits is performed with the corresponding heat-transfer fluid, according to the applicable technical and regulatory requirements.

CR 1.5 Electrical circuit connections and regulatory elements are checked according to project specifications and specifications.

CR 1.6 The thermal insulation of the hydraulic components is verified, verifying that it complies with the regulations and that it ensures the protection of the atmospheric agents.

CR 1.7 The documentation concerning the outcome of the required tests is completed in accordance with established procedures.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the commissioning of thermal solar installations, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 The professional risks arising from the testing of pressure and putting into service, are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.2 The means of protection, in the face of the risks arising from pressure testing and putting into service, are selected and used to prevent accidents and minimise the risk.

CR 2.3 Working areas under the responsibility of the operator are maintained in order and cleaning conditions avoiding accidents.

CR 2.4 Emergency situations are addressed, following the protocol of action, adapting it according to the case.

CR 2.5 The safety instructions are clearly visible next to the appliances and equipment.

RP 3: Perform the commissioning and operation of thermal solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The tightness of the hydraulic circuits is verified, with the approval of the competent authority, verifying that it is in the established conditions.

CR 3.2 The circulation of the heat-transfer fluid, its hydraulic balance and the behavior of the installation before the foreseeable dilations, overheating and vaporizations are verified, checking that they are within the established limits.

CR 3.3 The operation of the drive, regulation and control system is verified, checking whether the conditions set out are met and adjusting the parameters to the reference parameters that appear in the project or technical memory.

CR 3.4 Information about the basic installation maintenance and use is made and provided to the customer, along with the corresponding manuals.

RP 4: Operate the distribution system for the primary and secondary circuits, accessories and control and regulation elements of the solar thermal installation in compliance with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 Operating manoeuvres are performed according to the instructions for handling or indications of the standards, plans and technical specifications.

CR 4.2 The measurement data, radiation, temperature, pressure, loss, flow, consumption, are obtained and recorded according to established procedures.

CR 4.3 The operation of the installations is verified, comparing the data obtained with the reference parameters and adjusting them for the maximum energy efficiency.

CR 4.4 The protection of the installation from overheating and frost (such as the covering of sensors, among other possible operations) is carried out according to established procedures.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools: thermometers, manometers, flow meters, meters, polymeter, amperimeter, buscapo, isolation meter, refractometer and pH meter. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, welder, screw, limes, drilling, loading pump with tank. Safety equipment. Signalling material.

Facilities components: thermostats, presostats, probes, sensors, exchangers, expansion tanks, accumulation tanks, pipes, valves, purgators, resistors, motors, pumps, circulators, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measuring equipment, control equipment.

Products and results:

Thermal solar installations put into service and operating.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Pressure testing procedures. Documentation relating to tests required for regulation. Installation data records (measurements, radiation, temperature, pressure, loss, flow, consumption). Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service, use and maintenance manuals. Safety instructions. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: MAINTAIN THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0605_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the maintenance work of thermal solar installations according to the established intervention procedures.

CR 1.1 The drawings and technical specifications of the equipment and installations to be maintained, are interpreted, determining the performance to be performed and establishing the sequence of maintenance intervention, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.2 The materials and other necessary technical resources are selected according to the type of action.

CR 1.3 The work area is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the action itself and according to established work procedures.

CR 1.4 The coordination with the people involved in the solar installation is carried out according to criteria of efficacy and safety.

CR 1.5 The information about the repair process is transmitted to the user or client, affecting the relevant aspects that affect it.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the maintenance of thermal solar installations, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan in the maintenance of the facilities.

CR 2.2 The means of protection, in the face of the risks arising from maintenance, are selected and used to avoid accidents and minimise the risk.

CR 2.3 Working areas under the responsibility of the operator are maintained in order and cleaning conditions avoiding accidents.

CR 2.4 Emergency situations are served by following the action protocol, adapting it as appropriate.

RP 3: Perform the preventive maintenance operations of thermal solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, in compliance with the established procedures and applicable regulations, for their operation within the established parameters.

CR 3.1 The state of cleaning, surface finish, insulation and sealing of the sensors, the concentration of antifreeze in the primary circuit, as well as the presence of air and the pressure thereof are verified at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 3.2 The preventive maintenance operations for the control of the legionella are performed according to implementing regulations.

CR 3.3 The pipes, purgators, valves, probes, control elements and other components of the installation are reviewed, checking their condition and, where appropriate, replaced according to established procedures and safety conditions.

CR 3.4 The monitoring operations of the energy consumption and performance evaluation of the generating equipment are carried out according to regulatory requirements.

CR 3.5 The results of the inspections and operations performed are collected in the corresponding report, incorporating them into the book or maintenance certificate.

CR 3.6 Equipment and tools used are reviewed by keeping them in operation.

RP 4: Perform corrective maintenance operations in thermal solar installations, establishing the process of action, using instructions and drawings manuals and restoring the functional conditions with the required quality and safety, to restore the functional conditions with the established quality and safety.

CR 4.1 The different breakdowns are detected, analyzed and evaluated for their causes.

CR 4.2 The sequence of performance in the breakdown is established by optimizing the process in terms of method and time, selecting the necessary equipment, tools, materials, useful and auxiliary means.

CR 4.3 The deteriorated element is replaced, following the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, within the intended time and with the required quality, by checking its operation.

CR 4.4 The functionality of the installation is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 4.5 The parts and reports of the repair performed are completed for the update of the record history of maintenance operations.

CR 4.6 The book or manual of use and maintenance is updated, informing the customer of the basic operations and controls to be done on their part.

RP 5: Perform repair operations for the components of thermal solar installations, establishing the process of action, using instruction manuals and drawings, to restore the functional conditions with the required quality and safety.

CR 5.1 Impaired items are analyzed, identifying damaged or damaged parts.

CR 5.2 Pipeline leaks and in their joints and fittings are repaired by either oxyacetylenic or electric welding or by other techniques suitable to the material.

CR 5.3 The valves, pumps, and other components of the installation are dismounted, repairing, if any, the damaged parts.

CR 5.4 Functional tests for repaired components are performed according to established procedures.

CR 5.5 The parts and reports of the repair performed are completed, collaborating in the management of spare parts.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools: thermometers, manometers, flow meters, meters, polymeter, amperimeter, buscapo, isolation meter, refractometer and pH meter, flexometer, marking tools. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, welder, riveting, cutting, curving, screwing, limes, drilling machine, welding equipment, loading pump with tank. Safety equipment. Installations components: thermostats, presostats, probes, sensors, exchangers, expansion tanks, accumulation tanks, pipes, valves, purgators, resistors, motors, pumps, circulators, electrical boxes, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measuring equipment, control equipment. Different types of mounted installations.

Products and results:

Thermal solar installation in correct maintenance state. Solar thermal installation repaired. Repaired, electrical and hydraulic components or components.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Book or manual of use and maintenance. Maintenance programmes and procedures. Inspection reports. Book or certificate of maintenance. Parts and repair reports. Parts of work. Databases. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: REPOSING THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0601_2

Associated with UC: Repose Thermal Solar Facilities

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the hydraulic and thermodynamic operation of thermal solar installations by determining their characteristics and the elements related to the assembly.

CE1.1 Razon the operation of a solar thermal installation, taking into account the factors of radiation and climatology, as well as the physical principles for the use of solar energy.

CE1.2 Describe the general hydraulic operation of a solar thermal installation from the corresponding planes.

CE1.3 List the various hydraulic components that integrate thermal solar installations, considering the function they perform.

CE1.4 Compare the essential components that integrate a solar installation of cooling by absorption and one by drying.

CE1.5 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

CE1.6 Describe the global thermodynamic operation of a system of air conditioning from solar energy using adsorption machines, desiccant cycles and absorption machines.

C2: Analyze the operation of electrical installations that require solar thermal systems.

CE2.1 Explain the general electrical operation of a solar thermal installation and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE2.2 List and describe the function performed by the electrical components that integrate thermal solar installations.

CE2.3 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

C3: Interpret thermal solar installations projects by performing repose operations and others related to their assembly.

CE3.1 Analyze the documents that make up a project, technical memory or a manual of mounting a solar thermal installation, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE3.2 Represent principle schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a solar thermal installation and its components, facilitating its assembly.

CE3.3 Interpret graphical information of thermal solar installations elaborated in systems of representation, performing basic operations of copying or modification of data, through standardized procedures, corresponding to specific computer applications of design and representation of thermal solar installations.

CE3.4 Perform replantings and mark the location of anchors, supports, line of pipes and other components of thermal solar installations based on plans and technical documentation.

CE3.5 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE3.6 Establish the sequence of intervention and nature of the actions in thermal installations reforms to which solar systems are incorporated from the respective projects or technical memories.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario of reposing of a solar thermal installation, from the drawings and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the sensors and the different hydraulic components of the installation, locating their location.

-identify the electrical circuits and equipment of the installation, locating its location.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the hydraulic elements that compose it: collectors, primary and secondary circuits, interchangers, accumulation deposits, expansion tanks, circulation pumps, pipes, purgators, flow meters, valves and regulatory elements.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements of the electrical circuits and equipment that compose it: differential thermostat, temperature probes, pumps, circulators, electrovalves, protection and control frames.

-Explain the hydraulic and thermodynamic operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it.

-Explain the operation of the control and control systems.

-Perform the repose operations and mark the location of the components.

-Senalize the work zone.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the thermal solar installation with the regulatory requirements that apply to it.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.7.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Contents:

1. General operation of thermal solar installations

Solar energy and heat transmission. Types of thermal solar installations of low, medium and high temperature.

Global operation and configuration of the installation.

Safety systems in the operation of the facilities.

Specifications and description of equipment and constituent elements: sensors, primary and secondary circuits, exchangers, accumulation tanks, expansion tanks, circulation pumps, pipes, purgators, flow meters, valves and regulatory elements.

Auxiliary and support thermal installations. Heating, sanitary hot water, Swimming pools.

Solar Cooling: Absorption systems. Other solar cooling technologies (adsorption, desiccation).

applicable regulations in construction, thermal installations, safety, environmental protection and relative to thermal solar installations.

2. Symbolic representation of solar installations

System dihedral and croquized.

Representation systems. Representation in the perspective of installations.

Hydraulic symbology. Electrical symbology. Representation of electrical circuits.

Unifilar and multifilar schema. Functional symbolic diagrams and diagrams.

3. Solar thermal installations projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications.

Situation Plans. Drawings of detail and set. Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations. Specific computer applications of representation and assisted design. Visualization and interpretation of digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the repose of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: MECHANICAL AND HYDRAULIC ASSEMBLY OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0602_2

Associated with UC: Mounting Fectors, Equipment, and Hydraulic Solar Installation Circuits

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Organize the work for the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations according to the project and the established working procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the different techniques used in the mechanical and hydraulic assembly processes of thermal solar installations: assembly, bolting, threading, riveting, welding, anchoring and connection.

CE1.2 Identify the materials and tools used in the different assembly processes of thermal solar installations, according to the established working procedures.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly operations of thermal solar installations, according to the established working procedures.

CE1.4 Describe the mount job optimization procedures.

CE1.5 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations by means of diagrams and chronograms taking into account the level at which the work is performed.

CE1.6 In a practical case of mechanical and hydraulic mounting of a prefabricated solar thermal installation, establish the sequence of assembly from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, cost, method and time.

CE1.7 In a practical case of mechanical and hydraulic mounting of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals.

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define mechanical and hydraulic mounting techniques at the key points of the installation.

C2: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations according to the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE2.1 Identify, evaluating, the professional risks present in the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks including selection and use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from mechanical and hydraulic assembly actions of thermal solar installations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze the aspects of safety regulations related to the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE2.6 Analyze the performance protocols for possible emergencies arising during mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from the mechanical and hydraulic assembly of thermal solar installations.

C3: Perform mechanical and hydraulic assembly operations of thermal solar installations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment and materials established and acting under safety standards.

CE3.1 Describe methods and procedures for moving equipment and materials in safety conditions, analyzing the criteria for their location.

CE3.2 Place supports and anchorages respecting the expected dilations, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE3.3 Place catchers with the orientation and inclination set.

CE3.4 Operate equipment and tools for preparation, shaping, joining and placement of sensors, pipes and components of different materials, acting under safety standards.

CE3.5 Apply methods and techniques used in the protection of collectors, tanks, pipes and accessories considering the different materials used in thermal solar installations.

CE3.6 Apply thermal insulation techniques in pipes and fittings, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario of mechanical and hydraulic mounting of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the technical documentation:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work itself, identifying specific occupational risks and proposing corrective measures.

-Move and locate equipment and materials, under security conditions, according to the work to be performed.

-Check the field marking and the installation repose for media placement.

-Place the supports and anchors according to the foreseeable efforts to support.

-Place the sensors with the appropriate inclination to the geographical area and other requirements of the installation.

-Perform the assembly of the exchanger, accumulator, circulation pumps, and other elements of the installation.

-Perform the laying of pipes, its assembly with the elements of the installation by bending, welding, riveting, bolting or other procedures, and its connection to the auxiliary thermal installation, taking into account the possible dilations and using the established procedures.

-Mount and apply corrosion protection.

-Heat insulate the pipes and elements that require it to comply with the technical specifications and the implementing regulations.

-Leave the workbench under the conditions set after maintenance operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7 and C3 with respect to CE3.7.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Organization of the assembly of thermal solar installations

Mount specifications.

Preparation of mechanical and hydraulic assembly of installations: phases, organization of assembly of thermal solar installations, work plan.

2. Thermal solar installations holding structures

Civil work: displacement and lifting of equipment and materials. Types of efforts. Elementary calculation of efforts.

Resistant structures. Types. Materials. Supports and anchors. Resistance of constructive elements. Architectural integration. Aesthetics and technique.

Regulatory verification and inspection procedures.

3. Assembly of thermal solar installations sensors

Types of catchers. Specifications.

Clustering and connection systems.

Orientation and inclination. Shadows.

4. Assembly of circuits and hydraulic components of thermal solar installations

Materials used in pipelines. Types of pipes and fittings. Welds, techniques and methods. Thermal insulation systems. Protection of catchers, pipes and accessories. Primers. Cathodic protection.

Useful, tools, and media used in the assembly. Techniques of use. Assembly of valves, pumps and circulators. Assembly of machines and equipment. Assembly, settling, alignment and fastening techniques and operations.

5. Quality in the assembly of thermal solar installations

Quality in the assembly.

Specifications of technical prescriptions and quality control.

Quality control of materials used in the assembly. Quality in assembly operations. Basic economic and strategic aspects of quality.

Quality technical documentation processes. Manual of procedures.

6. Safety in the mechanical assembly of thermal solar installations

Safety plans in the mechanical assembly of thermal solar installations.

Prevention of professional risks in the field of mechanical assembly of thermal solar energy installations.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of sensors, equipment and hydraulic circuits of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0603_2

Associated with UC: Mount electrical circuits and electrical equipment electrical equipment

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Organize the work for the assembly of the electrical circuits and equipment of the thermal solar installations according to the corresponding project and the established working procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the different techniques used in the assembly processes of the electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations: fastening, recessed, laying, muddling, assembling, welding and connection.

CE1.2 Identify the materials and tools used in the different assembly processes of the electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly operations of the circuits and electrical equipment of thermal solar installations according to the established working procedures.

CE1.4 Optimize assembly from the point of view of security, functionality, and economy of time, media, and cost, according to established work procedures.

CE1.5 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the electrical assembly of thermal solar installations using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE1.6 In an electrical installation scenario of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the electrical mounting techniques at the key points of the installation.

C2: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations considering the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE2.1 Identify, evaluating, the professional risks present in the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks, including selection and use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the assembly actions of the electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze the aspects of safety regulations related to the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations.

CE2.6 To analyze the performance protocols for possible emergencies arising in the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations.

CE2.7 To analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from the assembly of the circuits and electrical equipment of thermal solar installations.

C3: Perform assembly operations of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment and materials established and acting under safety standards.

CE3.1 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific electrical risks and their corrective actions.

CE3.2 Describe methods and procedures for moving equipment and materials in safety conditions and analyzing the criteria for determining their location, based on technical documentation.

CE3.3 Describe the types of media and anchorages that are common in electrical installations and placement procedures respecting regulatory distances.

CE3.4 Analyze the techniques and procedures for assembly and connection of pipes and conductors.

CE3.5 Analyse the techniques of assembly and connection of electrical protection and control frames, thermostats, probes and other electrical elements of thermal solar installations.

CE3.6 Operate equipment and tools to prepare, place and connect electrical elements of thermal solar installations, based on technical documentation.

CE3.7 In an electrical installation scenario of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work, identifying specific electrical risks and adopting corrective measures

-Move and locate equipment and materials, under security conditions, according to the work to be performed.

-Make the repose of the electrical installation, based on the technical documentation.

-Mount the required electrical boxes.

-Distribute the necessary elements and equipment: electrical protection and control frames, pipes, conductors, register boxes, thermostats, temperature probes, pumps, circulators, electrovalves.

-Perform the assembly of pipes and conductors.

-Make the connection of the electrical control and control frame, of the thermostats, probes and other elements of the signal sensors as well as of electrical conductors according to the Electrotechnical Regulation of Low Tension and other regulations of application.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.6 and CE3.7.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Power control and control in solar thermal installations

Classification of electrical power supply facilities. General protection boards and fittings. Protections. Types and characteristics. Channelings and conductions. Drivers.

Electrical current generation machines. Engines and pumps. Maneuver and protection.

Measure of electrical magnitudes. Low voltage electric wiggle elements. Principles of regulation and control. The programmable automaton.

2. Assembly of electrical circuits and equipment for thermal solar installations

Mount specifications.

Procedures and operations for preparing the assembly of electrical installations.

Assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations. Phases. Organization of the assembly of circuits and electrical equipment of thermal solar installations.

Techniques and procedures. Determination and selection of equipment and elements necessary for the assembly from the installation plans.

Useful, tools, and media used in the assembly. Techniques of use. Supports and anchors. Assembly and connection of elements of protection, control, regulation and signalling. Assembly, connection and commissioning of circulators, pumps and electric motors.

3. Safety in the electrical assembly

Safety plans in the electrical assembly of thermal solar installations.

Prevention of professional risks of electrical origin in the field of thermal solar energy installations.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of thermal solar installations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION OF SOLAR THERMAL INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0604_2

Associated with UC: Service and operate thermal solar installations

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Perform pre-commissioning checking operations for thermal solar installations, complying with applicable regulations.

CE1.1 Analyze the types and characteristics of hydraulic and electrical interconnection between thermal solar installations and auxiliary or support facilities and the procedures used to verify their performance.

CE1.2 Describe the procedures used to perform the regulatory pressure and tightness tests.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements for cleaning and disinfection of thermal solar installations, complying with applicable regulations.

CE1.4 Analyze the techniques used in the prevention of legionellosis, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE1.5 Analyze the filling procedures of the primary circuit with different calocarrier fluids.

CE1.6 Describe regulatory requirements in the making of electrical circuit and regulatory element connections.

CE1.7 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service and operation of thermal solar installations mounted with different materials, from the technical documentation:

-Check the interconnection between the solar installation and the support installation.

-Carry out the regulatory tests for the tightness and mechanical resistance of the hydraulic circuits.

-Clean and disinfect hydraulic circuits and components.

-Fill the circuits with the indicated calocarrier fluid.

-Check the protection and thermal insulation of the sensors and circuits.

-Check that the connections of electrical circuits and regulatory elements have been made according to technical and regulatory requirements.

-Fill in the documentation concerning the tests required.

C2: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the placing in service of thermal solar installations contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Identify, by evaluating, the professional risks arising from the pressure tests and the putting into service of thermal solar installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified, selecting and determining the use of individual and collective protection equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the performance of solar thermal installations, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 To analyze the aspects of safety regulations related to the commissioning of thermal solar installations by relating the safety instructions to be incorporated with the equipment.

CE2.6 To analyze the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies arising from the commissioning of thermal solar installations.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from pressure tests and putting in service of thermal solar installations.

C3: Perform commissioning operations of thermal solar installations, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE3.1 Describe the sequence of operation and the procedures and techniques used in the commissioning of thermal solar installations, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE3.2 Describe methods and techniques to check the tightness of the circuits and hydraulic components.

CE3.3 Perform differential thermostat schedules and other thermal solar facility control elements.

CE3.4 Analyze the procedures for checking the operation of the safety, maneuver, regulation and control systems of thermal solar installations, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE3.5 Analyze the procedures for checking the energy efficiency of the solar thermal installation.

CE3.6 Relate the information to be delivered to the user of the installation by analyzing the corresponding technical manuals.

CE3.7 In a scenario of putting into service and operation of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the technical documentation:

-Check that the catchers are operational.

-Schedule control items.

-Perform the installation service.

-Check that the operation of circulators and pumps, the sense of circulation of the fluid and the hydraulic balance of the circuits is established.

-Check that the operation of the security, maneuver, regulation and control systems is established.

-Check that heat transfer is performed as set.

-Prepare the information to be delivered to the user of the installation by analyzing the corresponding technical manuals.

C4: Perform operation maneuvers in thermal solar installations, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE4.1 Point out the elements of a solar thermal installation on which you can operate manually or automatically considering the consequences of your manipulation.

CE4.2 Perform measurements of radiation, temperature, pressure, flow, intensity, energy, power, and other measurements of variables using and interpreting different measuring instruments.

CE4.3 Prepare and analyze the data of the different measures in relation to the functioning and established control of the facilities.

CE4.4 Describe the control and control procedures of sensors.

CE4.5 Describe the procedures for control and regulation of circulators, pumps or other elements.

CE4.6 Describe methods to prevent the consequences of overheating of solar installations.

CE4.7 Analyze the procedures for temporarily leaving the installations out of service.

CE4.8 In a practical scenario of putting into service and operation of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the technical documentation:

-Perform the measurements of radiation, temperature, pressure and flow at the critical points of the installation and establish the thermal balances and yields.

-Perform the voltage, intensity and electrical power measurements of the different electrical receivers and relate them to their nameplate.

-Act on the control and regulation of thermostats, valves, circulators and other components to leave the installation balanced hydraulically and in operation with maximum energy efficiency.

-Act on the anti legionella protection system.

-Perform operations to temporarily quit the installation.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.8.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Contents:

1. Pre-commissioning operations for solar thermal installations

Techniques for checking the protection and insulation of pipes and accessories.

Tightness and pressure tests. Tests of mechanical strength.

Cleaning and disinfection of circuits and facilities. Prevention of legionellosis.

Industrial signage. Signalling of hydraulic conductions. Color code.

2. Commissioning and operation of thermal solar installations

Installation procedures for thermal solar installations.

Manual and automatic systems for operation on installations.

Installations and Equipment Trials. Parameter measurements. Procedures. Instruments. Parameters for adjustment, regulation and control in thermal solar installations.

Operating, adjusting, regulating and controlling sensors, accumulators, exchangers, pumps and valves.

Harmful factors and their treatment: presence of air. Dilations. Vibrations. Battering ram. Heat-bearing fluids.

Antifreeze. Discharges. Usual manoeuvres in the operation of a solar thermal installation.

Commissioning and stoppage maneuvers of the facility.

Procedures for temporarily leaving thermal solar installations out of service.

3. Safety in the commissioning of thermal solar installations

Safety plans in the commissioning of thermal solar installations.

Prevention of occupational risks in the field of the putting into service of thermal solar installations. Safety equipment and equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection. Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Safety instructions. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the putting into service and operation of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 5: MAINTENANCE OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0605_2

Associated with UC: Maintain thermal solar installations

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the general operation of thermal solar installations to develop the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a solar thermal installation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Describe the maintenance requirements of this type of facility taking into account applicable regulations.

CE1.3 Identify the elements on which preventive maintenance must be carried out on a thermal solar installation plane from a particular maintenance program.

CE1.4 Explain the consequences, considering a certain installation, of the breakdowns in your critical points.

CE1.5 In a scenario of maintenance of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, from the installation plans and the commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Develop the overall program of maintenance actions.

-Determine the types of operations to perform.

-Determine the periodicity of the operations to be performed.

-Determine the times for each intervention.

-Determine the technical and human resources involved in the operations.

C2: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the maintenance of thermal solar installations, taking into account the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE2.1 Identify, evaluating, the professional risks present in the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified, selecting and determining the use of individual and collective protection equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze aspects of safety regulations by relating them to the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

CE2.6 To analyze the performance protocols for possible emergencies during the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

C3: Perform preventive maintenance operations of thermal solar installations, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE3.1 Previewing the scope and complexity of the performance, determining the consequences for users of the lack of supply and organizing the work to minimize these consequences.

CE3.2 Manage, preparing, and using the materials, equipment, and tools required to perform maintenance tasks.

CE3.3 Analyze the need for preventive maintenance operations on the equipment and components of thermal solar installations according to the established method.

CE3.4 Describe the procedures of each of the preventive maintenance operations to be performed on the equipment and components of the thermal solar installations, indicating the necessary tools, equipment and materials.

CE3.5 In a scenario of maintenance of a solar thermal installation containing at least two sensors, two circuits, an exchanger, a sanitary hot water accumulator and a support facility, and from the installation plans and the commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Perform cleanup and tuning operations.

-Perform preventive maintenance operations for legionella control according to application regulations.

-Check that in periods of high solar radiation and low consumption the temperatures and pressures of the installation are allowed and do not cause negative consequences for the installation.

-Perform flush and partial-fill operations on the primary circuit.

-Check the pressure, tightness, presence of air, and antifreeze concentration of the circuits.

-Check general status of media, protections, and insulating material.

-Check the installation regulation and the hydraulic and thermal balancing, according to the measurements obtained and the technical specifications, optimizing the performance with efficiency criteria and checking its operation.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

-Fulfill maintenance book.

C4: Perform corrective maintenance operations of thermal solar installations using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE4.1 Diagnose the usual breakdowns that might occur in thermal solar installations, determining the cause and its effects on the system.

CE4.2 Describe the procedures of each corrective maintenance operation to be performed on the equipment and components of the facility, indicating the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE4.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in corrective maintenance operations, reasoning their way of use and conservation.

CE4.4 In one or more practical scenarios of maintenance of damaged thermal solar installations, based on the technical documentation:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Describe the repair procedure, isolating the circuit or component if necessary.

-Replace the broken element.

-Connect the system.

-Check system operation as set.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

-Fulfill maintenance book.

C5: Perform repair operations on the elements of thermal solar installations, using the tools, equipment and materials indicated.

CE5.1 Describe the parts that make up each element of the solar thermal installation, analyzing its functions.

CE5.2 Describe, in the field of their competencies, the techniques of repair of the different hydraulic and electrical elements that make up the thermal solar installations: sensors, tanks, exchangers, pumps, expansion vessel, valves, pipes, electrical circuits and other components.

CE5.3 Use oxyacetylenic and electrical welding in the repair of leaks in pipes, joints and fittings, complying with safety regulations.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of repair of small leakage in elements, replacement of joints, replacement of subassemblies and parts, failures of electrical connection and mechanical breakdowns of the elements of a solar thermal installation, based on the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the broken parts of the element.

-Perform the repair of the broken element.

-Check how it works.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Contents:

1. Maintenance of thermal solar installations

General operation of a solar thermal installation.

Procedures and operations for taking action. Check and adjust the parameters to the values of the slogan (hydraulic and thermal balanced, temperatures, operating pressures, among others).

Operating program. Maintenance programs for thermal solar installations.

manuals. Projects. Critical breakdowns. Rules of application in the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

2. Preventive maintenance of thermal solar installations

Preventive maintenance program.

Energy Management Program. Monitoring of consumption. Performance evaluation.

Mechanical operations in facility maintenance. Electrical operations for the maintenance of circuits. Usual equipment and tools.

Procedures for cleaning and disinfecting collectors, accumulators, and other facilities. Preventive maintenance for the control of legionellosis. Measurements of physical parameters.

3. Corrective maintenance of thermal solar installations

Diagnosis of breakdowns.

Procedures for hydraulic and electrically insulating the different components.

Methods for repairing the various components of the installations. Repair by welding. Disassembly and repair or replacement of pipes, valves, circulators, electrical elements.

4. Quality in the maintenance of thermal solar installations

Quality in maintenance. Specifications for technical requirements and quality control. Quality tools applied to the improvement of maintenance operations. Technical documentation of the quality. Reports and control parts. Maintenance manual.

5. Maintenance security

Safety plans in the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

Prevention of professional risks in the field of maintenance of thermal solar installations. Safety equipment and equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the maintenance of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Qualifications Framework for Higher Education)), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX II

Professional qualification: Assembly and maintenance of water networks

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 2

Code: ENA191_2

General Competition

Perform the assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance of water and sanitation supply networks, with the quality and safety required and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0606_2: Repose water and sanitation distribution networks

UC0607_2: Mount Water and Sanitation Distribution Networks

UC0608_2: Service and operate water and sanitation distribution networks

UC0609_2: Maintain water and sanitation distribution networks

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the assembly, operation and maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

This qualification is located in the energy sector, subsector of the collection, purification and distribution of water, in the productive activities in which the assembly is carried out, the management and maintenance of facilities for the collection, distribution of water and sanitation.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Water Supply and Distribution Network Monters

Network and Sanitation Facilities

Water network maintainers

Sanitation network maintainers

Associated Training (450 hours)

Training Modules

MF0606_2: Repose of water distribution and sanitation networks (60 hours)

MF0607_2: Water distribution and sanitation network assembly (180 hours)

MF0608_2: Puesta in service and operation of water and sanitation distribution networks (60 hours)

MF0609_2: Maintenance of water and sanitation distribution networks (150 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: RETHINKING WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0606_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Repose water supply and distribution networks from a project or technical memory to be assembled.

CR 1.1 The type of installation of water supply and distribution networks is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications distinguishing their functional and energy characteristics.

CR 1.2 The components of the assembly or installation as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 1.3 The possible discordance between the installation project and the site itself is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 1.4 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of the different components and constructive elements are pre-determined to be assembled.

CR 1.5 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of water distribution networks are performed in those cases that are required.

CR 1.6 The layout of the pipes and other elements of the network is marked on the ground from the project, taking into account the characteristics of the site and verifying the possible services affected, to allow its installation.

CR 1.7 The area of work affected in the water supply and distribution networks is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 2: Repose sanitation networks from a project or technical memory to perform their assembly.

CR 2.1 The sanitation network is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications distinguishing their functional and energy characteristics.

CR 2.2 The components of the sanitation network as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 2.3 The possible discordance between the project of the sanitation facility and the site itself, is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 2.4 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of the different components and building elements are pre-assembled.

CR 2.5 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of water and sanitation distribution networks are performed in those cases where they are required.

CR 2.6 The layout of the pipes, registration wells, archets and other elements of the network is marked on the ground from the installation project, taking into account the characteristics of the site and checking the possible services affected, to allow for its installation.

CR 2.7 The affected work area is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 3: Repose the actions of modification of water supply and distribution networks and sanitation for improvement from a project or technical memory.

CR 3.1 The type of facility to be reformed is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, distinguishing its functional and energy characteristics.

CR 3.2 The components of the existing installation as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, locating their location.

CR 3.3 The performance of reform or modification that is desired and the sequence of intervention is established from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the projects of modification of networks, equipment and installations, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 3.4 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of the reform of water distribution and sanitation networks are carried out in those cases where they are required.

CR 3.5 The location, repose and marking of the pipes, components and accessories to be reformed or added in the water and sanitation distribution networks is carried out on the ground, starting with the reform project, taking into account the characteristics of the site and checking the possible services affected, to allow the intervention.

CR 3.6 The area of work affected by the reform is marked according to regulatory requirements.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Specific IT applications. Marking tools. Pics, signalling material. Safety equipment.

Products and results:

Sanitation network facilities interpreted and reposed. Modifications of reposed water distribution and sanitation networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Schemes for repose and assembly. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNT WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0607_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the work of assembly of water and sanitation supply and distribution networks, as well as the collectors and elements of the facilities implicit in the network system, according to the corresponding project.

CR 1.1 The assembly sequence is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CR 1.2 The necessary materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of work and assembly to be carried out: system plug by flexible joint, flexible joint and mooring joints, of steel joints, flanges, threaded, by elements, by means of welding to stop, by electrosoldable elements, by electric welding.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical requirements.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to established work procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination with the different people involved in the work, at the level of the worker, is carried out on the basis of efficiency and safety criteria.

RP 2: Apply the preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the safety plan, during the assembly of water supply and distribution networks and sanitation to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan in the network assembly.

CR 2.2 Environmental protection requirements are identified in the relevant documentation, taking them into account for their implementation in the execution of the installation.

CR 2.3 The protection of slopes, buries, achiques and other means of protection and accompanying measures in the face of the risks arising from the assembly, are selected and used avoiding accidents and minimizing the risk, according to the project.

CR 2.4 The working areas, under the responsibility of the operator, are kept clean and in order, avoiding accidents.

CR 2.5 Emergency situations are served by following the action protocol, adapting it according to the case.

RP 3: Mounting water supply and distribution pipeline networks, from drawings and technical specifications, in compliance with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located with the means of transport and elevation, which prevents the deterioration of the same.

CR 3.2 The excavation, the protection of slopes, the buries, the heaways, the implementation of necessary achiques, the preparation of the points of placement of the heads of the tubes and the points of implantation of the knots, the establishment of the anchoring massifs, the preparation and levelling of the bed and other operations in ditches are examined, checking that they are executed according to established procedures and specifications of the project.

CR 3.3 The media and anchor points of the pipeline are placed according to the project specifications, allowing, if necessary, the expected expansion of the network.

CR 3.4 The laying of the water distribution pipes is performed with the slopes, design and the required devices, guaranteeing both the removal of the air and its introduction, as the case may be, in the entire layout, as well as the total emptying of the same to facilitate the future performances of maintenance and operation.

CR 3.5 The laying of the sanitation pipeline is performed with the earrings, design and devices established to ensure its functionality.

RP 4: Connect the fittings and control and control elements of the supply and water distribution and sanitation pipeline networks, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 The types and characteristics of the assembled equipment and elements are controlled, ensuring that they resist the pressure and working temperature and respond to the function they have to perform.

CR 4.2 The machiemembrate, the sleeve systems, the sealing, the welding, the wowed union, the muddle, the screwing and other elements assembly techniques and pipe connection, are performed according to the type of material used, with the necessary procedures, tools and tools, achieving the established tightness.

CR 4.3 The assembled elements and pipe connections are protected from mechanical stresses or stresses, allowing for the expected expansion and insulation of vibrations.

CR 4.4 The pumps, valves, suction cups, regulation elements and accessories are installed, allowing access for handling and maintenance in safety conditions.

CR 4.5 The flow meters, presostats, level probes and other detector elements of the system variables are mounted according to the technical specifications so that the indication of the measured magnitude is produced without disturbance.

CR 4.6 The protection against corrosion, oxidation and mechanical impacts and the thermal insulation of the networks and elements are carried out according to the technical requirements established.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems, equipment for movement of materials, scaffolding, tractel. Measuring tools and tools: thermometers, gauges, flow meters, flexometer, circometro, thick, level, scale, gauge, electrical measuring equipment. Marking tools. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detecting leaks. Pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Rehabilitation technologies. Detection systems by prelocators, in-continuous sensors. Exploitation factors by sectorization. Components of the facilities: pipes, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation mouths, archets, logging wells.

Products and results:

Mounted water distribution facilities and networks. Installations and sewerage systems mounted. Facilities and networks for the distribution of rehabilitated water and sanitation.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Assembly programmes and procedures. Instructions for assembly and operation. Parts of work. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PUTTING IN SERVICE AND OPERATING WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0608_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Perform prior operations for the implementation of water supply and distribution networks and sanitation, based on plans and technical specifications, in compliance with established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The ditches are filled in the central areas of the pipes to counteract the effects of the thrusts during the tests of the network, allowing the inspection of heads and joints, and checking their execution.

CR 1.2 The pressure tests of the hydraulic circuits are performed for each sector of the network under the established regulatory and safety conditions.

CR 1.3 Functional tests of valves, pumps, maneuvering circuits, probes, and other equipment are performed by checking the values of the system variables in reference to the set delivery systems.

CR 1.4 The definitive filling with plant or work land, the stables of settlement, the pavements, the placement of the signaling tape and the compaction and surface completion are examined, checking that they are carried out according to technical prescriptions and applicable regulations.

CR 1.5 The leftover materials are removed, leaving the area affected by the unobstructed assembly in perfect condition.

CR 1.6 The cleaning, disinfection and subsequent washing of the networks for consumption, are carried out prior to the putting into service of the network following the established procedures.

CR 1.7 The documentation concerning the outcome of the required tests is completed as established.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's security plan, during the implementation of water supply and distribution networks, to prevent accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 The professional risks arising from pressure and commissioning tests are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.2 The means of protection, in the face of the risks arising from pressure testing and putting into service, are selected and used to prevent accidents and minimise the risk.

CR 2.3 The working areas of your responsibility are maintained in order and cleaning conditions to avoid accidents and minimize the risk.

CR 2.4 Waste materials generated at the facility are treated and/or recycled according to the requirements set out and in line with environmental plans.

CR 2.5 Emergency situations are addressed, following the protocol of action, adapting it according to the case.

RP 3: Put into service and check the water supply and distribution networks, from drawings and technical specifications, in compliance with the established procedures and the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The putting into service of the network is carried out, following the procedures established by the supplying company and complying with the implementing regulations.

CR 3.2 The tightness of the hydraulic circuits is verified, ensuring that it is in the established conditions.

CR 3.3 Water circulation is verified, checking that it corresponds to the set.

CR 3.4 The operation of the drive, regulation and control system is examined, checking that it is in the established conditions.

CR 3.5 Information about the basic installation maintenance and use is made and provided to the customer, along with the corresponding manuals.

RP 4: Perform the operating maneuvers in the distribution system of the water and sanitation pipeline networks, accessories and elements or control and control systems of the circuits, complying with the established procedures and the applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 The pressure, volume, flow, level, residual chlorine and other measurements of variables are obtained and recorded, if any, through the systems of telematic and telecontrol.

CR 4.2 The data from measured measurements are prepared, providing comprehensive information to assist the management of the networks, ensuring their operation through the established software.

CR 4.3 The pumps are activated in adequate energy hours depending on the level, the regulation of input and output to deposits, setting alarm ranges and other operating maneuvers, prior knowledge of the parameters, selecting the alternatives that minimize the possible negative consequences for the users and optimizing the operation in terms of safety, time and cost.

CR 4.4 Air inputs and outputs are examined, checking that they are operational before acting on the distribution system.

CR 4.5 The vibrations, the battering ram, the turbidity, the direct discharges to the channels, the emanation of odours and other factors that can cause interference in the maneuvers of operation are taken into account, taking the necessary previous measures to avoid them.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools: thermometers, gauges, flow meters, flexometer, circometro, thick, level, scale, gauge, electrical measurement equipment. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detection of leaks, equipment and tools for cutting, sealing and sealing. Pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Components of the facilities: pipes, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation mouths, archets, logging wells.

Products and results:

Proven and in-service water distribution facilities and networks. Proven and in-service sanitation facilities and networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Pressure testing procedures. Documentation relating to tests required for regulation. Installation data records (pressure, volume, flow, level, residual chlorine and other measures). Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service manuals, usage. Safety instructions. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: MAINTAIN WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0609_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the maintenance work of water distribution and sanitation networks according to the established intervention procedures.

CR 1.1 The maintenance actions and their intervention sequence are established from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the equipment and facilities, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.2 The required materials and other technical resources are selected based on the maintenance work to be performed.

CR 1.3 The work area is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the action itself and according to established work procedures.

CR 1.4 The coordination with the persons involved in the work is carried out, according to criteria of efficacy and safety, ensuring the least possible involvement as a result of the maintenance operation.

CR 1.5 The information about the repair process is transmitted to the user or client by inciting the relevant aspects that affect it.

RP 2: Apply the preventive, corrective and emergency measures set out in the company's safety plan, during the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks, in order to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the maintenance of the facilities.

CR 2.2 The means of protection are selected, using them as set out in the company's security plan in the face of the risks arising from maintenance.

CR 2.3 Working areas under the responsibility of the worker are maintained in order and cleaning conditions, avoiding accidents and minimizing risks.

CR 2.4 Waste materials generated in the maintenance of water networks are treated and/or recycled according to established requirements and in line with environmental plans.

CR 2.5 Emergency situations are served by following the action protocol, adapting it according to the case.

RP 3: Carry out preventive maintenance operations of pipeline networks and facilities for the supply and distribution of water and sanitation from planes, control and management protocols and technical specifications, in compliance with the established procedures and applicable regulations, for their operation within the established parameters.

CR 3.1 The state of cleaning, surface finish and tightness of the tanks and load break chambers is checked with the stipulated periodicity.

CR 3.2 The pipes, valves, suction cups, hydrants, irrigation mouths and other elements of the supply network are reviewed, checking their condition and, where appropriate, cleaning and disinfecting according to the established procedures.

CR 3.3 The methods of sectorization, night minimum flow control, auscultation and acoustic correlation are carried out, using the radio detection equipment, geophones and other instruments used in the detection of leaks.

CR 3.4 The flow rates, the nature of the discharges, the presence of gases and the general state of the ventilation of the sanitation networks are verified with the stipulated periodicity, ensuring their adequacy to the corresponding regulations.

CR 3.5 The pumping equipment, anti-return valves, sliding valves, archets, log wells and other components of the sanitation network are reviewed, checking their condition, making the necessary adjustments and the physical and chemical cleaning of those who need it according to established procedures and safety conditions.

CR 3.6 The elements of access to the sewers are maintained in safety conditions.

CR 3.7 The results of the inspections and operations carried out are collected in the relevant report, adding them to the databases to manage and improve the maintenance plan and for the training of personnel.

CR 3.8 The equipment and tools used are examined, keeping them in operation.

RP 4: To carry out corrective and amending maintenance operations in the water supply and distribution networks and facilities, establishing the process of action, using instructions and drawings manuals, to restore the functional conditions with the required quality and safety.

CR 4.1 Possible breakdowns are detected and analyzed, and their causes are assessed and the system of action is chosen to ensure that the supply or sanitation service is less affected.

CR 4.2 The sequence of action in the event of the breakdown is established, optimizing the process in terms of method and time, selecting the necessary equipment, tools, materials, useful and auxiliary means, as well as the guidelines established in the performance of the operating maneuvers derived and acting in line with other services, if they were affected.

CR 4.3 The information about the repair process is transmitted to the user or client by inciting the relevant aspects that affect it.

CR 4.4 Pipeline leaks and in their joints and fittings are repaired by means of the appropriate techniques and elements to the material and type of repair.

CR 4.5 The deteriorated element is replaced, following the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, within the intended time and with the required quality and safety, checking its operation.

CR 4.6 The functionality of the network is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions, confirming it in all its parameters.

CR 4.7 The parts and reports of the repair performed are completed, adding them to the databases to manage the network design, updating their maintenance plan.

CR 4.8 The condition to gardens, condition to services, damage to property and other possible damages or damages that are caused are reported for the processing of its compensation.

RP 5: Perform own operations for the repair of the integrated elements in the water supply and distribution networks and facilities, establishing the process of action, using instructions and drawings manuals to restore the functional conditions with the required quality and safety.

CR 5.1 Impaired items are analyzed by identifying damaged or damaged parts.

CR 5.2 The valves, pumps, and other components of the network are dismounted, repairing, if any, the damaged parts.

CR 5.3 Functional testing of repaired components is performed according to established procedures.

CR 5.4 Repair parts and reports are completed, collaborating on spare parts management.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems, equipment for movement of materials, scaffolding, tractel. Measuring tools and tools: thermometers, gauges, flow meters, flexometer, circometro, thick, level, scale, gauge, electrical measuring equipment. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detection of leaks, equipment and tools for cutting, sealing and sealing. Pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Rehabilitation technologies. Cleaning and sanitizing vehicles. TV camera inspection systems. Detection systems by prelocators-continuous catchers. Exploitation factors by sectorization. Components of the facilities: pipes, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation mouths, archets, logging wells.

Products and results:

Water distribution and sanitation facilities and networks maintained and functioning. Components repaired and network enabled.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Book or manual of use and maintenance. Maintenance programmes and procedures. Inspection reports. Book or certificate of maintenance. Parts and repair reports. Parts of work. Databases. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: REPOSING WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0606_2

Associated with UC: Repose Water and Sanitation Distribution Networks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Understand the operation of the water distribution networks, identifying their characteristics and elements related to the assembly.

CE1.1 Describe the general hydraulic operation of a water distribution network and its control systems, based on the corresponding plans.

CE1.2 List, describing them, the functions that make up the components that integrate the water distribution networks.

CE1.3 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations and rules applicable to this type of facilities.

C2: Understand the operation of the sanitation networks, identifying their characteristics and elements related to the assembly.

CE2.1 Describe the general hydraulic operation of a sanitation network and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE2.2 List, describing and explaining the function that the various components that make up the sanitation networks perform.

CE2.3 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations and rules applicable to this type of facility.

C3: Interpret water distribution and sanitation network projects to perform repose and other operations related to its assembly.

CE3.1 Analyze the documents that make up a project, technical memory or a manual for the assembly of a water distribution and sanitation network, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE3.2 Represent principle schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a water and sanitation distribution network and its components facilitating assembly.

CE3.3 interpret graphical information developed in representation systems using specific computer applications.

CE3.4 Perform replantings and mark the location of anchors, supports, ditches, line of pipes and other components of the networks, based on plans and technical documentation.

CE3.5 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE3.6 Establish the sequence of intervention and nature of the actions in water and sanitation distribution network reforms that incorporate new sections with other materials, starting with the respective projects or technical memories.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario of reposing of a water distribution and sanitation network, from the drawings and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the water distribution network, locating its location.

-Identify the components of the sanitation network, locating their site.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose them: pipes, pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls, tanks, flow meters, valves, suction cups, sinks, registers, siphons and regulatory elements.

-Razor the hydraulic operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it.

-Perform the repose operations and mark the location of the components.

-Perform the work zone signaling.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the network with the regulatory requirements that apply to it.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.7.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Contents:

1. Water supply and sanitation

Comprehensive water cycle. Phases.

Efficient and efficient water management. Efficient and technical management models for the rational use of water.

Fluid physics in supply and sanitation networks. Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic. Loss of load.

Piezometric line. Speeds in driving and repercussions. Battering ram. Air in the ducts and evacuation-intake systems.

Constructive principles of water distribution and sanitation networks.

Implementing Regulations: Basic Standards for Water Facilities, Municipal ordinances, Safety Regulations.

2. Water supply facilities

Types and materials of water supply and supply networks. Classification.

Setup of the installation. Constituent parts and parts.

Electrical control and control elements in hydraulic installations.

Committed. Small diameter systems. Large diameter load systems.

Riego installations.

Fire installations.

Pumps, valves, suction cups, regulatory elements.

Special types of valves: integrated, multivalvulas, altimeters, regulators and other special types of gate valves and automatic valves.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations.

3. Sanitation facilities

Sanitation network types and materials. Classification. Wastewater treatment. Drainage of stormwater.

Evacuation systems.

Sewerage networks.

Setup of the installation. Constituent parts and parts.

Control elements and electrical actuation of sanitation facilities.

Equipment and components: pumps, valves, pipes, sinks, collectors, logging wells, siphons and relief.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations.

4. Water Supply and Sanitation Facility Projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications.

Situation Plans. Drawings of detail and set. Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Viewing and interpreting digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the repose of water distribution and sanitation networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: ASSEMBLY OF WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0607_2

Associated with UC: Mount Water and Sanitation Distribution Networks

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop work plans for the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks according to the corresponding project and established work procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the different techniques that are used in the network assembly processes: burring, laying, anchoring, connection, muddling, welding, threaded.

CE1.2 Identify the materials and tools to be used in the different network mount processes.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE1.4 Describe network mount job optimization procedures.

CE1.5 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of a water distribution and sanitation network through appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of assembling a water distribution and sanitation network, establish the sequence of assembly from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, cost, method and time, within its level.

CE1.7 In one or several practical scenarios for the assembly of water and sanitation distribution networks, starting from several sectors with pipes of different diameter and different elements:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

C2: Apply the prevention and safety measures regarding the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks contained in the safety plans of the companies in the sector.

CE2.1 Evaluate the professional risks present in the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks, including selection and use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas, and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze the aspects of safety regulations related to the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.6 Analyze the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies arising during the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

C3: Perform water distribution network assembly operations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment, and materials established and acting under safety standards.

CE3.1 Describe methods and procedures for moving equipment and materials, under security conditions, and analyzing the criteria for their location.

CE3.2 Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

CE3.3 Place supports and anchorages respecting, where appropriate, the expected dilations.

CE3.4 Operate equipment and tools to prepare, shape and join pipes of different materials.

CE3.5 Apply methods and techniques used in the protection of deposits, pipes and accessories for the different materials used in the water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE3.6 Apply thermal insulation techniques in pipes and fittings.

CE3.7 In one or more practical scenarios for the assembly of water distribution networks, starting from several sectors with pipes of different diameter and different elements:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work according to established work procedures, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective measures.

-Move and locate equipment and materials, under security conditions, according to the work to be performed.

-Check the marking on the terrain and the repose of the network for the excavation, signaling the area of action.

-Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

-Place the set media and anchors.

-Prepare the pipes, valves and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Tender and connect the tubes, valves and other accessories.

-Mount and apply corrosion protection.

-Heat insulate the pipes and elements that require it to comply with the technical specifications and the implementing regulations.

-Leave the workbench under the conditions set after maintenance operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

CE3.8 In a practical scenario of mounting a water distribution and supply network, not gravity fed, from drawings and technical specifications:

-Place the set media and anchors.

-Prepare the pipes, valves and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Mounting and connecting the pipes, valves and other accessories by means of the different techniques: machiemembrado, union by sleeve, sealing, soldier, attached, engaged, bolted, screwed.

-Place and fix the bombs on the bench, aligning and leveling them.

-Perform the hydraulic connection of the pumps to the corresponding circuit.

-Heat the pipes and elements that need it.

-Generate the report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

C4: Perform consolidation network assembly operations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment and materials established and acting under security rules.

CE4.1 In one or more practical scenarios for the assembly of sewerage networks, from several sectors with pipes of different diameter and different elements:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work according to established work procedures, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective measures.

-Move and locate equipment and materials, under security conditions, depending on the work to be done.

-Check the marking on the terrain and the repose of the installation for the excavation, signaling the area of action.

-Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

-Place the set media and anchors.

-Prepare pipes, archets, and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Tender and connect the tubes, archets, and other accessory elements.

-Leave the workbench under the conditions set after maintenance operations.

-Generate the report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks, in a drive in sewerage networks, from drawings and technical specifications:

-Place the set media and anchors.

-Prepare the pipes, valves and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Mounting and connecting pipes, valves and other accessories by means of different techniques.

-Place and fix the pumps on the bench, aligning and leveling them.

-Make the hydraulic connection of the pumps to the corresponding circuit.

-Thermally isolate the pipes and elements that require it.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.6 and CE1.7; C3 with respect to CE3.7 and CE3.8; C4 with respect to CE4.1 and CE4.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Organization of water and sanitation network assembly

Mount specifications.

Preparing to mount the networks. Phases.

Organization of the assembly of water and sanitation networks. Work plan.

2. Civil work in the assembly of water and sanitation networks

Civil work: displacement and lifting of equipment and materials. Opening of ditches. Burring. Achiques. Signage. Supports and anchors.

3. Assembly of water and sanitation networks

Materials used in pipelines. Types of pipes and fittings.

Soldments, techniques and methods.

Thermal insulation systems.

Piping and accessory protections. Primers. Cathodic protection.

Deposits.

Useful, tools, and media used in the assembly. Techniques of use.

Assembly of pipes, valves, and tanks.

Assembly of measuring devices and accessories.

Assembly of pumps and pressure groups.

Assembly of archets and log wells.

Assembly of machines and equipment.

Techniques and operations of assembly, settlement, alignment and attachment.

4. Quality in the assembly of water and sanitation networks

Quality in the assembly. Specifications for technical requirements and quality control. Quality control of materials used in the assembly. Quality in assembly operations.

Basic economic and strategic aspects of quality. Processes of technical documentation of quality. Manual of procedures.

5. Safety in the assembly of water and sanitation networks

Safety plans in the mechanical assembly of water and sanitation networks.

Prevention of professional risks in the field of water and sanitation networks.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION OF WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0608_2

Associate with UC: Putting in service and operating water and sanitation distribution networks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Perform pre-commissioning checking operations for water and sanitation distribution networks.

CE1.1 Describe the methods and techniques used in the protection of pipes and fittings for the different materials used in the distribution of water and sanitation.

CE1.2 Describe the procedures used to perform the pressure and tightness tests, under security conditions.

CE1.3 Describe the techniques of filling and compacting ditches, allowing the inspection of heads and joints, in safety conditions.

CE1.4 Relating the signaling requirements, depending on the networks, according to the applicable regulations.

CE1.5 Analyze the process of removal of surplus materials and their recycling, according to environmental protection plans.

CE1.6 Describe the requirements for cleaning and disinfecting the networks according to their use.

CE1.7 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service and operation of water and sanitation distribution networks, from different materials:

-Check the performance of network protections depending on the type of material.

-Perform the network pressure tests.

-Describe the criteria for controlling the completion of the filling, its signaling and compaction.

-Clean and disinfect the network.

C2: Apply prevention and safety measures regarding the provision of water distribution and sanitation networks contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.

CE2.1 Identify and assess the professional risks arising from pressure testing and the putting into service of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified, selecting and determining the use of individual and collective protection equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the actions of putting in service of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze the aspects of the safety regulations related to the operation of water distribution and sanitation networks, relating them to the safety instructions that must be incorporated with the equipment.

CE2.6 To analyze the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies arising from the commissioning of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from pressure tests and putting into service of water distribution and sanitation networks.

C3: Carry out water and sanitation distribution network commissioning operations, following established procedures and applicable regulations.

CE3.1 Describe the sequence of operation and the procedures and techniques used in the commissioning of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE3.2 Describe the methods and techniques for checking the tightness of the networks in operation, taking into account the safety conditions.

CE3.3 Describe the methods and techniques used in checking the circulation of water by the networks, taking into account the safety conditions.

CE3.4 Analyze the procedures to check the operation of the systems of operation and control of the networks, following the established procedures.

CE3.5 Prepare the information that is delivered to the user of the installation by analyzing the corresponding technical manuals.

CE3.6 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service and operation of water and sanitation distribution networks mounted with different materials:

-Schedule control items.

-Perform the installation service.

-Check network tightness.

-Check the operation of pumps and pressure equipment.

-Check the operation of security, maneuver, regulation and control systems.

-Prepare the information to be delivered to the user of the installation, analyzing the corresponding technical manuals.

C4: Perform operation maneuvers in water distribution and sanitation networks, following established procedures and applicable regulations.

CE4.1 Point out the elements of a water and sanitation distribution network on which it can be operated, manually or automatically, considering the consequences of its manipulation.

CE4.2 Perform pressure, flow, and other measures of variables, using and interpreting different measuring instruments.

CE4.3 Prepare and analyze the data of the different measures regarding the operation and control of the networks, providing comprehensive information.

CE4.4 Describe pump control and control procedures, following optimization criteria for security, time, and cost.

CE4.5 Describe the procedures for control and regulation of entry and exit to deposits.

CE4.6 Relate the types of alarms and their usual programming ranges in the control of water distribution and sanitation networks, based on optimization criteria in terms of safety, time and cost.

CE4.7 Describe the influence of the air inputs and outputs in the operation of the networks and in the operating maneuvers on them.

CE4.8 Describe the influence of the vibrations and the battering of ram in the operation of the nets and in the maneuvers of operation on them.

CE4.9 Describe the necessary measures to avoid turbidity, direct discharges to channels, the emanation of odours and other factors that can cause interference in the operation maneuvers.

CE4.10 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service and operation of water and sanitation distribution networks mounted with different materials:

-Perform network commissioning operations.

-Perform the measures of flow, pressure, volume and other hydraulic measures of the different systems and equipment, relating the values obtained with the reference values.

-Check the behavior of network automation against fluctuations in consumption and inmissions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.10.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Contents:

1. Pre-commissioning operations for water networks

Checking for pipeline and accessory protections.

Pressure tests.

Cleaning and disinfecting networks.

Fill of ditches. Compaction. Signage. Materials and their recycling. Replacement of pavements.

2. Putting into service water networks

Networking procedures.

Manual and automatic systems for network operation.

Installations and Equipment Trials.

Procedures for performing outages and resetting the service over a stretch of a network.

Parameter measures. Procedures. Instruments. Telemedida and telecontrol.

Operation, adjustment, regulation and control of networks, depots, pumps and valves.

Harmful factors and their treatment. Dilations. Vibrations. Battering ram. Turbidity. Smells.

Missions and discharges.

Usual maneuvers in the exploitation of a water distribution and sanitation network.

3. Security in the putting into service of water networks

Safety plans in the commissioning of water networks.

Prevention of occupational risks in the field of water network commissioning.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the putting into service and operation of water and sanitation distribution networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: MAINTENANCE OF WATER AND SANITATION DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0609_2

Associated with UC: Maintain Water and Sanitation Distribution Networks

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the general operation of the water and sanitation distribution networks considering the development of the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a water and sanitation distribution network from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Identify in a plane of a water distribution and sanitation network, the elements on which preventive maintenance must be carried out from a certain maintenance program.

CE1.3 Explain the consequences, for a given installation of water, of the breakdowns in its critical points.

CE1.4 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations and rules applicable to the maintenance of this type of facilities.

CE1.5 In a practical assumption of maintenance of a water distribution network, from the corresponding drawings and technical instructions:

-Develop the overall program of maintenance actions.

-Determine the types of operations indicated.

-Determine the periodicity of the operations.

-Determine the times for each intervention.

-Determine the technical and human resources involved in the operations.

C2: Apply prevention and safety measures to the maintenance of water and sanitation distribution networks contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.

CE2.1 Identify and evaluate the professional risks involved in the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified, selecting and determining the use of individual and collective protection equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas, and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Analyze the aspects of safety regulations related to the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.6 Analyze the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies during the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE2.7 Analyze the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents, considering different scenarios of accidents resulting from the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

C3: Perform preventive maintenance operations for water distribution and sanitation networks, based on an established plan.

CE3.1 Previewing the scope and complexity of the performance, determining the consequences for users of the lack of supply and organizing the work to minimize these consequences.

CE3.2 Manage, preparing, and using the materials, equipment, and tools required to perform maintenance tasks.

CE3.3 Razon the need to perform preventive maintenance operations on the equipment and components of the water and sanitation distribution networks according to the established method.

CE3.4 Describe the procedures for each of the preventive maintenance operations that must be performed on the equipment and components of the networks.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of preventive maintenance of a water distribution and sanitation network with different elements and in operation, from a maintenance plan:

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective measures.

-Perform cleaning, disinfection, and odor neutralization operations.

-Employ different methods in detecting leaks and infiltrations.

-Check the general state of media, protections, and insulating material.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

C4: Perform corrective maintenance operations for water distribution and sanitation network facilities, based on an established plan.

CE4.1 Diagnose the usual breakdowns that could occur in the water supply and sanitation networks, determining the cause and its effects on the system.

CE4.2 Describe the procedures of each corrective maintenance operation to be performed on the equipment and components of the water and sanitation distribution networks.

CE4.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in corrective maintenance operations, reasoning their way of use and conservation.

CE4.4 In one or more practical scenarios of water distribution and sanitation networks in different typical cases of malfunction, based on an established plan:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective measures.

-Describe the repair procedure, isolating the circuit or component if necessary.

-Replace the defective item.

-Service the network, checking system operation.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Leave the workbench under the conditions set after maintenance operations.

-Meet the performance report.

C5: Perform repair operations for equipment and components of water and sanitation distribution networks, based on an established plan.

CE5.1 Describe the parts that make up each element of the water and sanitation distribution network, and their functions.

CE5.2 Describe the repair techniques for pumps, valves, pipes, and other components involved in water distribution and sanitation facilities.

CE5.3 Use oxyacetylenic and electrical welding in the repair of leaks in pipes, joints and fittings.

CE5.4 In one or more practical scenarios for the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks, in which the repair of an element of the installation takes place, from the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the broken parts of the element.

-Perform the repair of the broken element.

-Check how it works.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Maintenance of water supply and sanitation networks

Procedures and operations for taking action.

Baldeo and disinfection maneuvers.

Network maintenance programs.

Critical breakdowns in networks.

Application regulations in network maintenance.

2. Preventive maintenance of water networks

Preventive maintenance program.

Network Maintenance Operations. Usual equipment and tools.

No-ditch technology as a preventive maintenance solution.

Different types of breakdowns.

leak detection and infiltration procedures.

Inspection and cleaning of nets, tanks, archets, logging wells and sewers. Procedures. Sulphides, bad smell. Corrosion. Erosion. Sedimentation. Measurements of physical parameters.

3. Corrective maintenance of water networks

Diagnosis of breakdowns in water distribution and sanitation networks.

Methods for repairing the various components of the network. Repair by welding. Repair in load. No-ditch technology as a solution in corrective maintenance. Operation with cutting polygons. Pressure repair clamps for lateral sealing and tube head joints.

Junction systems and multidiameter parts. Oblique adjustment rings.

Pipe Rehabilitation Systems: Encamisado, liquid shutter and other systems. Systems for the rehabilitation of collectors.

Dismantling and repositioning of pipes, valves, pumps, and easy-to-connect electrical elements.

4. Safety in the maintenance of water and sanitation distribution networks

Safety plans in the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks.

Prevention of professional risks in the field of water network maintenance.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas. Operativity in confined spaces. Safety signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the maintenance of water distribution and sanitation networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX III

Professional qualification: Assembly and maintenance of gas networks

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 2

Code: ENA192_2

General Competition

Perform the assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance of gas networks with the quality and safety required and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0610_2: Repose gas networks

UC0611_2: Mounting and maintaining gas networks in polyethylene

UC0612_2: Mount and maintain gas networks in steel

UC0613_2: Service and operate gas networks

UC0614_2: Prevent risks in gas installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the assembly and maintenance of gas networks, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, subsector of production and distribution of electrical energy, gas and water, in the productive activities in which the assembly, operation and maintenance of gas networks and installations are carried out.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Gas network mounts

Polyethylene Tube (PE) Mounters

Monters, steel pipe welders

Operators, gas network maintainers

Associated Training (420 hours)

Training Modules

MF0610_2: Gas network repose (60 hours)

MF0611_2: Mounting and maintaining gas networks in polyethylene (120 hours)

MF0612_2: Mounting and maintaining gas networks in steel pipe (120 hours)

MF0613_2: You can service and operate gas networks (60 hours)

MF0614_2: Security in gas installations (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: REPOSE GAS NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0610_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Repose gas networks in polyethylene from a project or technical memory to perform its assembly.

CR 1.1 The type of installation is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, distinguishing their functional and energetic characteristics.

CR 1.2 The components of the assembly or installation, as well as their functional characteristics and specifications, are identified and their location is located from the technical specifications and drawings.

CR 1.3 The possible dysfunction between the installation project and the site itself is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 1.4 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of the different components and constructive elements are pre-determined to be assembled.

CR 1.5 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of gas networks in polyethylene are performed in those cases that are required.

CR 1.6 The layout of the tubes and other elements of the network is marked on the ground, from the installation project and taking into account the characteristics of the site, verifying the possible services affected.

CR 1.7 The affected work area is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 2: Repose gas networks in steel from a project or technical memory to perform its assembly.

CR 2.1 The type of installation is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, distinguishing their functional and energetic characteristics.

CR 2.2 The components of the assembly or installation, as well as their functional characteristics and specifications, are identified and their location is located from the technical specifications and drawings.

CR 2.3 The possible dysfunction between the installation project and the site itself is determined by adopting the technical and organizational decisions that proceed.

CR 2.4 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of the different components and constructive elements are pre-determined to be assembled.

CR 2.5 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of gas networks in steel are carried out in those cases that are required.

CR 2.6 The layout of the tubes and other elements of the network, is marked on the ground from the installation project and taking into account the characteristics of the site, verifying the possible services affected.

CR 2.7 The affected work area is marked according to regulatory requirements.

RP 3: Repose modification and improvement actions in gas networks from a project or technical memory to carry them out.

CR 3.1 The type of facility to be reformed is identified from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications, distinguishing its functional and energy characteristics.

CR 3.2 The components of the installation, as well as their functional characteristics and specifications, are identified and their location is located from the technical specifications and drawings.

CR 3.3 The performance of reform or modification, and the sequence of intervention, is established from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the projects of modification of nets, equipment and gas installations, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 3.4 Complementary schemes for the repose and assembly of gas network reform are performed in those cases that are required.

CR 3.5 The pipes, components and accessories to be reformed or added in the gas networks, are located, repose and mark on the ground from the project of reform and taking into account the characteristics of the place, verifying the possible services affected.

CR 3.6 The area of work affected by the reform is marked by regulatory requirements.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Personal computer. Software. Marking tools. Pics, signalling material. Safety equipment.

Products and results:

Gas network installations in polyethylene reposed. Installations of reposed steel gas networks. Modifications of reposed gas networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly and cutting planes; isometric planes; schemes and diagrams of principle; listing of parts and components; assembly programmes, parts of work; technical specifications; catalogues; service and use manuals; assembly and operating instructions; supplementary schemes for repose.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN GAS NETWORKS IN POLYETHYLENE

Level: 2

Code: UC0611_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the assembly and maintenance work, according to the corresponding project, for the installation of gas networks in polyethylene tubes.

CR 1.1 The sequence of assembly and maintenance is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.2 Materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of work.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical requirements.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to the established work procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination with the different people involved in the work is carried out, according to criteria of efficacy and safety.

RP 2: Connect pipes, fittings and control and control elements of the circuits from planes, standards and technical specifications, to mount gas pipeline networks with polyethylene material, complying with the regulated requirements, in the established quality and safety conditions.

CR 2.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 2.2 The polyethylene tube is aligned in the planned trench according to the project and taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 2.3 The pipes and anchor points of the tubes are placed according to the project specifications, allowing the expected expansion of the network.

CR 2.4 The laying of the polyethylene tubes is performed with the devices established to ensure its functionality.

CR 2.5 The types and characteristics of the assembled equipment and elements are verified by ensuring that they resist the pressure and working temperature and respond to the function they have to perform.

CR 2.6 Polyethylene tubes are connected according to established techniques and procedures.

CR 2.7 The assembly of elements is done by the established "saved obstacles" figures.

CR 2.8 The assembled elements and the connections of the tubes are protected from stresses or mechanical stresses, allowing the intended expansion and isolating them from vibrations.

CR 2.9 The location and position of the valves, regulation elements and accessories are installed allowing accessibility for their handling and maintenance of the same in safety conditions.

CR 2.10 The detector elements of the system variables are mounted according to the technical specifications so that the indication of the measured magnitude is produced without disturbance.

CR 2.11 The protection and thermal insulation of the networks and elements, if any, are carried out according to the technical requirements established.

RP 3: Perform corrective maintenance operations on polyethylene gas networks, establishing the process of action, using instructions and drawings manuals to restore functional conditions according to established quality and safety procedures.

CR 3.1 The different breakdowns are detected, analyzed and their causes are valued.

CR 3.2 The sequence of action in the event of failure is established by selecting the equipment, tools, materials, tools and auxiliary means, optimizing the process in terms of method and time, and acting in coordination with other services, if they are affected.

CR 3.3 The information about the repair process is transmitted to the user or client by inciting the relevant aspects that affect it.

CR 3.4 The deteriorated element is replaced by following the sequence of the disassembly and set-up process, and within the intended time.

CR 3.5 Impaired items are analyzed, identifying their broken parts.

CR 3.6 The damaged element is reworked and its operation is checked, depending on the level of the failure posed.

CR 3.7 The replacement or handling of tubes and their accessories, in other types of materials, is carried out by means of procedures that reconcile their integration with polyethylene.

CR 3.8 The functionality of the network is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 3.9 Repair parts and reports are completed and added to the databases to manage and bring improvements to the maintenance plan.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems, equipment for movement of materials, useful for lifting, scaffolding; hoists.

Useful and tube measurement and control tools. Hand tools. Electrofusion and welding equipment. Equipment for detecting leaks, sparks, control of pores, equipment and tools for clamping, cutting, sealing and sealing. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Components of the installations: polyethylene tubes and fittings (PE). Tubes, pipes, other fittings and accessories in other materials.

Products and results:

Works for mounting and maintaining gas networks in organized polyethylene tubes. Installations of gas networks in mounted polyethylene. Gas networks in polyethylene repaired.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly and cutting planes; isometric planes; schemes and diagrams of principle; listing of parts and components; assembly programmes, parts of work; technical specifications; catalogues; service and use manuals; instructions for assembly and operation; databases; software; parts and reports of repair; internal rules of work; applicable safety regulations and gas distribution networks.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN GAS NETWORKS IN STEEL

Level: 2

Code: UC0612_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the assembly and maintenance work, according to the corresponding project, for the installation of gas networks in steel pipes.

CR 1.1 The sequence of assembly and maintenance is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.2 Materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of work.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical requirements.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to the established work procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination with the different people involved in the work is carried out according to criteria of efficacy and safety.

RP 2: Connect pipes, fittings and control and control elements of the circuits from planes, standards and technical specifications, to mount gas pipe networks with steel material, complying with the regulated requirements, in the established quality and safety conditions.

CR 2.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 2.2 The steel tube is aligned in the planned trench according to the project and taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 2.3 The pipes and anchor points of the tubes are placed according to the project specifications, allowing the expected expansion of the network.

CR 2.4 The laying of the steel tubes is performed with the devices established to ensure its functionality.

CR 2.5 Steel tubes are connected according to established techniques and procedures.

CR 2.6 The assembly of elements is performed using the established "saved obstacles" figures.

CR 2.7 The types and characteristics of the assembled equipment and elements are verified by ensuring that they resist the pressure and working temperature and respond to the function they have to perform.

CR 2.8 The assembled elements and the connections of the tubes are protected from stresses or mechanical stresses, allowing the intended expansion and isolating them from vibrations.

CR 2.9 The location and position of the valves, regulation elements and accessories are installed allowing accessibility for their handling and maintenance of the same in safety conditions.

CR 2.10 The detector elements of the system variables are mounted according to the technical specifications so that the indication of the measured magnitude is produced without disturbance.

CR 2.11 The protection and thermal insulation of the networks and elements, if any, are carried out according to the technical requirements established.

RP 3: Perform corrective maintenance operations on steel gas networks, establishing the process of action, using instruction manuals and drawings, to restore functional conditions according to established quality and safety procedures.

CR 3.1 The different breakdowns are detected, analyzed and their causes are valued.

CR 3.2 The sequence of action in the event of failure is established by selecting the equipment, tools, materials, tools and auxiliary means, optimizing the process with respect to method and time, and acting in coordination with other services, if they are affected.

CR 3.3 The information about the repair process is transmitted to the user or client by inciting the relevant aspects that affect it.

CR 3.4 The deteriorated element is replaced, following the sequence of the disassembly and set-up process, and within the intended time.

CR 3.5 Impaired items are analyzed, identifying their broken parts.

CR 3.6 The damaged element is reworked and its operation is checked, depending on the level of the failure posed.

CR 3.7 The functionality of the network is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 3.8 Repair parts and reports are completed and added to the databases to manage and bring improvements to the maintenance plan.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems, equipment for movement of materials, useful for lifting, scaffolding; hoists.

Useful and tube measurement and control tools. Hand tools. Electrofusion and welding equipment. Equipment for detecting leaks, sparks, control of pores, equipment and tools for clamping, cutting, sealing and sealing. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Components of the installations: steel tubes and fittings. Tubes, pipes, other fittings and accessories in other materials.

Products and results:

Works for mounting and maintaining gas networks in organized steel pipes. Installations of gas networks in mounted steel. Repaired steel gas networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly and cutting planes; isometric planes; schemes and diagrams of principle; listing of parts and components; assembly programmes, parts of work; technical specifications; catalogues; service and use manuals; instructions for assembly and operation; databases; software; parts and reports of repair; internal rules of work; applicable safety regulations and gas distribution networks.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PUT IN SERVICE AND OPERATE GAS NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0613_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Perform prior operations for the commissioning of gas networks, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The inertization and purging of the network is carried out in accordance with the established guidelines and the implementing rules.

CR 1.2 Circuit pressure tests are performed for each sector of the network, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 1.3 Functional tests of keys, valves, regulators and other equipment are performed according to the procedures of the supplying company in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.4 The definitive filling, positioning of the signal and compaction, is checked according to the applicable technical and normative requirements.

CR 1.5 The surplus materials are removed leaving the area affected by the assembly under the conditions laid down in the applicable environmental regulations.

CR 1.6 The documentation concerning the results of the tests required for the putting into service is completed regulatively.

RP 2: Perform the purging and "gas" operations of the gas network in polyethylene, meeting the quality standards set to start the service.

CR 2.1 Pressure and temperature are obtained and checked to be established.

CR 2.2 The "gas supply" of the network is carried out in accordance with the established guidelines and the implementing rules.

CR 2.3 The testing of network odorization is performed according to established procedures.

CR 2.4 The report with the failures and incidents produced is done, to incorporate the information about the current status of the network in the incident book.

RP 3: Perform the basic maneuvers in the system of distribution of accessories and elements or systems of control and control of the circuits, to operate gas networks, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The affected, ramales, and regulatory cabinets are located from planes, documentation, or instructions, and are then condemned and sealed.

CR 3.2 The pressure, flow, temperature and other measurements of variables are obtained and recorded, using in their case systems of telematic and telecontrol.

CR 3.3 The adjustment of the adjustment station and the measure affected by the commissioning is carried out according to the regulatory procedures.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and tube measurement and control tools. Hand tools. Joining and welding equipment. Equipment for detecting leaks, sparks, control of pores, equipment and tools of cutting, sealing and sealing. Safety equipment. Signalling material. Plant components: tubes, other pipes and fittings.

Products and results:

Gas network installations tested and put into service. Installations of cancelled and sealed gas networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly and cutting planes; isometric planes; schemes and diagrams of principle; listing of parts and components; assembly programmes, parts of work; technical specifications; catalogues; service and use manuals; instructions for assembly and operation; databases; software; documentation of the testing of the putting into service; Report of anomalies and incidents; internal rules of work; applicable safety regulations and gas distribution networks.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: PREVENT RISKS IN GAS INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0614_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Evaluate risks identified in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks to ensure safety, communicating them, if any, to the person responsible for the safety plan in the assembly and maintenance of the network.

CR 1.1 Professional risks in the processes of transport, loading and unloading, lifting and handling of tubes and materials are identified and evaluated.

CR 1.2 Professional risks in the work processes in ditches are identified and evaluated.

CR 1.3 Professional risks in the machining, shaping and welding processes of tubes and fittings are identified and evaluated.

CR 1.4 Professional risks in the processes of loading jobs are identified and evaluated.

CR 1.5 The professional risks in the testing of pressure, putting into service and operation of the networks are identified and evaluated.

CR 1.6 The risks to the environment arising from gas, combustion and waste materials leaks are identified and evaluated.

RP 2: Follow the company's security plan, during assembly and maintenance, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 The protection of slopes, buries and other means of protection and accompanying measures in the face of the risks arising from the assembly, are selected and used to avoid accidents and to minimize the risk according to the project.

CR 2.2 Individual protective equipment is selected, used and maintained, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

CR 2.3 Fire protection equipment is permanently verified and maintained.

CR 2.4 The working areas of your liability are maintained in order and cleaning conditions.

CR 2.5 In any event of leakage or discharge, the most advisable and foreseen procedures for action are reported and implemented in the safety plan.

CR 2.6 The requirements for the treatment and recycling of waste materials generated at the facility are applied in line with environmental plans.

RP 3: Perform the maneuvers of assembly and maintenance of gas networks by preventing and controlling the risks of explosion and intoxication, to ensure safety.

CR 3.1 The risks of explosion caused by the handling of power tools and explosion engines are prevented and controlled in the gas installations.

CR 3.2 The risks of deflagration arising from the machining processes, forming and welding of tubes and fittings, are prevented and controlled in the assembly and maintenance operations of gas installations.

CR 3.3 The risks of intoxication arising from performances in gas installations are prevented and controlled.

RP 4: Act in emergency cases quickly, efficiently and safely to control the situation.

CR 4.1 The protection of the accident and the isolation of the cause caused by the accident is carried out immediately.

CR 4.2 The emergency is valued following the procedures defined in the specific security regulations.

CR 4.3 The request for emergency aid is made in accordance with the security plan and the current regulations, guaranteeing, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the plan.

CR 4.4 First aid is provided according to the prescribed health recommendations for each case.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Security teams. Signalling material. Plant components: tubes, other pipes and fittings.

Products and results:

Secure gas network facilities for people, environment and equipment. Risks in the assembly and maintenance of identified and evaluated gas networks. Corrective measures applied. Risks of controlled explosion and intoxication. Emergencies resolved.

Information used or generated:

Applicable rules on labour and environmental risks. Company security plan.

TRAINING MODULE 1: REPOSING GAS NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0610_2

Associated with UC: Repose Gas Networks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the operation of the gas networks to determine their characteristics and elements related to the assembly thereof.

CE1.1 Describe the general operation of a gas distribution network and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE1.2 List, describe the function that the components that make up the gas distribution networks perform.

CE1.3 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations and standards applicable to this type of facilities.

C2: Interpret gas network projects for the repose of gas networks.

CE2.1 Analyze the different documents that make up a project, technical memory or a gas network assembly manual distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE2.2 Represent principle schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a gas distribution network and its components to perform its assembly.

CE2.3 Interpret the graphical information developed in computer representation systems by performing basic copying or data modification operations, with standardized procedures, corresponding to specific programs of design and representation of gas networks.

CE2.4 Repose by marking the location of anchorages, supports, ditches, tube and other components of the networks based on plans and technical documentation.

CE2.5 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE2.6 In a practical scenario of reposing a gas network characterized by drawings and corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the different components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose it: tubes, flow meters, valves, regulatory elements, and other accessories.

-Razor the operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it.

-Perform the repose operations by marking the location of the components.

-Perform the work zone signaling.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the installation with the regulatory requirements that apply to it.

C3: Interpret modification and improvement projects for gas network repose.

CE3.1 Analyze the documents that make up a project or technical memory of modification or improvement of gas networks distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE3.2 Differentiate the components of the installation to replace or modify the reused components by making their signage or marking.

CE3.3 Repose by marking the relocations of anchorages, supports, ditches, route of tubes and other components of the networks to be modified on the basis of plans and technical documentation.

CE3.4 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.6.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Gas

Gas as a source of energy. Natural gas. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).

Gas characteristics: physical and chemical properties, heat power, gas interchangeability and combustion process. Measures and units of measurement.

2. Gas installations

Types of gas networks. Pipelines. Reception facilities.

Classification. Configuration of the installation. Constituent parts and parts.

Application regulations.

3. Gas installations projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications.

Situation Plans. Drawings of detail and set. Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations.

Computer equipment in assisted design and representation. Assisted design programs. Visualization and interpretation of digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the repose of gas networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF GAS NETWORKS IN POLYETHYLENE

Level: 2

Code: MF0611_2

Associated with UC: Mounting and maintaining gas networks in polyethylene

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop work plans for the assembly of gas networks with polyethylene, according to the corresponding project and the established work procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques to be used in the process of assembling gas networks with polyethylene.

CE1.2 Identify materials and tools to be used in different gas network assembly processes.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the phases of the gas network assembly.

CE1.4 Describe the procedures for optimizing gas network assembly work with polyethylene.

CE1.5 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of a gas distribution network using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of mounting a gas network, properly characterized, establish the sequence of assembly from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, cost, method and time.

CE1.7 In one or more practical scenarios for the assembly of gas networks with polyethylene, containing several sectors with tubes of different diameter and different elements:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources to perform the job.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

C2: Mounting gas networks with polyethylene (PE) from the technical documentation, applying standard procedures and corresponding regulations, using the appropriate tools, equipment and materials and acting under safety standards.

CE2.1 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.2 Describe methods and procedures for moving equipment and materials in safety conditions and analyzing the criteria for their location.

CE2.3 Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

CE2.4 Place supports and anchors respecting the expected dilations.

CE2.5 Operate equipment and tools for preparing, forming, and joining polyethylene tubes and accessories.

CE2.6 Apply methods and techniques used in the protection of tubes and accessories used in gas networks with polyethylene.

CE2.7 Apply thermal insulation techniques in tubes and fittings.

CE2.8 In one or more practical scenarios for mounting a gas network containing several sectors with polyethylene tubes of different diameter and different elements:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work and established work procedures, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Moving equipment and materials, under security conditions, placing them in the most suitable place for the work to be done.

-Check the marking on the terrain and the repose of the installation for the excavation, signaling the area of action.

-Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

-Place the appropriate media and anchors.

-Prepare the tubes, valves and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Tender and connect the tubes, valves and other accessories.

-Mount by applying corrosion protection.

-Heat insulate the tubes and elements that require it to comply with the technical specifications and implementing regulations.

-Leave the workbench under appropriate conditions after the mount operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

C3: Perform corrective maintenance operations for the polyethylene gas network (PE) equipment and components.

Ce3.1 Diagnose the faults that occur in the polyethylene gas networks, determining the cause thereof.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures of corrective maintenance operations to be performed on the equipment and components of the polyethylene gas networks.

CE3.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in corrective maintenance operations, reasoning the way they are used and maintained.

CE3.4 In one or more practical cases of mounting a polyethylene gas distribution network in typical cases of defective operation:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Describe the repair procedure.

-Repair the breakdowns in tubes, equipment and components.

-Check system operation.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Maintain an assertive, empathetic and conciliatory attitude with others; demonstrating cordiality and kindness in the treatment.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Gas networks in polyethylene (PE)

Plastic materials. Thermoplastics. Thermosetting. Elastomers. Polyethylene (PE). Types, structure, characteristics, fluency point.

Setting up the polyethylene tube installation. Constituent parts and parts. Functional analysis. Attacked. Implementing rules.

Professional risks in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in polyethylene.

2. Assembly of gas networks in polyethylene (PE)

Methodological specifications for assembly. Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities. Mounting phases. Organization.

Civil work: opening of ditches, placement of tubes, breakage and replacement of pavements, construction materials. Determination and selection of equipment and elements necessary for the assembly from drawings of the installation. Set in pipe ditch. Useful, tools and means used in the assembly. Techniques of use. Assembly of new sections. Other materials used in tubes.

Types of pipes and fittings in polyethylene and transition to other materials.

Soldments, techniques and methods. Butt welding. Electrofusion welding. Pinctions. Marking of tubes and fittings. Identification of welds.

Assembly of machines and equipment. Assembly, settling, alignment and fastening techniques and operations.

Assembly of valves, siphons, pods, measuring devices and accessories.

3. Corrective maintenance of gas networks in polyethylene (PE)

Diagnosis of gas network breakdowns.

Methods for repairing the various components of the network.

Entubments. Removal and replacement of tubes, valves and accessories. Performances in charge.

4. Quality in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in polyethylene (PE)

Specifications of technical prescriptions and quality control. Quality control of polyethylene and other materials used in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks. Quality in assembly operations. Basic economic and strategic aspects of quality. Processes of technical documentation of quality. Manual of procedures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in polyethylene, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MOUNTING AND MAINTAINING GAS NETWORKS IN STEEL PIPE

Level: 2

Code: MF0612_2

Associated with UC: Mounting and maintaining gas networks in steel

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop work plans for the assembly of gas networks with steel, according to the corresponding project and the established work procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques and tools to be used in the process of assembling gas networks with steel.

CE1.2 Identify materials and tools to be used in different gas network assembly processes.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the phases of the gas network assembly.

CE1.4 Describe the procedures for optimizing gas network assembly work with steel.

CE1.5 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of a gas distribution network using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of mounting a gas network, establish the sequence of assembly from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of security, cost, method and time.

CE1.7 In one or more practical gas network assembly scenarios, containing several sectors with different diameter tubes and different elements:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources to perform the job.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

C2: Mounting gas networks with steel from the technical documentation, applying standard procedures and corresponding regulations, using the appropriate tools, equipment and materials and acting under safety standards.

CE2.1 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

CE2.2 Describe methods and procedures for moving equipment and materials in safety conditions and analyzing the criteria for their location.

CE2.3 Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

CE2.4 Operate equipment and tools to prepare, shape and attach steel pipes and fittings.

CE2.5 Place supports and anchors respecting the expected dilations.

CE2.6 Apply methods and techniques used in the protection of tubes and accessories used in the gas networks with steel.

CE2.7 Apply thermal insulation techniques in tubes and fittings.

CE2.8 In one or more practical scenarios for the assembly of a gas network containing several sectors with steel tubes of different diameters and different elements:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work and established work procedures, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Moving equipment and materials, in safety conditions, placing them in the most suitable place for the work to be done.

-Check the marking on the terrain and the repose of the installation for the excavation, signaling the area of action.

-Describe the criteria to control that the execution of the excavation is adapted to the requirements of the assembly.

-Prepare the tubes, valves and other elements according to the standard procedures.

-Place the appropriate media and anchors.

-Tender and connect the tubes, valves and other accessories.

-Leave the workbench under appropriate conditions after the mount operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

C3: Perform corrective maintenance operations on the equipment and components of the steel gas networks.

CE3.1 Diagnose the faults that occur in the steel gas networks, determining the cause of the gas.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures of corrective maintenance operations to be performed on the equipment and components of the steel gas networks.

CE3.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in corrective maintenance operations, reasoning the way they are used and maintained.

CE3.4 From one or more practical cases of a steel gas distribution network in typical cases of malfunction:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Describe the repair procedure.

-Repair the breakdowns.

-Check system operation.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.4.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Maintain an assertive, empathetic and conciliatory attitude with others; demonstrating cordiality and kindness in the treatment.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Gas networks in steel

Setting up the steel pipe gas installation. Constituent parts and parts. Functional analysis. Attacked.

Application regulations.

Professional risks in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in steel.

2. Methodology for the assembly of gas networks in steel

Methodological specifications for assembly.

Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities.

Mounting phases. Organization.

3. Mounting of gas networks in steel

Civil work: opening of ditches, placement of tubes, breakage and replacement of pavements, construction materials.

Determination and selection of equipment and elements required for mounting from installation plans. Set in pipe ditch. Useful, tools and means used in the assembly. Techniques of use. Assembly of new sections.

Types of pipes and fittings in steel. Welds, techniques and methods. Butt welding. Corrosion. Protections. Assembly of machines and equipment. Assembly, settling, alignment and fastening techniques and operations.

Valve assembly, measuring devices and accessories.

4. Corrective maintenance of gas networks in steel

Diagnosis of gas network breakdowns in steel.

Methods for repairing the various components of the network.

Dismantling and replenishing tubes, valves and accessories. Performances in charge.

5. Quality in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in steel

Specifications of technical prescriptions and quality control. Quality control of steel and other materials used in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks. Quality in assembly operations. Basic economic and strategic aspects of quality. Processes of technical documentation of quality. Manual of procedures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly and maintenance of gas networks in steel, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION OF GAS NETWORKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0613_2

Associated with UC: Service and operate gas networks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop pre-commissioning check operations for gas networks.

CE1.1 Describe the methods and techniques used in the protection of tubes and accessories for materials used in gas installations.

CE1.2 Describe the methods and techniques used for the inertization and purging of the networks.

CE1.3 Analyze the procedures used to perform the pressure and tightness tests under security conditions and comply with the applicable regulations.

CE1.4 Describe the filling and compacting techniques of ditches.

CE1.5 Relate the network signaling requirements.

CE1.6 Analyze the process of removal of surplus materials and their recycling according to environmental protection plans.

CE1.7 Describe the requirements for cleaning and greasing the networks and their components.

CE1.8 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service gas networks with different materials:

-Check the performance of network protections depending on the type of material.

-Perform inertial and purge operations.

-Perform the network pressure tests.

-Check the overall status and operation of the components.

-Describe the criteria for controlling the completion of the filling, its signaling and compaction.

C2: Develop gas network commissioning operations.

CE2.1 Describe the sequence of operations and procedures to be performed in the "gas installation" of installations.

CE2.2 Describe gas odorization techniques and procedures for their measurement and control.

CE2.3 Compliment parts and reporting of gas network commissioning.

CE2.4 Relate the information to be delivered to the user of the installation by analyzing the corresponding technical manuals.

CE2.5 In one or more practical scenarios of putting into service gas networks with different materials:

-Perform pressure and temperature measurements at different points.

-Sequence the operations for "gas putting".

-Check the degree of gas odorization.

-Meet the commissioning documentation.

C3: Perform operation maneuvers in gas networks.

CE3.1 Perform network pressure and temperature measurements and relate critical values for putting into service.

CE3.2 Perform connection, branch, and network seal and component condemnation operations.

CE3.3 Describe the adjustment and control procedures of the regulating and measuring stations or cabinets.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.8; C2 with respect to CE2.5.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Pre-commissioning operations for gas networks

Tube and accessory protections. Primers. Cathodic protection. Isolation.

Inertization. Purge.

Pressure tests. Ditching of ditches. Compaction. Signage.

Materials and their recycling. Cleaning and greasing of components of the networks.

2. Putting into service of gas networks

Networking procedures. Testing of installations and equipment. Procedures for performing cuts and reestablishing the service over a stretch of a network. Procedures for carrying out convictions of the affected, ramales and apparatus. Seals. Parameter measurements. Procedures. Instruments. Telemedida and telecontrol.

Operating, adjusting, regulating and controlling networks. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the putting into service and operation of gas networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 5: SECURITY IN GAS INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0614_2

Associated with UC: Preventing risks in gas installations

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze professional and environmental risks in operations related to gas installations.

CE1.1 Identify and assess risks in the transport, loading and unloading, loading and handling processes of tubes and materials.

CE1.2 Identify and assess risks in work processes in ditches.

CE1.3 Identify and assess risks in the machining, shaping and welding of tubes and fittings.

CE1.4 Identify and assess the risks of explosion caused by the handling of power tools and explosion engines.

CE1.5 Identify and evaluate the risks of the explosion resulting from the machining processes, forming and welding of tubes and fittings in the loading works and in the assembly and maintenance operations of gas installations.

CE1.6 Identify and assess the risks of intoxication arising from performances in gas installations.

CE1.7 Identify and assess risks in pressure testing and commissioning of networks.

CE1.8 Identify and assess risks in operation maneuvers in gas networks.

CE1.9 Describe the influence of gas leaks and their combustion in the ozone layer and in the greenhouse effect.

CE1.10 Analyze the environmental impact of waste products generated in activities related to gas installations.

C2: Develop measures and actions related to the security plan in gas installations.

CE2.1 Establish measures and activities to eliminate and reduce risks in the processes of handling loads, tools and materials, work in ditches, machining processes, forming and welding, loading, pressure testing and commissioning and other common processes in the assembly, operation and maintenance of gas networks.

CE2.2 Analyze the characteristics of the use and maintenance of individual and collective protective equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks.

CE2.3 Establish measures and activities to eliminate and reduce the risks of explosion, explosion and fire in performances related to gas installations.

CE2.4 Establish measures and activities to eliminate and reduce the risks of intoxication in the actions related to gas installations.

CE2.5 Describe the signaling and safety requirements of the usual work areas in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks.

CE2.6 Establish measures and activities to eliminate and reduce environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of gas networks.

CE2.7 Analyze the documentation of the security plans of companies in the gas sector and related regulations.

C3: Rate the emergency devices against accidents, describing them and establishing the actions to be performed in each case.

CE3.1 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE3.2 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan in the case of the required material resources.

CE3.3 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or contingency, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Comply with the production standards set by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Comply with the production standards set by the organization.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Contents:

1. Risks and prevention measures in gas installations

Identification and Risk Assessment. Safety plans. Security techniques. Preventive measures. Risk analysis. Risks and prevention measures in: works in ditches, transport and handling of loads, machining, forming and welding of tubes and accessories, loading works, pressure tests.

Risk of explosion and fire. Production, detection and protection. Anti-deflagrant tools and equipment.

Toxic products. Process of destruction of the ozone layer. Greenhouse effect. Pollution by combustion, leakage and discharges. Detection devices. Preventive measures. Treatment of contaminants. Treatment and recycling of waste products. Working environment. Applicable rules.

2. Safety equipment in gas installations

Personal protection equipment. Control equipment for falls. Auxiliary safety equipment.

Lifting loads. Signalling systems. Maintenance of equipment.

3. Emergencies in gas installations

Emergency Plan. Protection of the crashed. Assessment of the accident. Request for assistance. First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the prevention of risks in gas installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX IV

Professional qualification: Managing the assembly and maintenance of wind farms

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA193_3

General Competition

To coordinate the assembly, commissioning and management of the operation and maintenance of wind energy parks and installations, with the quality and safety required and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0615_3: Develop wind power facility assembly projects

UC0616_3: Manage the commissioning and operation of wind power installations

UC0617_3: Manage the maintenance of wind power installations

UC0618_2: Prevent professional risks and act in emergency cases in wind farms

UC0619_2: Mount and maintain wind power installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of engineering, planning and logistics dedicated to the assembly, and in the area of operation and maintenance dedicated to the operation of wind farms, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and foreign, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the electricity production sector, within the subsector of renewable energy. Similarly, the reference for qualification is also in the field of the enterprises associated with the maintenance and exploitation of wind farms.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Operation and maintenance management technicians in wind installations

Wind Farm Assembly Managers

Wind Turbine Assembly (s)

Wind turbine assemblers

Wind Farm Maintenance Specialists

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0615_3: Wind Power Facility Mount Projects (150 hours)

MF0616_3: Operation and commissioning of wind power installations (90 hours)

MF0617_3: Wind Power Facility Maintenance Management (120 hours)

MF0618_2: Security and professional risk assessment in wind farms (60 hours)

MF0619_2: Wind power facility assembly and maintenance (150 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DEVELOP WIND POWER FACILITY ASSEMBLY PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0615_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Develop provisioning and assembly programs for wind energy installations.

CR 1.1 Technical and administrative information, derived from the technical project, is used for the elaboration of the supply program and the assembly plan according to the methods used in strategic planning.

CR 1.2 The provisioning plan is carried out by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, guaranteeing the supply at the moment established.

CR 1.3 The definition of stages, procedures for mounting each stage, lists of activities, times and human resources and necessary materials are included in the installation plan for the installation, in order to be implemented within the time limit and cost.

CR 1.4 Quality control criteria are set in the different stages that configure provisioning and assembly.

RP 2: Organize the previous processes of assembly of wind energy installations, monitoring their execution.

CR 2.1 The installation of the installation is organized according to the assembly plan, establishing the sequence of processes, starting with plans and technical documentation, and optimizing them in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 2.2 The work of the people involved in the assembly is coordinated, ensuring that the objectives are met according to criteria of effectiveness and safety.

CR 2.3 The different components of the assembly or installation are identified by locating their location from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications.

CR 2.4 The necessary materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of wind installation.

CR 2.5 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical prescriptions and transmitting the non-conformities.

CR 2.6 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to established work procedures.

RP 3: Monitor the assembly of wind energy installations, their accessories and control and control elements, based on the plans, standards and technical specifications of the project, complying with the established procedures and the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The displacement and location of the materials and equipment is managed, according to the logistics of the project, with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 3.2 The assembly of the tower sections is monitored by checking their alignment, verticality, torque and tightness pairs.

CR 3.3 The transformer assembly is monitored, checking that the established procedures are met.

CR 3.4 The placement of the gondola in the tower is monitored by checking its alignment, verticality, torque and tightness pairs.

CR 3.5 The rotor assembly is monitored according to established procedures, verifying the bushing's horizontality, the torque and the state, and the shovel.

CR 3.6 The performance of the electrical installation of medium, low voltage and control is monitored according to the established procedures and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.7 The corrective measures to be taken against deviations between the execution of the assembly and the work plan are determined, giving the appropriate instructions for their execution.

RP 4: Develop technical memories and projects of small wind turbine installations without network connection.

CR 4.1 Basic weather conditions, related to wind, are determined from the site.

CR 4.2 The technical data required by the installation is calculated based on the weather conditions and the requirements of the installation itself.

CR 4.3 The placement, attachment and connection of the different elements is determined from the different climatic, environmental, technical and legal factors.

CR 4.4 The memories and projects of autonomous wind energy installations without network connection are elaborated according to the procedures and rules of application, incorporating the necessary information for the execution of the work.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Work tools, tools, and measuring devices. Equipment for movement of materials. Polymeter, insulation meter, tellurometer, anemometers, velets and data acquisition equipment. Personal safety equipment. Arneses, descendants, communication teams. IT applications for project management. Means related to the foundations and the civil work, armed in virola, piles, concretes, among others. Components of the installations: towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, anemometers, veletas and data acquisition equipment, measuring equipment and control equipment. 'CAD'-specific computer applications (computer-aided drawing).

Products and results:

Wind turbine or installation unit mounted and ready for testing period. Technical memories and projects of small wind turbine installations without network connection.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Provisioning and assembly programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Specific IT applications. Project management diagrams (PERT, GANTT, among others). Permits and authorizations: environmental impact study, wind resource study, preliminary draft, feasibility study; rights of access to network, authorization to start up, inclusion in a regime that affects it. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable in the field of medium and low tension, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MANAGE THE COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION OF WIND ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0616_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Develop the processes of commissioning and energization of wind energy installations, monitoring their implementation.

CR 1.1 The final testing protocol is interpreted according to the characteristics of the installation, identifying and developing operating guidelines on the various mechanical, electrical and control elements.

CR 1.2 The operation of the installation is coordinated, ensuring the quality and safety in each of the operations that check the consistency and tightness of the structures, the proper functioning of the systems of orientation, braking and pitch, and of the electrical circuits.

CR 1.3 The different operating parameters are verified, checking that they are suitable for reference.

CR 1.4 The technical and administrative documentation required in the process of commissioning the wind energy installation is managed.

RP 2: Perform operation maneuvers, acting on the system of regulation and control of wind energy installations based on plans, standards and technical specifications, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The necessary operating maneuvers in the wind farm or in a wind turbine are analyzed, valued and proposed, depending on the state of the system, with the aim of optimal and safe operation.

CR 2.2 The data of wind speed and direction, temperature, intensity, voltage, power and energy, are collected, recorded according to the established procedures, to update the system and ensure the correct operation of the wind energy installations.

CR 2.3 The test and adjustment maneuvers of the parameters of the installation to the reference parameters, as well as the disconnection of wind energy installations, are performed according to the established protocol.

CR 2.4 The operating modes of the wind machine are executed, analyzing their conditions and safety paths.

RP 3: Operate on systems for the management of wind farms, according to established procedures, for the control of the installation of wind energy.

CR 3.1 The information provided by specific computer applications of telecontrol-(SCADA)-is interpreted, contrasting with the reference parameters.

CR 3.2 The information provided by the production counters is collected, preparing it for accounting.

CR 3.3 Telecontrol systems used in network-connected wind farm installations are operated according to established procedures.

CR 3.4 Work orders, derived from the information acquired from the system, are communicated to field operators as appropriate.

RP 4: Collaborate on the development of wind energy facility security plans, organizing and monitoring their implementation to ensure the safety and compliance of applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 The risks involved in carrying out a work are analysed, explaining them according to the procedure for carrying out the tasks.

CR 4.2 Information campaigns on risk prevention are carried out, participating in their design and dissemination.

CR 4.3 Working conditions are reviewed and, where appropriate, substantial changes in workplaces that may affect the safety and health of workers.

CR 4.4 Information on accidents, incidents and occupational diseases is collected, establishing the methodology and completing the relevant reports.

CR 4.5 Information and training on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection is transmitted to workers, ensuring the use of personal protective equipment.

CR 4.6 The contingency and accident emergency plan is coordinated in accordance with established methodology, quality and safety.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Work tools, tools, and measuring devices. IT applications specific to systems management and monitoring, monitoring, control and data acquisition-(SCADA)-and assembly and maintenance management. Programmable automatons. Polymeter, insulation meter, tellurometer, fasimeter, network and harmonic analyzer, power and energy analyser, energy meters, tachometer, anemometer. Industrial communications systems, sensors, transducers, concentrators. Personal safety equipment. Components of the installations: towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, measuring equipment, control equipment.

Products and results:

Technical documentation of the processes of commissioning and operation of wind energy installations. Installation of wind energy connected to the electric and managed transport and distribution system. Security plans implemented. Information and dissemination campaigns.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly and maintenance programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Facilities histories. Databases. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable in the field of medium and low tension, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MANAGE THE MAINTENANCE OF WIND ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0617_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Design and develop wind energy facility maintenance programs.

CR 1.1 Maintenance programs are developed using the technical information provided by the manufacturers of wind energy equipment and installations.

CR 1.2 The definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention and disassembly/assembly, health check ranges, times and the human and material resources necessary for its execution in the time and cost foreseen are verified, ensuring that they are contained in the program of maintenance of the installation.

CR 1.3 Quality control criteria are set in the phases that configure maintenance.

CR 1.4 The critical points of equipment and installation that involve risk of stopping are considered in the development of maintenance programs.

CR 1.5 The established maintenance programs are verified, ensuring that they optimize the own resources, determine the needs of external support and guarantee the fulfillment of the production objectives.

CR 1.6 The procedures used in preventive and corrective maintenance are updated, with the periodicity stipulated, incorporating the detected improvements.

CR 1.7 The collaboration and participation in periodic meetings with the design engineers of the suppliers is carried out, for the continuous improvement and fiabilization of the product, and to share the experience of the department of Operation and Maintenance.

RP 2: Organize the preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance processes of wind energy installations, monitoring them for application.

CR 2.1 The documentation received and generated, technical and administrative, is analyzed, using it for the organization and supervision of the maintenance and repair of the wind energy equipment and installations.

CR 2.2 The specifications for replacement material or component are made to manage your acquisition.

CR 2.3 The spare parts and their storage are managed from the manufacturer's technical documentation and the equipment and equipment history.

CR 2.4 The work of the people involved in the maintenance is coordinated, ensuring that the objectives are met.

CR 2.5 The corrective measures to be taken when there are deviations in relation to the efficient operation of the installation are determined, giving the appropriate instructions for correction.

CR 2.6 The monitoring of the maintenance program is carried out by controlling the quality of execution and the costs, resolving the contingencies efficiently and meeting the programmed objectives.

CR 2.7 The safety plan of the company is followed, applying the established preventive, corrective and emergency measures, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

RP 3: Apply proactive maintenance techniques in wind energy installations to identify and correct the causes of equipment, components and installations failures to implement solutions that attack the cause of the problems, complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The technical documentation, and other available sources of information (history, AMFEC, computerized programs for diagnosis or detection of breakdowns, among others) are analyzed to determine the scope of the failures and/or breakdown and to elaborate a plan of action, based on the collection of the data of the current state of the installation-system-machine and existing information on the same (parts of breakdowns and incidents, reading of the indicators, among others).

CR 3.2 The symptoms collected are verified in the functional tests performed, specifying the type of dysfunction, facilitating the identification of the area of the systems, equipment and/or parties involved in the failure or breakdown and establishing possible interactions between them.

CR 3.3 The measurement tools and instruments are chosen according to the symptom and system or equipment where it is presented, and are used according to the corresponding procedures (preparation, connections, handling of equipment, logical sequence of operations, security, among others) and in the established time.

CR 3.4 The possible source of mechanical systems and equipment failures is located according to a cause-effects process, by checking, analyzing, and listing (fault tree) the various fault generating variables (pressures and temperatures, lubricant state and pressure, coolant temperature and state, consumption, flow rate, motion synchronization, abnormal noise and vibration, losses, holguras, oscillations, state of mobile organs and bearings, data provided by self-diagnosis programs, among others).

CR 3.5 The possible source of power and regulation and control systems, is located according to a cause-effects process, checking, analyzing and listing (fault tree) the different variables generating the failure (continuity of the conductors, state of the connections, isolation of circuits and between metal masses, state of the different sensors, detectors and electrical apparatus, symptomatology presented by the different circuits, data supplied by programs of autodiagnosis, among others).

CR 3.6 The type (physical and/or logical) of breakdown and the functional block or module (detectors, transmitters, control elements, actuators, among others) where it is located, is located, using the action plan developed to diagnose failures in the automatic and communication systems.

CR 3.7 The technical report concerning the diagnosis of failure and/or failure is performed, including the necessary information (historical, fault tree, AMFE, cause-effect) to identify the systems and elements that are damaged or causing the irregular operation and the actions to be taken for the restoration of the operation of the installation, to evaluate the cost of the intervention and to avoid its repetition.

CR 3.8 The deviations from the characteristics and behavior of the components of the equipment or systems are identified, comparing them with the established references to know their status and the possible causes that produce it.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Work tools, tools, and measuring devices. Equipment for movement of materials. Polymeter, isolation meter, tellurometer, fasimeter. Network and harmonic analyzer, power and power analyzer. Energy meters, tachometer, anemometer. IT applications for production and maintenance management (GPAO, GMAO). Data collection instruments. Equipment for the analysis of vibrations, ultrasonic equipment and infrared imaging equipment (thermographic camera). Personal safety equipment.

Products and results:

Wind power installation operated and maintained. Established maintenance programs. Maintenance and operation plans with a defined management system.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Maintenance programs. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Databases. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable in the field of medium and low tension, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PREVENT PROFESSIONAL RISKS AND ACT IN EMERGENCY CASES IN WIND FARMS

Level: 2

Code: UC0618_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Evaluate the professional risks arising from the assembly, operation and maintenance of wind turbines for prevention.

CR 1.1 The company's security manual is applied according to each situation.

CR 1.2 The risks of falling, beating, entrapment and trampling of machinery are identified.

CR 1.3 The risks arising from accidents at access to wind farms are identified.

CR 1.4 The electrical risks inherent in electrical installations are identified.

CR 1.5 The possible consequences for people of identified risks are valued, classifying them for each of them.

CR 1.6 Risk control and prevention measures are managed by adopting, at their level, the technical and organisational decisions that they make.

CR 1.7 Information and safety recommendations are transmitted to persons who, under their responsibility, participate in the assembly, operation or maintenance of wind turbines.

RP 2: Manage the safety and personal protection equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of wind farms and wind turbines, defining them and keeping them in a state of use, in order to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 The general personal protective equipment and work clothes are identified and managed according to the needs of the activity and in the regulatory conditions.

CR 2.2 Specific safety equipment for the control of falls is identified, managed and tested at the intervals established taking into account the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 The operability of the telecommunications media is monitored, guaranteeing it in all cases.

CR 2.4 Personal protective equipment is inspected with the stipulated regularity, reporting the damaged or unfit items for purchase and replacement.

RP 3: Safely use the equipment for coupling, lifting and signalling used in the assembly and maintenance of wind turbines, in order to avoid accidents and minimise risks.

CR 3.1 The hoists and guides are used safely.

CR 3.2 The loads, angles of distribution and centers of gravity are determined, assessing the static and dynamic behaviors.

CR 3.3 The optical, verbal and gestural signaling plan is applied in accordance with applicable regulations and procedures laid out in the safety plan.

RP 4: Use safety equipment and procedures to carry out the ascent and descent of the wind turbine in compliance with the safety plan and applicable regulations, in order to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 4.1 The procedures and limitations for the rise to the wind turbine are followed, controlling their compliance.

CR 4.2 The procedures and limitations for lowering the wind turbine are followed, controlling their compliance.

CR 4.3 The auxiliary equipment used in the climbing and lowering manoeuvres is used in an appropriate and safe manner.

RP 5: Act according to the company's safety plan in the assembly and maintenance maneuvers in the turbine or in the wind turbine's electrical system, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 5.1 The procedures for the secure turbine stop are followed.

CR 5.2 The manoeuvres to ensure safety at the electrical risks of the wind turbine are carried out in accordance with the relevant method and regulations.

CR 5.3 The maneuvers to ensure safety in the face of the mechanical risks of the wind turbine are performed, intervening in the hydraulic system according to the corresponding method and regulations.

CR 5.4 Operations with hazardous substances and materials are carried out in accordance with the regulatory requirements and safety plan of the company.

RP 6: Act in cases of emergency in the shortest possible time taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 6.1 The protection of the accident and the isolation of the cause caused by the accident is carried out immediately.

CR 6.2 The emergency is valued following established procedures and complying with applicable security regulations.

CR 6.3 The application for emergency aid is managed as set out in the security plan and in the applicable legislation, ensuring, in any case, the speed and effectiveness of the emergency aid.

CR 6.4 First aid is provided following the prescribed health recommendations for each case.

CR 6.5 Fire tests or drills are conducted periodically according to established planning.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Work tools, tools, and measuring devices. Equipment for movement of materials: cranes, tros, hoists, tractel, hydraulic jacks. Hand tools: dynamometer keys, maces, level, thickness meter, electric drill, terminal hydraulics. Polymeter, isolation meter, tellurometer. Personal safety equipment and specific auxiliary systems for the lump-sum and reduction of equipment and tools. Telecommunications systems. First aid kit. Systems for the ascent and descent of equipment and tools. Equipment for descent, by emergency exit, descent. Evacuation and descent teams of injured, air rescue teams. Components of the installations: towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, measuring equipment, electric and hydraulic equipment and control.

Products and results:

Professional risks in identified wind energy installations. Safe facilities for the worker applying the measures laid down. Action plan for emergency situations.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Assembly and maintenance programs. Service and use manuals. Safety plan in the assembly. Safety manual for the maintenance of wind turbines. First aid manual. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable in the field of medium and low tension, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: MOUNT AND MAINTAIN WIND POWER INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0619_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the work of assembly and maintenance of wind energy installations according to the corresponding project.

CR 1.1 The components of the assembly or installation are identified by locating their location from the instructions received or from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications.

CR 1.2 Maintenance performances in equipment and installations are determined by establishing the intervention sequence, based on drawings and technical specifications, and optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.3 The possible dysfunction between the project of the installation and the characteristics of the materials received, or of the site itself, is determined, adopting, at its level, the technical and organizational decisions that come.

CR 1.4 The sequence of the assembly tasks is set out from instructions, plans and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CR 1.5 The necessary materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of wind installation.

CR 1.6 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work itself and according to established work procedures.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the assembly and maintenance of wind energy installations, to prevent accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional, mechanical, electrical or other risks are identified according to the safety plan, before starting the installation or maintenance of the wind energy installation.

CR 2.2 The means of protection against risks arising from assembly and maintenance are selected to prevent accidents.

CR 2.3 The working areas of your liability are maintained in order and cleaning conditions to prevent accidents.

CR 2.4 Emergency situations are addressed, following the protocol of action, adapting it according to the case.

RP 3: Montar wind turbines, their accessories and control and control elements, based on the plans, standards and technical specifications of the project, complying with the established procedures and the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located, according to the logistics of the project, with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 3.2 The sections of the tower are assembled, checking their alignment, verticality, torque and tightness.

CR 3.3 The transformer is mounted according to established procedures.

CR 3.4 The gondola is placed in the tower, checking its alignment, verticality, torque and tightness.

CR 3.5 The rotor is mounted according to established procedures, verifying the horizontal of the bushing, the torque and the state, and the shovel of the blade.

CR 3.6 The electrical installation of medium, low voltage and control is performed according to the established procedures and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.7 An autonomous installation of wind power, without network connection, is mounted according to the plans, standards and technical specifications of the project.

RP 4: Perform the preventive and/or predictive maintenance of wind energy installations from planes, standards and technical specifications, for operation, in compliance with established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 The general tarado of the tightening pairs is checked with the regulatory periodicity.

CR 4.2 The oil grease and change is performed according to the established procedures and the required safety conditions.

CR 4.3 Equipment and facilities are cleaned with appropriate means and according to established procedures.

CR 4.4 The tightness and the absence of corrosion of the equipment and facilities is checked with the stipulated periodicity.

CR 4.5 The electrical isolation status of the equipment and facilities is checked at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 4.6 The equipment and tools used are reviewed, keeping them in a state of operation.

CR 4.7 The results of the inspections and operations carried out are included in the relevant report.

RP 5: Perform corrective maintenance operations on wind energy installations, establishing the process of action, using instruction manuals and blueprints, to restore functional conditions with established quality and safety.

CR 5.1 The different breakdowns are detected, analyzed and evaluated for their causes.

CR 5.2 The sequence of action in the event of the breakdown is established, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time, selecting the human resources, equipment, and tools, materials, useful and auxiliary means necessary.

CR 5.3 The deteriorated element is replaced or replaced, following the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, within the intended time and with the required quality, by checking its operation.

CR 5.4 The functionality of the installation is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 5.5 The parts and reports of the repair performed are completed for the update of the maintenance operations record history.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Work tools, tools, and measuring devices. Equipment for movement of materials: cranes, tros, hoists, tractel, hydraulic jacks. Hand tools: dynamometer keys, maces, level, thickness meter, electric drill, terminal hydraulics. Polymeter, isolation meter, tellurometer. GPS. Personal safety equipment and specific auxiliary systems for the lump-sum and reduction of equipment and tools. Components of the installations: towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, measuring equipment, electric and hydraulic equipment and control.

Products and results:

Wind installation mounted, installed and ready for testing period. Wind installation in correct maintenance state.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly and maintenance programs. Parts of work. Service and use manuals. Assembly and maintenance instructions. Safety plan in the assembly. Safety manual for the maintenance of wind turbines. Databases. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable in the field of medium and low tension, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment, among others.

TRAINING MODULE 1: WIND POWER FACILITY ASSEMBLY PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0615_3

Associated with UC: Develop Wind Power Facility Assembly Projects

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the operation of wind energy installations by determining the technical specifications required for the assembly.

CE1.1 Explain the operation of a wind energy installation, taking into account the technical, physical and climatological factors involved in the use of wind energy.

CE1.2 Describe the general operation of the different types of wind energy installations.

CE1.3 Interpreting, from functional and operating schemes of wind farms, the different elements of performance and control of their operation, analyzing the management, automatic or manual, corresponding.

CE1.4 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

C2: Organize the process of assembly of wind energy installations from the corresponding technical projects.

CE2.1 Analyze the documents that make up a project, technical memory or a manual of assembly of a wind installation, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE2.2 Describe the general phases of development of a wind farm project, identifying the technical phases of the assembly from time to time and plans.

CE2.3 Represent symbolic schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a wind installation and its components, facilitating its mechanical and electrical assembly.

CE2.4 Manage graphical information of wind energy installations developed in computer representation systems, performing data copying or modification operations, using standardized procedures, corresponding to specific computer applications of design and representation of wind energy installations.

CE2.5 In a practical development scenario of a project to assemble a wind energy installation, characterized by plans and corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose it: towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, measuring equipment, control equipment.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the wind installation with the applicable regulatory requirements.

-Razor the operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it.

C3: Develop provisioning programs for the assembly of wind energy installations.

CE3.1 Analyze the technical and administrative information derived from the technical project, using it in the elaboration of the supply program in the assembly according to methods used in strategic planning.

CE3.2 Perform the provisioning plan by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, guaranteeing the supply at the established time.

CE3.3 Describe the quality control criteria in the different stages that configure provisioning.

CE3.4 In a practical development scenario of a project to assemble a wind energy installation containing at least one wind turbine and characterized by installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the technical prescriptions required for the components.

-Determine the criteria for quality control in the receipt of components.

-Manage provisioning logistics.

C4: Develop work plans for the assembly of wind energy installations according to the corresponding projects and established work procedures.

CE4.1 Describe the different techniques used in the processes of assembly of wind energy installations: assembly, bolting, leveling, riveting, welding, anchoring, connection.

CE4.2 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly operations of wind energy installations according to the established working procedures.

CE4.3 Describe the assembly job optimization procedures according to the established work procedures.

CE4.4 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of wind energy installations using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE4.5 In a practical development scenario of a project to assemble a wind energy installation containing at least one wind turbine and characterized by installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the requirements of the work zones in the different phases of the assembly.

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

-Determine corrective measures by preventing possible deviations from the plan of the work.

C5: Define the quality criteria in the assembly operations of wind energy installations from the technical documentation, complying with the established procedures and the applicable regulations.

CE5.1 Define the required requirements in the preparation of the work area according to the work itself, identifying the specific occupational risks and proposing their corrective measures.

CE5.2 Make travel plans for equipment and materials by placing them in the most suitable place for work, under security conditions.

CE5.3 Define the critical monitoring points of the assembly of the tower sections by ensuring their verticality, torque and tightness.

CE5.4 Define the alignment, verticality, torque and tightness criteria in the placement of the gondola in the tower.

CE5.5 Define the monitoring criteria for the rotor assembly by verifying the bushing's horizontality, the torque and the state and the shovel.

CE5.6 Coordinate the performance of the electrical installation of medium, low voltage and control according to established procedures and implementing regulations.

CE5.7 Define wind turbine test protocol, pitch and yaw controls, emergency chain monitoring.

C6: Develop technical memories and projects for the assembly of small-power wind energy installations, drawing up the necessary technical documentation for the assembly.

CE6.1 Define the legal, technical and climatological conditions from which a project or technical memory of the installation of a wind turbine without connection to the electrical grid can be developed.

CE6.2 Collect, analyze and calculate the data required for the installation.

CE6.3 Design the installation plans on paper or, if any, digital.

CE6.4 Perform a technical memory in which the required information is developed to perform the provisioning of materials and the installation of the installation.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.5; C5 with respect to CE5.6.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop, meeting the objectives and deadlines set.

Prove a good professional.

Adapt to new situations and contexts.

Sharing information with the work team.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents:

1. General operation of wind installations

Meteorology, wind and wind energy. Systems of use.

Wind parks. Composition and operation. Location and environmental impact.

Global operation and configuration of the installation.

Safety systems in the operation of the facilities.

Specifications and description of equipment and constituent elements: wind turbines, towers, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, transformers, measuring equipment, control types.

Application regulations: electrical, safety and environmental.

2. Wind Facility Projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications.

Situation Plans. Drawings of detail and set. Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Specific computer applications of representation and assisted design. Visualization and interpretation of digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

3. Planning for the assembly of wind farms

Organization of the mount. Strategic planning techniques.

Methodological specifications for the assembly of wind turbines and wind farms.

Preparing the mounts. Planning and programming. Assembly procedures. Testing of installations and equipment. Applicable rules.

4. Assembly of network-attached wind power installations

Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities.

Civil work: displacement and lifting of materials and equipment.

Determination and selection of equipment and elements required for mounting from the installation plans.

Adaptation and improvement of facilities (repowering).

Techniques and operations of assembly, settlement, alignment and attachment.

Assembly of the different elements of a network-connected wind installation.

Quality in the assembly. Specifications for technical requirements.

Technical documentation of the job. Reports.

Security in the mount.

5. Development of small-power wind facility projects

General operation of a small power wind installation.

Types of wind turbines.

anchoring systems and fastening structures.

Calculation of small installations.

Electrical Circuits. Security and control systems.

Writing of technical memories and small projects.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of wind energy installation projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: OPERATION AND COMMISSIONING OF WIND ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0616_3

Associated with UC: Managing the commissioning and operation of wind energy installations

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop and coordinate the processes of commissioning and energization of wind energy installations.

CE1.1 Identify operating patterns on the various mechanical, electrical and control elements, developing them from the final test protocol according to the characteristics of the installation.

CE1.2 Describe the procedures, tools and equipment of each of the energy and commissioning operations to be carried out in wind energy installations.

CE1.3 Coordinate the operation of the installation, ensuring the quality and safety in each of the operations that check the proper functioning of the circuits, the electrical isolation, the consistency and the tightness of the structures and the adequacy of the different parameters.

CE1.4 Manage the required technical and administrative documentation in the process of commissioning the wind energy installation.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of managing the commissioning and operation of a wind energy installation, containing at least one complete wind turbine for network connection:

-Determine the points and procedures for checking the electrical installation in relation to the corresponding schemes.

-Define the voltage-putting protocol taking into account the manufacturer's instructions.

-Set the criteria for optimal operation of the orientation, braking and pitch subsystems.

-Fulfill the work parts and checklists of all phases of energizing and commissioning of the wind energy installation.

C2: Perform operation manoeuvres in wind energy installations from technical documentation, using the appropriate tools, equipment and materials, and complying with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Analyze operation maneuvers in a wind farm or wind turbine and its impact on the operation or stability of the system by pointing to the critical elements.

CE2.2 Carry out the operation and stop operation of wind turbines.

CE2.3 Perform variable measurements at different points of the installation, following the corresponding technical instructions and making your registration.

CE2.4 Regular the installation according to the measurements obtained and the technical specifications, optimizing the performance with efficiency criteria and checking its operation.

C3: Operate on rangering systems of wind farm management, following established procedures.

CE3.1 Interpret the information provided by specific computer applications of telecontrol, contrasting it with the reference parameters.

CE3.2 Operate on telecontrol systems used in network-connected wind farm facilities.

CE3.3 Manage the information provided by the telemetry systems (production counters) required for installation accounting.

CE3.4 Develop the procedure for the award of work orders to field operators.

C4: Collaborate on the development of wind energy facility security plans, organizing and monitoring their implementation.

CE4.1 Participate in the security risk analysis, taking corrective measures, avoiding accidents and minimizing risks.

CE4.2 Participate in the design and development of information campaigns on the prevention of risks in the field of wind installations, communicating to the workers in charge of the professional risks arising from the maintenance or assembly of the installation.

CE4.3 Apply a methodology for collecting information regarding accidents, incidents and occupational diseases.

CE4.4 Coordinate the emergency plan when it is activated.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.2, CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established by the organization.

Demonstrate stress resistance, mood stability and impulse control.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents:

1. Wind systems for the production of electrical energy

Electricity production. Transport, processing and supply of electrical energy. Electric current generation machines. Wind turbines. Physical and functional principles of wind turbines.

Electrical Circuits. Polyphase systems.

Wind power installations connected to the network. Management of facilities.

Operation of the power grid. Technical requirements for network-attached systems.

Telecontrol and wind farm telematics. Telecontrol and telemedide systems.

Specific communication and management software applications.

2. Operations for the putting into service and operation of wind energy installations

Usual maneuvers in the operation of a wind power plant.

Manual and automatic systems for operation on installations.

Installations and Equipment Trials.

Tools, equipment and techniques for electrical checkup.

Tools, equipment and techniques for mechanical health check.

Procedures and operations for taking action.

The watchword values of the characteristic parameters: checking and tuning.

Energizing, commissioning and stoppage maneuvers of the facility. Protocols for the placing in tension of installations.

Check for guidance, braking, and pitch subsystems.

Administrative documentation associated with the power of installations.

3. Safety plans in wind energy installations

Implementation of security plans in wind farms. Implementing rules.

Methods of collecting information about incidents.

Factors and situations of risk. Management of prevention. Emergency plans.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the management of the putting into service and operation of wind energy installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MANAGING THE MAINTENANCE OF WIND ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0617_3

Associated with UC: Manage the Maintenance of Wind Power Facilities

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the overall operation of wind installations, establishing the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a wind installation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Point out the elements of a wind installation on which it can be operated manually or automatically and the consequences of its manipulation.

CE1.3 Identify in a plane of a wind installation the elements on which preventive maintenance must be carried out from a certain maintenance program.

CE1.4 Explain the consequences, for a given installation, of the breakdowns in your critical points.

C2: Design and develop wind energy facility maintenance programs.

CE2.1 Prepare maintenance programs, updating them based on the technical information provided by the manufacturers of wind energy equipment and installations.

CE2.2 Incorporate, to the maintenance program, the definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention and disassembly/assembly, health check ranges, times and the human resources and materials necessary for its execution in the time and cost previewed.

CE2.3 To analyze, in the framework of the maintenance program, the critical points of the equipment and installation that involve personal risks, for the environment or for the smooth operation of the installation.

CE2.4 Determine, in the programs carried out, the optimization of the own resources and the definition of the external supports.

CE2.5 Manage spare parts and storage in a systematic way.

CE2.6 Set quality control criteria in the different phases that configure maintenance.

C3: Coordinate preventive, predictive, and corrective maintenance work for wind power plant equipment and components.

CE3.1 Analyze the need to perform preventive, predictive and corrective maintenance operations on the equipment and components of wind energy installations according to an established method.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures of each of the maintenance operations that must be performed on the equipment and components of the wind energy installations.

CE3.3 In a scenario of managing the maintenance of a wind energy installation with different elements and running:

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Establish a plan for the completion of the check and adjustment operations of the torque, grease and oil exchange operations, checking and correction operations of the general condition of the equipment and facilities in terms of corrosion and tightness.

-Describe the procedures for checking the electrical isolation of equipment and installations.

-Define the settings for the installation's characteristic parameters and describe the get and check procedures.

-Check the correct operation of the orientation, braking and pitch subsystems.

-Develop documentation related to the results of inspections and operations performed.

C4: Monitor the corrective maintenance processes of wind energy installations.

CE4.1 Analyze the documentation received and generated, technical and administrative, using it in the organization and supervision of corrective maintenance and repair of wind energy equipment and installations.

CE4.2 Coordinate the work of people involved in corrective maintenance by ensuring compliance with the programmed objectives.

CE4.3 Determine and implement corrective measures against deviations in the efficient operation of the facility.

CE4.4 Control quality in maintenance, rationalizing costs, solving contingencies with maximum efficiency and meeting the programmed objectives.

C5: Apply proactive maintenance techniques in wind power installations.

CE5.1 Describe procedures to be followed in proactive maintenance techniques.

Ce5.2 Diagnose the most common symptoms obtained in the tests, identifying the area involved.

CE5.3 Determine the measurement tools and instruments based on the symptoms and equipment where they occur.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of managing the maintenance of wind energy installations, in which a number of factors are controlled to carry out their proactive maintenance:

-Identify the source of the failure.

-Choose the tools and instruments of measurement based on the affected symptoms and equipment.

-Compare the measures taken with reference.

-Determine the location and extent of the failure.

-Complete the diagnostic technical report of the failure.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Prove a good professional.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Wind farm maintenance programs

Structure of maintenance. Function, objectives, types.

Organization of maintenance. Inspections. Preparation and planning of the launch.

Maintenance management systems, generic tools for maintenance management and GMAO systems.

Breakdowns in systems. Diagnostic and localization techniques.

Maintenance of equipment and items. Procedures and means. Vibration monitoring systems. Oil analysis. Economic management of maintenance. The cost of integral maintenance. Maintenance productivity. Warehouse and maintenance material. Supplies. Organization and management of the maintenance warehouse. Approval of suppliers. Technical specifications for spare parts. Management-specific IT applications.

2. Preventive maintenance of wind turbine wind installations

Maintenance program. Planning and management of preventive maintenance.

Parameter measures: Get and record procedures.

Predictive maintenance. Thermographic, vibration and oil analysis.

Proactive maintenance. Techniques. Tools and measuring instruments.

Maintenance safety: Risks, means of prevention, emergencies.

3. Principles of corrective maintenance of wind turbines

Diagnosis of faults in wind energy installations.

Mechanical and electrical isolation procedures for the different components.

Methods for repairing the various components of the installations.

Managing the replenishment of equipment and components.

Reducing environmental impacts.

Full use of the installation.

4. Wind turbine control and control systems

Automation and control systems in wind turbines. Types of control.

Principles of regulation and control. The computer as an element of control. The programmable automaton. Control and telecontrol of installations. Final control elements. Typical pneumatic, hydraulic and electric control circuits in wind turbines. Measure of physical variables. Transducers.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the management of the maintenance of wind energy installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: SECURITY AND PROFESSIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT IN WIND FARMS

Level: 2

Code: MF0618_2

Associated with UC: Preventing Professional Risks and Acting in Emergency Cases in Wind Parks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop criteria and classification systems to define and evaluate the professional risks arising from the assembly, operation and maintenance of wind turbines.

CE1.1 Analyze the different professional activities carried out in the assembly of a wind turbine in a wind farm, determining the situations of risk and classifying them by type and importance.

CE1.2 Analyze maintenance activities in a wind farm, determining risk situations and classifying them by type and importance.

CE1.3 Define control and risk prevention measures in each case.

CE1.4 Develop measures to disseminate information on prevention in the assembly, operation and maintenance of wind farms.

C2: Describe the different safety and personal protection equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of wind farms.

CE2.1 Classify, establishing its characteristics, the personal protective equipment and workwear used in the assembly and maintenance of wind turbines.

CE2.2 Define the use and characteristics of safety equipment for the control of falls.

CE2.3 Describe the operation and characteristics of wireless telecommunication equipment, reasoning its importance as a security element.

CE2.4 Describe critical inspection and maintenance points for personal safety equipment and against falls.

C3: To analyze the maneuvers of ascent and descent of materials and people of a wind turbine, describing the procedures and equipment necessary to perform them safely.

CE3.1 Set the security requirements for operators to ascend or descend from a wind turbine.

CE3.2 Describe the necessary procedures and equipment for lifting and lowering materials and tools to the wind turbine.

CE3.3 Relate the types and conditions of signalling, as well as the delimitation of the protection zones, in the tasks of lifting loads made during assembly and maintenance.

C4: Analyze the conditions and procedures that ensure safety in the assembly and maintenance of wind farms.

CE4.1 Describe the turbine stop procedure.

CE4.2 Describe the operations required to control and reduce electrical risks during maintenance.

CE4.3 Describe the operations necessary to control and reduce the risks of mechanical origin derived from the hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

CE4.4 Relating hazardous substances and materials present in wind energy installations, determining the necessary precautions in each case.

C5: Rate the emergency devices against accidents, describing each one of them and establishing the actions to be performed in each case.

CE5.1 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE5.2 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan in the case of the required material resources.

CE5.3 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or contingency, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Rational response capability to emergency situations with empathy and aplomb.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Professional risks in the assembly and maintenance of wind farms

Technological processes and risk identification. Security manual.

Risks of mechanical origin. Risks of electrical type. Risks associated with hazardous substances and materials.

Prevention and control of professional risks in the maneuvers performed with the wind turbine in operation. Prevention and control of professional risks in the maneuvers carried out with the wind turbine.

Applicable regulations.

2. Security teams

Personal protection equipment.

Control equipment versus falls.

Auxiliary security teams.

Communication teams and warning protocols.

Lifting loads.

Signalling systems.

Maintenance of equipment.

3. Emergencies

Emergency Plan.

Protection of the crashed.

Assessment of the accident.

Help request. First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the prevention of professional risks and action in cases of emergency in wind farms, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 5: ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF WIND ENERGY INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0619_2

Associated with UC: Mount and Maintain Wind Power Facilities

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop a work plan from a particular assembly project or maintenance work.

CE1.1 Identify the elements of a wind power installation in a mounting project or in a technical memory.

CE1.2 Perform simple symbolic schemas related to the detail of the assembly and the performance of the maintenance.

CE1.3 Describe the tasks of the assembly or maintenance, sequencing these and describing the tools and equipment to be used.

CE1.4 Define the characteristics that the workbench must have before performing the maintenance activity or the assembly process, pointing to the security requirements.

C2: Perform the assembly operations of a wind turbine in a wind power installation.

CE2.1 Define the materials and equipment necessary for the assembly of wind turbines and their displacement and location.

CE2.2 Describe the wind turbine assembly procedure, determining the alignment, verticality, torque and tightness conditions.

CE2.3 Determine the procedures and characteristics of the transformer assembly and the electrical installation of media, low voltage and control of the facilities.

CE2.4 Determine the procedures for placing the gondola in the tower, identifying its characteristics of alignment, verticality, torque and tightness.

CE2.5 Determine the rotor assembly procedures, identifying their bushing horizontality characteristics, the tightening pairs, and the blade state and draught.

CE2.6 Perform the assembly operations of small wind installations without network connection.

CE2.7 In a practical scenario of mounting a wind energy installation, characterized by drawings and corresponding technical documentation:

-Perform the repose on the ground of the necessary materials and equipment, determining the placement of these for assembly.

-Determine the procedures for the assembly of the tower sections or the corresponding structure, setting the alignment, verticality and clamping requirements.

-Perform the assembly operations of the transformer, with the established safety and quality criteria.

-Perform the placement operations of the gondola or turbine in the tower, with the established safety and quality criteria.

-Make the electrical connections of the different equipment, generator and transformer.

C3: Perform preventive maintenance operations on a wind power installation, interpreting maintenance manuals and following general instructions.

CE3.1 Identify the tightening pairs of the different equipment and elements.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures for making the oil and oil changes of the different equipment and elements.

CE3.3 Define the characteristics of tightness, corrosion and electrical insulation of equipment and installations.

CE3.4 Describe equipment and facility cleanup operations.

CE3.5 In a scenario of maintaining a wind energy installation, in its preventive maintenance:

-Check and take the tightening pairs of the different equipment and elements.

-Grass and change the oil of the multiplier and other dynamic elements of the wind turbine.

-Review and maintain wind energy equipment and installations in a state of cleanliness and tightness.

-Review and maintain electrical equipment to ensure the proper functioning of the electrical equipment.

-Compose reports and documents associated with preventive maintenance tasks.

C4: Perform corrective maintenance operations on a wind power installation, properly interpreting instructions, projects, plans, and maintenance manuals.

CE4.1 Detect, analyze, and assess the usual non-specialized breakdowns.

CE4.2 Develop a sequence of performance according to systematic methods and procedures for troubleshooting, ensuring quality and safety in the performance.

CE4.3 Define the equipment, tools, and instruments needed to repair the detected fault.

CE4.4 Repair or replace the broken element and check the proper functioning of the item before restoring the service.

CE4.5 Define the necessary protocols for the restoration of the wind turbine to its nominal operation.

CE4.6 Compose reports and documents associated with corrective maintenance tasks.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.6 and CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Prove a good professional.

Contents:

1. Methodology for the assembly of wind energy installations

Types of installations. Assembly of wind farms and wind turbines.

Methodological specifications for the assembly of wind turbines and wind farms.

Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities.

Mounting phases Organization and security plan. Applicable rules.

2. Assembly of wind energy installations

Techniques and operations of assembly, settlement, alignment and attachment.

Assembly of gondolas and shovels. Assembly of protection frames, automatisms and electrical networks. Assembly of sensors, measuring devices and accessories. Assembly of transformers.

Quality in the assembly. Specifications for technical requirements. Security systems. Process of technical documentation of the work. Parts of work. Applicable rules.

3. Preventive maintenance of wind energy installations

Typology of breakdowns. Preventive maintenance. Maintenance program.

Equipment replacement operations. Mechanical operations in the maintenance of wind energy installations. Electrical operations for the maintenance of circuits.

The usual tools and tools.

Cleaning of equipment and facilities: Types and procedures.

Grease of equipment: Types and procedures.

Applicable regulations.

4. Corrective maintenance of wind energy installations

Diagnosis of faults in wind energy installations.

Mechanical and electrical isolation procedures for the different components.

Methods for repairing the various components of the installations.

Dismantling and repairing or replacing equipment and components.

Economic analysis of the actions.

The usual tools and tools.

Installation check systems and procedures for the installation.

Applicable regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to assembly and maintenance in wind energy installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX V

Professional qualification: Montage and maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 2

Code: ENA261_2

General Competition

Carry out the assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations in compliance with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0835_2: Repose photovoltaic solar installations

UC0836_2: Mount photovoltaic solar installations

UC0837_2: Maintain photovoltaic solar installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the assembly and maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, in entities of public or private nature, companies of any size, both self-employed and foreign, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, subsector of renewable energies, in the productive activities in which the assembly, the exploitation and the maintenance of photovoltaic installations for the production of electric power is carried out.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Photovoltaic Solar Installations

Solar PV installations operators

Photovoltaic Solar Installations

Associated Training (450 hours)

Training Modules

MF0835_2: Repose photovoltaic solar installations (120 hours)

MF0836_2: Photovoltaics solar installations (270 hours)

MF0837_2: Maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: RETHINKING PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0835_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Repose photovoltaic panels from the project or technical memory, complying with applicable regulations for photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 1.1 The type of photovoltaic panels to be installed as well as their functional characteristics and specifications are identified using the technical and administrative information derived from the project or technical memory.

CR 1.2 The location of the photovoltaic panels is located from the corresponding drawings and technical specifications.

CR 1.3 The dysfunctions detected between the project or the technical memory and the placement of the panels, are transmitted to the superior responsible, proposing solutions if appropriate.

CR 1.4 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of the components and constructive elements are pre-determined to be assembled.

CR 1.5 The location of the panels is marked on the ground from the project or technical memory taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 1.6 The affected work area is marked according to safety requirements and regulatory requirements.

RP 2: Repose grid-connected photovoltaic solar installations from a project or technical memory, complying with applicable regulations for photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 2.1 The type of connection to be performed as well as the functional characteristics and specifications of the elements and protections are identified using the technical and administrative information derived from the project or technical memory.

CR 2.2 The connection point and the characteristics of the network to which the installation is to be connected are identified from the technical specifications and drawings.

CR 2.3 The dysfunctions detected between the project or the technical memory and the location of the elements are transmitted to the senior manager, proposing solutions if appropriate.

CR 2.4 The location of the equipment and the layout of the pipes are marked on the ground from the project or the technical memory, taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 2.5 The affected work area is marked according to safety requirements and regulatory requirements.

RP 3: Repose isolated photovoltaic solar installations from a project or technical memory, complying with applicable regulations for photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 3.1 The intended storage/accumulation type as well as the functional characteristics and specifications of the various elements and protections are identified using the technical and administrative information derived from the project or technical memory.

CR 3.2 The dysfunctions detected between the project or the technical memory and the location of the components are transmitted to the senior manager, proposing solutions if appropriate.

CR 3.3 The location of the equipment and the layout of the pipes are marked on the ground from the project or the technical memory, taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 3.4 The affected work area is marked according to security requirements and regulatory requirements.

RP 4: Repose the system of energy support in isolated installations from a project or technical memory to perform its assembly, complying with the applicable regulations for photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 4.1 The type of energy support system envisaged as well as the functional characteristics and specifications of the different elements and protections are identified using the technical and administrative information derived from the project or technical memory.

CR 4.2 The site of the energy support system is located from the technical specifications and drawings.

CR 4.3 The location of the equipment and the layout of the pipes are marked on the ground from the project or the technical memory, taking into account the characteristics of the site.

CR 4.4 The affected work area is marked according to safety requirements and regulatory requirements.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Design-specific IT applications. GPS, anemometer, veleta, compass, topographical devices. Measuring elements and apparatus. Inclinometers. Pyranometers. Pirheliometers. Marking tools. Signalling material. Safety equipment.

Products and results:

Photovoltaic solar installations interpreted and reposed. Modifications of solar installations.

Information used or generated:

Installation technical documentation. Geographical and situation plans. Drawings and schemes of the installation. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs, parts of the work. Technical specifications. Tables, charts and solar maps. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Traditional and digitised cartography. Internal rules of work. Applicable safety regulations, photovoltaic solar installations and the electrical energy distribution and transport company on which the coupling of the photovoltaic plant is to be carried out.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNT PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0836_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the mounting of media, panels, storage system, support systems, tracking systems, electrical and electronic circuits and equipment of photovoltaic solar installations according to the project and program of assembly.

CR 1.1 The assembly sequence is established from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CR 1.2 The materials, tools and other technical resources are selected according to the type of solar photovoltaic installation.

CR 1.3 The reception of components is carried out by inspecting and evaluating the state of the components, determining their suitability to the technical requirements.

CR 1.4 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the work and according to established procedures.

CR 1.5 The coordination, at its level, with the different people involved in the work is carried out on the basis of efficiency and safety criteria.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the safety plan, during the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks of electrical and chemical origin related to storage/accumulation systems are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating them, if any, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.2 Professional risks of mechanical and electrical origin related to wind support systems are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.3 Professional risks of mechanical, electrical and environmental origin related to support systems by conventional electrogenics are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating them, if any, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.4 The means of protection, in the face of the risks arising from the assembly, are selected and used, according to instructions for use, in order to avoid accidents.

CR 2.5 The working areas of your responsibility are maintained in order and cleaning to avoid accidents.

CR 2.6 The protocol of action in emergency cases is adapted to the corresponding situation.

RP 3: Montar supports and panels, if necessary with tracking system, from drawings and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations, for the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 3.1 The materials and equipment are moved and located, with the means of transport and elevation that prevent the deterioration of the same.

CR 3.2 The supports, shoes, and anchor points of the panels and accessories are placed according to the project specifications, especially taking care of the possible covers of covers and the replacement of existing construction elements.

CR 3.3 The photovoltaic panels are placed at the distance, inclination and with the interconnections established in the technical specifications.

CR 3.4 Solar tracking systems are placed according to project specifications and assembly manuals.

RP 4: Mounting storage/accumulation systems, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations for the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 4.1 The benches, supports, frames, trays of the storage/storage systems are installed according to the technical specifications of the project or technical memory.

CR 4.2 Storage/accumulation systems are installed and connected according to the technical specifications of the project or technical memory by checking the ventilation of the local.

CR 4.3 The charging systems, control systems and electrical and electronic circuits are installed according to the technical specifications of the project or technical memory.

RP 5: Mount electrical circuits and equipment, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations for the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 5.1 The assembled equipment and elements are verified by ensuring that they correspond to the characteristics of the installation to be fed and function to be performed.

CR 5.2 The pipes, electrical conductors, detector elements, measurement and protection elements, monitoring system and other components of the electrical installation are mounted according to the established procedures and means.

CR 5.3 The control, automatism and installation monitoring tables are constructed and assembled according to the applicable regulations.

CR 5.4 Electrical connections between elements are performed according to applicable project or technical memory and regulations.

CR 5.5 The control elements are programmed according to the corresponding technical documentation and the established operating conditions.

RP 6: Montar conventional generators, small-power wind systems and other support systems, based on drawings and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations for the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CR 6.1 The assembled equipment and elements are verified by ensuring that they correspond to the characteristics of the installation to be fed and function to be performed.

CR 6.2 The support system is installed according to the project or technical memory.

CR 6.3 Installation pipelines, electrical conductors and interconnection are mounted according to established procedures and means.

CR 6.4 The control and automation frames of the support facility are constructed and assembled according to the applicable regulations.

CR 6.5 Electrical connections between elements are performed according to applicable project or technical memory and regulations.

CR 6.6 The control elements are programmed according to the corresponding technical documentation and the established operating conditions.

RP 7: Put in service photovoltaic solar installations, based on drawings and technical specifications, checking their operation and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 7.1 The isolation tests, ground measure, absence of short circuits, panel production, accumulator load status, and other pre-regulated network connection measures are performed according to established procedures.

CR 7.2 The operation of the monitoring system is verified by checking the response of the monitoring system to changes in the adjustment parameters.

CR 7.3 The operation of the storage-accumulation system is verified by checking the response of the storage system to load variations.

CR 7.4 The operation of the protection and safety systems and systems in the photovoltaic solar installations is verified prior to the commissioning.

CR 7.5 Network connection and/or support systems are performed in accordance with established procedures and protocols.

CR 7.6 The operation of the installation is verified, checking the data obtained from the reference parameters, adjusting them and looking for maximum energy efficiency.

CR 7.7 The signage for the operation and security of the installation is verified to be the one established and meets the regulatory requirements.

CR 7.8 The technical and administrative documentation of the start-up process is prepared or completed.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Working tools, tools, and measuring devices: Equipment for movement of materials, cranes, tros, hoists, winches, hydraulic jacks, polymeter, amperimetric clamp. GPS, anemometer, veleta, compass, topographical devices. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, dynamometer keys, mechanical tools, electric screwdriver, marking tools, maces, level, pelacables, welder, tongs for terminals, drilling machine, rivet, grinder with cutting disc for stone and metal, tilting, decapador, curving and lifting tools, among others. Low voltage power grid analyzer. Safety equipment. Signalling systems. Facilities components: photovoltaic panels, supports, inverters, measuring equipment, control equipment.

Products and results:

Solar photovoltaic installation mounted and connected to the electric power transmission and distribution system. Installation tested and put into service.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs, parts of the work. Technical specifications. Tables, charts and solar maps. Traditional and digitised cartography. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Technical and administrative documentation of the implementation. Company security plan. Internal rules of work. Applicable safety regulations, photovoltaic solar installations and the electrical energy distribution and transport company on which the coupling of the photovoltaic plant is to be carried out.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MAINTAIN PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC0837_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the maintenance work of photovoltaic solar installations according to the established intervention procedures.

CR 1.1 The maintenance performance and the intervention sequence are determined using the technical specifications of the equipment and facilities, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 1.2 The materials and other technical resources are selected according to the performance to be performed.

CR 1.3 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the performance and the established work procedures.

RP 2: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the safety plan, during the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, to prevent accidents and minimize risks.

CR 2.1 Professional risks are identified, evaluated and corrected, communicating, where appropriate, to the person responsible for the safety plan.

CR 2.2 The means of protection, in the face of risks arising from maintenance, are selected and used to prevent accidents and minimise the risk.

CR 2.3 The working areas of your liability are maintained in order and cleaning conditions to prevent accidents.

CR 2.4 The protocol of action in cases of emergency is followed, adapting it to the corresponding situation.

RP 3: Perform the manoeuvring operations and preventive maintenance of the photovoltaic solar installations from planes, standards and technical specifications, for operation within the parameters established, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 Operating manoeuvres in grid-connected photovoltaic solar installations are performed according to the established sequence, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 3.2 Operating manoeuvres in isolated photovoltaic solar installations, including support systems, are performed according to the established sequence, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 3.3 The cleaning, tightening of terminals, checking of the state of the connection to the ground and of the diode of protection of photovoltaic panels are carried out with the means and procedures established.

CR 3.4 The density and level checking operations of the electrolytic liquid, the state of terminals and their connection, and the oiling of the accumulation systems are performed with the established means and procedures.

CR 3.5 The tightness and the absence of corrosion of the equipment and facilities are verified at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 3.6 The state of electrical insulation, voltage drop, and performance of the safety elements and protections of equipment and installations are verified at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 3.7 The wind support subsystems or conventional generators are verified at the required periodicity.

CR 3.8 The guidance and monitoring subsystems are verified by ensuring their functioning within the parameters established.

CR 3.9 The measurements of the parameters characteristic of the installation are obtained and compared with the reference ones.

CR 3.10 The equipment and tools used are reviewed and maintained in operational status.

CR 3.11 The results of the inspections and operations carried out are included in the relevant report.

RP 4: Perform corrective maintenance operations on photovoltaic solar installations, using instruction manuals and blueprints, to restore functional conditions with established quality and safety.

CR 4.1 The breakdowns are detected, analyzed, and their causes are valued.

CR 4.2 The sequence of performance in the breakdown is established by optimizing the process in terms of method and time, selecting the equipment, tools, materials, tools and auxiliary means.

CR 4.3 The replacement of the deteriorated element is performed according to the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, within the intended time, and by checking its operation.

CR 4.4 Impaired elements are analyzed by identifying the damaged parts and, where appropriate, their repair is performed.

CR 4.5 The modifications or extensions in the solar photovoltaic installation are performed according to the corresponding instructions.

CR 4.6 The functionality of the installation is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 4.7 Repair parts and reports are completed in accordance with established procedures.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Working tools, tools and measuring devices: Equipment for movement of materials, cranes, tros, hoists, winches, hydraulic jacks, braces, polymeter, amperimetric clamp, tachometer, anemometer. Radiation meter. Compass, topographical devices. Battery checker. Densimeter. Battery charger. Inclinometer. Low voltage power grid verifier. Verifier of photovoltaic solar installations. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, marking tools, maces, level, pelacables, welder, scissors, tongs for terminals, drilling, riveting and lifting tools. Safety equipment. Components of the installations: photovoltaic panels, supports, inverters, measuring equipment, control equipment, masts, gondolas, blades, rotor, multipliers, batteries, conventional generators.

Products and results:

Installation of solar photovoltaic operated and maintained.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs, parts of the work. Technical specifications. Map of solar trajectories. Traditional cartography and digitised Catalogs. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Maintenance protocols. Parts of maintenance. Databases. Software. Parts and reports of inspection and repair. Internal rules of work. Applicable safety standards and photovoltaic solar installations.

TRAINING MODULE 1: REPOSE OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0835_2

Associated with UC: Repose PV Solar Facilities

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the most relevant functions, laws and rules of electricity, describing the functionality of the electrical elements and assemblies present in the photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.1 Explain the laws and rules applicable to the analysis and resolution of electrical circuits, identifying the magnitudes and characteristics of the electricity.

CE1.2 Explain the processes of transformation, rectification and accumulation of electricity.

CE1.3 Describe the constitution and operation of distribution lines and their protection systems.

CE1.4 Describe the main applications of electricity, as well as the constitution and operation of the characteristic receivers and their systems of regulation.

CE1.5 Explain the characteristics of the measurement systems of the electrical parameters.

CE1.6 Identify the graphical symbology of electrical schemes, interpreting the relationship between the partial schemes of the system considered.

CE1.7 Describe the risk and safety prevention measures related to the use of electricity.

C2: Analyzing the operation of grid-connected photovoltaic solar installations to determine their characteristics and elements related to the repose and assembly thereof.

CE2.1 Razon the general electrical operation of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to the grid and its control systems from the planes.

CE2.2 List, the electrical components that integrate the solar photovoltaic installations connected to the network, describing its function.

CE2.3 Describe and reason the function that solar tracking systems perform.

CE2.4 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

C3: Analyze the operation of the isolated photovoltaic solar installations and their support systems to determine their characteristics and elements related to the repose and assembly thereof.

CE3.1 Razon the general electrical operation of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE3.2 List electrical components that integrate isolated photovoltaic solar installations, describing their function.

CE3.3 List the support systems of isolated photovoltaic solar installations describing their operation.

CE3.4 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

C4: Interpret projects and technical memories of grid-connected photovoltaic solar installations to perform repose and other operations related to its assembly.

CE4.1 Describe the different documents that make up a project, a technical memory of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE4.2 Represent schemes and sketches of a grid-connected photovoltaic solar installation and its components to reframe its assembly.

CE4.3 To handle the graphical information of network-connected photovoltaic solar installations developed with representation systems corresponding to specific design software by performing basic operations of copying or modifying data by means of standardized procedures.

CE4.4 Repose and mark the location of anchors, supports, ditches, route of channelings based on plans and technical documentation.

CE4.5 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE4.6 In a practical scenario of reposing of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with follow-up, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W, characterized by the plans and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose them: panels, supports and anchors, tracking system, inverters, measuring devices and protection.

-Razor the electrical operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the parts that configure it.

-Perform the repose operations and mark the location of the components.

-Senalize the work zone.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the photovoltaic solar installation with the applicable regulatory requirements.

C5: Interpret projects and technical memories of isolated photovoltaic solar installations with support systems to perform repose operations and others related to their assembly.

CE5.1 Describe the documents that make up a project, a technical memory of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE5.2 Represent schemes and sketches of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation and its components to reframe its assembly.

CE5.3 To handle the graphical information of isolated photovoltaic solar installations elaborated with systems of representation corresponding to specific software of design, performing basic operations of copying or modification of data by means of standardized procedures.

CE5.4 Repose and mark the location of anchorages, supports, ditches, route of channelings based on plans and technical documentation.

CE5.5 Describe the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE5.6 In a practical scenario of reposing of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation with an energy support system, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 250 W, minimum capacity of 500 Ah and support by wind system of minimum power of 100 W and an electrogenic group, characterized by the plans and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose them: panels, supports and anchors, accumulators, small wind turbines, conventional generators, measuring devices and protection.

-Razor the electrical operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it.

-Perform the repose operations and mark the location of the components.

-Senalize the work zone.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the photovoltaic solar installation with the applicable regulatory requirements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C4 with respect to CE4.6; C5 with respect to CE5.6.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop.

Prove a good professional.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Maintain the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Contents:

1. General electrotechnics related to photovoltaic solar installations

Nature of electricity. Properties and applications. Electric current. Electrical quantities. Magnetism and electromagnetism.

Electrical Circuits. Structure and components. Symbology and graphic representation. Circuit analysis. Protective systems. Batteries and accumulators. Classification, typology and characteristics.

Major electronic components. Typology and functional characteristics. Photovoltaic effect. Three-phase electrical systems. Static and rotary electric machines. Typology and features.

Generators, transformers and engines. Load regulators. Investors.

Measures of electrical magnitudes. Procedures. Measuring instruments. Errors to the measure. Electrical safety.

2. General operation of photovoltaic solar installations

Global operation and configuration of a grid-connected solar photovoltaic installation.

Global operation and configuration of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation.

Storage and accumulation.

Global operation and configuration of a support facility with small wind turbine, generator.

Protection and safety systems in the operation of installations.

Specifications and description of equipment and constituent elements: panels, supports, solar trackers and anchorages, inverters, accumulators, small wind turbines, conventional generators, regulation and control equipment, measuring devices and protection.

Applicable regulations.

3. Symbolic representation of photovoltaic solar installations

Croquized system. Perspective. Electrical symbology.

Representation of electrical circuits.

Unifilar and multifilar schema.

Schemas and functional symbolic diagrams.

4. Technical projects and memories of photovoltaic solar installations

Concept and types of projects and technical memories. Memory, plans, budget, specifications and safety and health study.

Situation Plans. Drawings of detail and set. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms. Procedures and operations for repose of installations.

Computer equipment in assisted design and representation. Assisted design programs. Visualization and interpretation of digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the repose of photovoltaic solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: MOUNTING PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0836_2

Associated with UC: Mount PV Solar Facilities

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Develop work plans for the mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations according to the projects or technical memories and established work procedures.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques to be used in the mechanical and electrical assembly processes of photovoltaic solar installations: assembly, bolting, threading, riveting, anchoring, fastening, recessed, laying, muddling, assembling, welding, connection and adjustment.

CE1.2 Identify materials and tools to be used in photovoltaic solar installation assembly processes.

CE1.3 Relate the human resources involved in the phases of the assembly operations of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.4 Organize assembly from the point of view of security, functionality and economy of time, media and cost.

Ce1.5 Reintroduce the work organization and time control schemes in the mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations by means of diagrams and chronograms.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of mounting a prefabricated solar photovoltaic installation, establishing the work sequence from drawings and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of safety, cost, method and time.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of mounting a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with tracking system, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources to perform the job.

-Determine human resources in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define mechanical and electrical assembly techniques at the key points of the installation.

CE1.8 In a practical scenario of mounting an isolated solar photovoltaic installation with support system, of a minimum PV power of 750 W, minimum capacity of 350 Ah and minimum wind power of 250 W and an electrogenic group and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources to perform the job.

-Determine human resources in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions and prepare a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define mechanical and electrical assembly techniques at the key points of the installation.

C2: To analyze the prevention and safety measures regarding the mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations contained in the safety plans of the companies in the sector.

CE2.1 Evaluate the professional risks identified in the mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks including selection and use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the noise protection requirements derived from the wind systems and conventional generators of the isolated photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Specify the aspects of safety regulations related to the mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.6 Describe the action protocols for possible emergencies arising during the mechanical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.7 To describe the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies arising in the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.8 Detailed first aid requirements in case of accidents resulting from mechanical and electrical assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.9 In a practical scenario of mounting an isolated solar photovoltaic installation with a support system of a minimum PV power of 750 W, minimum capacity of 350 Ah and support by wind system of minimum power of 250 W and power group and characterized by installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Identify mechanical hazards related to the assembly of structures and panels and propose control or correction measures.

-Identify professional risks related to the assembly of electrical circuits and equipment and propose control or correction measures.

-Identify mechanical hazards related to the assembly of wind systems and propose control or correction measures.

-Identify chemical risks related to the assembly of wind accumulation systems and propose control or correction measures.

-Identify professional risks related to the assembly of conventional electrogenics and propose control or correction measures.

C3: Perform assembly operations of solar installations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment and materials suitable and acting under safety standards.

CE3.1 Describe methods and procedures for moving media and structures in safety conditions, and redesigning the criteria for their most suitable location.

CE3.2 Describe the types of supports and anchorages that are common in photovoltaic solar installations, in their case with monitoring and support system and placement procedures respecting the regulatory distances.

CE3.3 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE3.4 Placing media and panel anchors with tracking systems, accumulation systems, and support systems.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of mounting a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with tracking system, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work itself.

-Move media and structures, placing them in the appropriate place according to the work to be performed.

-Check the field marking and the installation repose for media placement.

-Place the media and anchor panels and tracking systems in line with the foreseeable efforts to support.

C4: Perform mechanical and electrical assembly operations and commissioning of solar photovoltaic installations from the technical documentation, using the tools, equipment and materials suitable and acting under safety standards.

CE4.1 Placing the photovoltaic panels with the set orientation and inclination.

CE4.2 Mounting tracking systems.

CE4.3 Mounting accumulation systems.

CE4.4 Mounting the systems of wind support and conventional electrogenics.

CE4.5 Describe the techniques and procedures for mounting and connecting pipes and conductors.

CE4.6 Explain the techniques of assembly and connection of electrical and control panels and other electrical and electronic elements of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE4.7 Connect, after preparation and placement, the electrical elements of the panels, accumulation systems and support systems of the photovoltaic solar installations, operating with the equipment and tools according to established procedures.

CE4.8 Describe the commissioning operations of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE4.9 In a practical scenario of mounting a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with tracking system, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work itself.

-Move equipment and materials, placing them in the place that corresponds according to the work to be done.

-Place the panels with the inclination required by the geographical area and other requirements of the installation.

-Mount and apply corrosion protection.

-Mounting the necessary electrical boxes, pipes and conductors, according to the Low-Tension Electrotechnical Regulation and other applicable regulations.

-Make the network connection.

-Check the adequacy of the operating parameters to the reference parameters.

-Leave the working environment sorted and clean after the mount operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

CE4.10 In a practical scenario of mounting an isolated solar photovoltaic installation with support system of a minimum PV power of 750 W, minimum capacity of 350 Ah and support by wind system of minimum power of 250 W and power group and characterized by installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the work itself.

-Moving equipment and materials, placing them in their place of work.

-Install the system of energy support respecting the requirements of the system.

-Place according to inclination and installation requirements.

-Install the accumulation system according to requirements.

-Mount and apply corrosion protection.

-Mounting the necessary electrical boxes, pipes and conductors, according to applicable regulations.

-Perform the installation service.

-Check the adequacy of the operating parameters to the reference parameters.

-Leave the workbench in optimal order and cleanup conditions after mount operations.

-Generate report on performed tasks, failures, and incidents.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.6, CE1.7 and CE1.8; C2 with respect to CE2.9; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.9 and CE4.10.

Other capabilities:

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Comply with the production standards set by the organization.

Maintain the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Contents:

1. Assembly of photovoltaic solar installations panels

Classification of electrical power supply facilities.

Measure of electrical magnitudes.

Committed and general protection frames. Protections. Types and characteristics.

Pipes and pipes. Drivers.

Electrical and electronic equipment for protection, maneuver and security.

Motorization and automatic solar tracking system.

Panel types. Specifications.

Clustering and connection systems. Orientation and inclination. Shadows. Solar tracking.

2. Photovoltaic solar installations holding structures

Civil work: displacement and lifting of equipment and materials. Types of efforts. Elementary calculation of efforts. Resistant structures.

Types. Materials. Supports and anchors. Resistance of constructive elements. Waterproofing.

Architectural and urban integration. Aesthetics and technique.

Structures of the tracking systems. Structures of the accumulation systems. Structures of the wind systems.

Banking of conventional electrogenics.

3. Assembly of electrical circuits and equipment for photovoltaic solar installations

Determination and selection of equipment and elements required for mounting from the installation plans.

Organization of the assembly of electrical and electronic circuits and equipment of photovoltaic solar installations. Techniques and procedures.

Assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of photovoltaic solar installations. Assembly of electrical and electronic circuits and equipment of wind and power support systems. Assembly of electrical and electronic circuits and equipment of accumulation systems.

Interconnection of the different subsystems of photovoltaic solar installations. Useful, tools and means used in the assembly. Techniques of use.

4. Quality in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations

Quality in the assembly.

Specifications of technical prescriptions and quality control.

Quality control of materials used in the assembly.

Quality in mount operations.

Basic economic and strategic aspects of quality.

Quality technical documentation processes. Manual of procedures.

5. Safety in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations

Safety plans in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

Prevention of professional risks in photovoltaic solar installations. Risks arising from monitoring systems. Risks arising from accumulation systems. Risks arising from wind support systems.

Work zones. Safety signage. Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MAINTENANCE OF PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0837_2

Associated with UC: Maintain PV Solar Facilities

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the general operation of solar photovoltaic installations to develop the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a solar photovoltaic installation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Identify in a plane of a photovoltaic solar installation the elements on which preventive maintenance must be carried out from a certain maintenance program.

CE1.3 Reasoning the consequences, for a given installation, of the breakdowns in your critical points.

CE1.4 In a practical assumption of maintenance of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with a monitoring system of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W, and characterized by the installation plans and the commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Develop the overall program of maintenance actions.

-Determine the types of operations to perform.

-Determine the periodicity of the operations to be performed.

-Determine the times for each intervention.

-Determine the technical and human resources involved in the operations.

CE1.5 In a practical assumption of maintenance of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation, of a minimum photovoltaic power of 250 W, minimum capacity of 500 Ah and support by wind system of minimum power of 100 W and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Develop the overall program of maintenance actions.

-Determine the types of operations to perform.

-Determine the periodicity of the operations to be performed.

-Determine the times for each intervention.

-Determine the technical and human resources involved in the operations.

C2: To analyze the measures of prevention, safety and environmental protection regarding the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE2.1 Evaluate the professional risks identified in the maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks including selection and appropriate use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the maintenance of the systems for the accumulation of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Specify the aspects of safety regulations related to the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.6 Detailed the protocols for action in the face of possible emergencies during the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE2.7 Describe the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in cases of accidents resulting from the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

C3: Perform preventive maintenance operations of photovoltaic solar installations following the procedures and specifications of the installation maintenance plan.

CE3.1 Previewing the scope and complexity of the performance, determining the consequences for users of the lack of supply or generation and organizing the work to minimize these consequences.

CE3.2 Manage, prepare and use the materials, equipment, and tools required to perform preventive maintenance.

CE3.3 Razon the need to perform preventive maintenance operations on the panels, tracking systems, accumulation systems, wind support systems and conventional electrogenics and other equipment and components of solar photovoltaic installations according to an established method.

CE3.4 Describe the procedures of each of the preventive maintenance operations that must be performed on the equipment and components of the solar photovoltaic installations.

CE3.5 In a practical assumption of maintenance of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to a network with a monitoring system of a minimum photovoltaic power of 750 W and characterized by the installation plans and the commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Check general status of media, protections, and insulating material.

-Perform cleaning operations, border tightening, checking the status of the ground connection, and the panel protection diodes.

-Check the state of electrical insulation, voltage drop, and performance of security and protection elements.

-Check the status of the guidance and tracking subsystems.

-Check the main variables of the installation and compare the measurements obtained with those set out in the technical specifications, optimizing the performance with efficiency criteria, and verifying that its operation is in accordance with the established parameters.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

CE3.6 In a practical assumption of maintenance of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation with support system of a minimum photovoltaic power of 250 W, minimum capacity of 500 Ah and support by wind system of minimum power of 100 W and characterized by the installation plans and commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Check general status of media, protections, and insulating material.

-Perform cleaning operations, border tightening, checking the status of the ground connection, and the panel protection diodes.

-Check the state, density and level of the electrolytic liquid, the state of terminals and their connection, as well as the oiling of the accumulation systems.

-Check the state of electrical insulation, voltage drop, and performance of security and protection elements.

-Check the status of the regulator and investor.

-Check the status of the wind support subsystems and conventional generators.

-Check the main variables of the installation and compare the measurements obtained with those set out in the technical specifications, optimizing the performance with efficiency criteria, and verifying that its operation is in accordance with the established parameters.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

C4: Perform corrective maintenance operations of photovoltaic solar installations according to established procedures to return them to their operational status within the established parameters.

CE4.1 Diagnose the usual breakdowns that occur in photovoltaic solar installations, determining the cause of the same and their effects on the system.

CE4.2 Describe the procedures of each corrective maintenance operation to be performed on the equipment and components of the facility.

CE4.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in corrective maintenance operations, reasoning the way they are used and maintained.

CE4.4 In one or more practical scenarios of maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations in a defective state:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Describe the repair procedure, isolating the circuit or component if necessary.

-Replace the defective item.

-Connect the system.

-Check the operation of the system by verifying that it conforms to the set parameters.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C3 with respect to CE3.5 and CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Comply with the production standards set by the organization.

Maintain the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Contents:

1. Maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

General operation of a solar photovoltaic installation.

Procedures and operations for taking action.

Checking and adjusting the parameters to the watchword values.

Maintenance programs for photovoltaic solar installations. Manuals. Projects. Inspection and verification of mechanical installations. Inspection and verification of electrical installations. Critical breakdowns. Rules of application in the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

2. Preventive maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Preventive maintenance program. Energy management programme.

Power tracking generated. Performance evaluation.

Mechanical operations in facility maintenance. Electrical operations for the maintenance of circuits. Usual equipment and tools.

Cleaning procedures, greasing, filling of electrolytic fluids, for elements of auxiliary facilities.

3. Corrective maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Diagnosis of breakdowns.

Procedures for electrically isolating the different components.

Methods for repairing the various components of the installations.

Disassembly and repair or replacement of electrical and mechanical elements.

4. Quality in the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Quality in maintenance.

Specifications of technical prescriptions and quality control.

Quality tools applied to the improvement of maintenance operations.

Technical documentation of quality.

Reports and control parts. Maintenance manual.

5. Maintenance security

Safety plans in the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

Prevention of professional risks in the field of maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

Media and security equipment. Personal protective equipment. Use and maintenance.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergencies. Evacuation. First aid. Working areas.

Security Signage. Implementing rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX VI

Professional qualification: Organization and control of assembly and maintenance of water and sanitation networks and facilities

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA262_3

General Competition

Organize, develop and control projects for the assembly of water and sanitation networks, supervise the commissioning and organize maintenance, taking into account the requirements of efficiency, efficiency, quality of supply and safety, complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0838_3: Collaborate in planning the execution of works of water and sanitation and water supply and distribution facilities

UC0839_3: Control the development of water and water supply and distribution network and distribution facilities

UC0840_3: Monitor the commissioning of water and sanitation and water supply and distribution networks and facilities

UC0841_3: Organize maintenance of water supply and distribution facilities and sanitation

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the organization and control of the assembly and maintenance of water and sanitation networks and installations, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, subsector of the collection, transportation, distribution, sanitation, purification and reuse of water, in the productive activities in which the assembly is carried out, the exploitation and maintenance of facilities of collection, distribution of water and sanitation.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Water Supply and Distribution Network Assembly Managers

Network and Sanitation Facility Assembly Managers

Water network maintenance managers

Sanitation network maintenance managers

Water distribution system technicians

Associated Training (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF0838_3: Water and water supply and distribution networks and facilities (150 hours)

MF0839_3: Development of water supply and distribution network and distribution facilities and sanitation (150 hours)

MF0840_3: Water and sanitation network commissioning systems (60 hours)

MF0841_3: Organization of water distribution and sanitation network maintenance (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: COLLABORATE IN PLANNING THE EXECUTION OF WORKS OF WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS AND FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0838_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Interpret the project or technical memory of the assembly of a water supply and distribution network, to proceed to the planning of its execution and to the definition of the phases of work.

CR 1.1 Project or plan memory is analyzed in the scheduling process.

CR 1.2 The topographical and site characteristics of the projected network are interpreted from the project plans.

CR 1.3 The functional and auxiliary equipment characteristics of the projected network are analyzed from the project plans.

CR 1.4 The elements related to the organization and control of the execution are identified from the documentation of the project or plan of the work.

CR 1.5 Computer applications used in the planning of water and sanitation network projects are used to access project information.

RP 2: To collaborate in the preliminary definition of the phases of work, program of supply, realization of the schedule and planning of the resources, both material and human, that are involved in the execution of the work.

CR 2.1 The sequencing and general organization of the work is established from the project, carrying out a work plan in which the process is optimized in terms of security, method and time.

CR 2.2 The schedules required for each of the mounting phases are performed on the basis of the work plan.

CR 2.3 The provisioning plan is done by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, and guaranteeing the supply at the established time.

CR 2.4 The preliminary organization of the human resources and necessary means is established by defining the functions of each operator or guild and its correlation with the technical means programmed in each phase.

CR 2.5 The IT applications used in the planning of water and sanitation network projects are used to sequence and organize the execution of the work.

RP 3: Organize the repose of the work, both of the verification and contrast of the data on the field and of its marking, and of the approach of the necessary modifications.

CR 3.1 The possible dysfunction between the installation project and the site itself is monitored, taking the relevant decisions.

CR 3.2 The locations and anchorage characteristics, supports, and connections of the different components and constructive elements are pre-assembled.

CR 3.3 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of water distribution networks are performed, in those cases that are required.

CR 3.4 The marking of the pipes and other elements of the network is monitored, verifying that it is carried out on the spot from the installation project and taking into account the characteristics of the site and recording the possible services affected, in order to allow its installation.

CR 3.5 The affected work area's signaling is monitored, checking that it is performed according to regulatory requirements.

RP 4: Collaborate in the management of documentation and administrative processing related to the conditions to services and third parties as well as the processing of necessary permits.

CR 4.1 The documentation related to the required official permissions on the work is managed.

CR 4.2 Project documents, symbolic schemes, material lists, operating manuals, and other technical documents are managed.

CR 4.3 The parties, albarans, quality verifications and other administrative documents are managed.

RP 5: Verify the safety and health plan and plan its implementation, control and monitoring, in the execution of the work, ensuring compliance with environmental requirements.

CR 5.1 The safety plan of the work is interpreted, collaborating in its elaboration.

CR 5.2 The material resources required for the development of the security plan are planned, according to the requirements of each phase.

CR 5.3 The installation or installation work is scheduled according to the safety plan requirements.

CR 5.4 The forecast and planning of the emergency plan is integrated into the planning of the work.

CR 5.5 The training or information necessary to move the requirements of the safety plan to the different operators under your command is designed.

CR 5.6 Environmental conditions are contrasted, setting the performance criteria for their minimisation.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Specific computer applications Use marking. Pics, signalling material. Safety equipment. Surveying tools, cable detectors, sheet detectors, gas detectors, vehicles.

Products and results:

Water distribution network facilities interpreted and reposed. Facilities for sewerage networks interpreted and reposed. Modifications of reposed water distribution and sanitation networks. Sequencing and general organization of the work. Documentation of conditions to services and third parties, and handling of managed permits. Safety and health plan implemented and controlled.

Information used or generated:

Projects, set plans and detail. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Safety and health plan in the execution of the work. Surveying documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: CONTROLLING THE DEVELOPMENT OF WATER AND SANITATION SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES AND FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0839_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the phases of execution of the work of water distribution and sanitation, according to the established schedule, controlling the process and making, at its level, the corresponding adaptations based on the possible contingencies that may arise.

CR 1.1 The organization of the work of the different parts of the work arises from the planning of the assembly of the net or installation of water or sanitation.

CR 1.2 The work of the people and guilds involved in the work is coordinated, controlling the fulfillment of the programmed objectives and meeting criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, quality and safety.

CR 1.3 The excavation, the protection of slopes, the buries, the heals, the implementation of necessary achiques, the preparation and levelling of the bed of sand and other operations in the ditches are monitored according to the specifications of the project.

CR 1.4 The preparation of the points of placement of the heads of the tubes, the points of implantation of the knots and the establishment of the anchoring massifs is inspected, checking that they are carried out according to the specifications of the project.

CR 1.5 The execution of the water network pipe laying is monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 1.6 The execution of the pipe laying of the sanitation network is monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 1.7 The execution of the pipe assembly and connection is monitored according to the required quality and safety specifications.

CR 1.8 The location and position of the valves, suction cups, regulation elements and installed accessories is monitored, verifying that it conforms to the project specifications.

CR 1.9 The assembly of the flow meters, presostats, level probes, and other detector elements of the system variables are monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 1.10 The protection against corrosion, oxidation and mechanical impacts and the thermal insulation of the networks and elements are monitored according to the specifications of the project.

CR 1.11 The withdrawal of the burbation, the placement of the filling, its compaction and the replenishment of surfaces are monitored according to the specifications of the project.

RP 2: Organize the supply and supply of materials to the work according to established procedures in the company, controlling the process to ensure compliance with the implementing regulations.

CR 2.1 The selection of the necessary equipment, tools and other technical resources is monitored in each of the installation phases.

CR 2.2 The supply of the various materials with respect to their delivery times, supply conditions, storage and distribution management, coordinates, controls and monitors, in accordance with established specifications and regulations.

CR 2.3 The displacement and location of the materials and equipment is managed according to the logistics of the project, with the means of transport and elevation established and in conditions of safety.

CR 2.4 The tools, machinery, and auxiliary media are organized and maintained for performance with security and performance.

RP 3: Collaborate in the monitoring and control of the quality of the work according to established procedures in the company and ensuring compliance with the implementing regulations.

CR 3.1 Quality management plans in all aspects of the work are carried out in collaboration with their development.

CR 3.2 The information and support required in the quality audits of the work is managed.

CR 3.3 The quality specifications of materials and other technical resources required for the work are verified, verifying that they comply with the established requirements and the implementing regulations.

CR 3.4 Quality technical specifications in the execution of the network mount are controlled and monitored.

CR 3.5 The test pieces and tests corresponding to the specifications of aggregates, concretes, compactments, tests of tightness and rupture of pipes and other elements, are carried out according to the technical requirements, safety and the regulations of application.

RP 4: Organize the safety plan and the development of the work, controlling its execution according to the environmental regulations.

CR 4.1 Professional risks arising from the work are identified and controlled.

CR 4.2 The management, deployment, and location of the work's safety and hygiene infrastructures, is developed, monitored and controlled, verifying that it complies with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.3 The use, operation and conservation status of the personal safety and protection equipment is monitored, verifying that they are in perfect state of use.

CR 4.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other technical means used in the work is controlled, verifying that they are in perfect state of use.

CR 4.5 The application of the work safety plan is monitored and audited in a constant manner.

CR 4.6 The emergency plan related to the network assembly process is managed, paralyzing the work when the safety measures are not met or there is a risk to the people.

CR 4.7 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them to the minimum possible levels, while respecting the rules of application.

RP 5: Support the management of the documentation related to the work processes ensuring compliance with the implementing regulations and the organizational criteria established by the company.

CR 5.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, certifications control, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled during the network mount process.

CR 5.2 Surveying documents, taking of data for settlement and technical specifications are controlled and collected to form the documentary basis of the work.

CR 5.3 The documentation required for possible inspections is managed.

CR 5.4 The documentation required in the quality systems is managed.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems. Equipment for movement of materials. Data acquisition and recording unit; TPL, GPS, GIS. Specific IT applications. Safety equipment. Signalling material, detectors, harnesses, personal protective equipment, lifelines and other equipment. Components of the facilities: Tuberies, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation hydrants, archets, registration wells.

Products and results:

Phases of work of the installation of water supply and distribution, organized and supervised. Mounted water distribution facilities and networks. Installations and sewerage systems mounted. Documentation related to the processes of the managed work.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Safety and health plan in the assembly. Surveying documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MONITOR THE COMMISSIONING OF WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS AND FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0840_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the tests of tightness, pressure, cleaning, disinfection, control of joints and visual inspections and with cameras, prior to the start of the network, controlling its application.

CR 1.1 The performance of the watertight and pressure tests of the networks and the facilities is organized and controlled according to regulatory procedures and implementing regulations.

CR 1.2 The realization of cleaning and disinfection of water networks is organized and controlled according to regulatory procedures and implementing regulations.

CR 1.3 The visual inspection and with cameras of the water supply and distribution networks are carried out to detect possible anomalies.

RP 2: Collaborate in the monitoring and control of the various mechanical, electrical, telematic and telecontrol tests of pressure, flow, chlorine, dilutions, water supply and sanitation facilities, prior to the start up.

CR 2.1 The elements of the water and sanitation supply and distribution networks and facilities are inspected visually, detecting possible breakdowns.

CR 2.2 The verification of the elements of the networks and installations is controlled, checking that they meet the specified parameters.

CR 2.3 The functional tests of the operators of the networks and facilities are organised and controlled according to established procedures.

CR 2.4 The functional tests of the control elements of the networks and facilities are organized and monitored according to established procedures.

CR 2.5 The functional tests of the measurement and auxiliary elements of the networks are organized and controlled according to established procedures.

RP 3: Monitor the commissioning of the work according to the quality and safety criteria established by the supplying company.

CR 3.1 The putting into service of the network or installation is controlled and monitored by checking that it conforms to the procedures established by the supplying company.

CR 3.2 The quality criteria and compliance with the environmental measures necessary for the commissioning of the network or installation are controlled and monitored according to the regulations and the quality requirements.

CR 3.3 The safety measures required for the putting into service of the network or installation are controlled and monitored, checking that they conform to the established rules.

CR 3.4 The final finish, the resolution of conditions, removal of machinery and infrastructures, cleanings, conditioning, seals and other operations of the work of the work are controlled and supervised, checking that they are adapted to the conditions established.

RP 4: Control the documentary file of functional elements of the networks and installations after the work has been completed, compiling the documents related to it.

CR 4.1 The documentation related to the processes of putting in service of water supply and sanitation facilities is managed.

CR 4.2 The operating and programming manuals of the supply and sanitation network and the plans of the same are collected and controlled, correcting them in their case.

CR 4.3 Manual documentation or item-specific information is collected and controlled.

CR 4.4 The documentation of systems maintenance and control procedures is collected and controlled, correcting it in your case.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools. Hand tools: equipment for leak detection, equipment for visual inspection, contact probes for measurement of levels, aphorators. Data acquisition and recording unit; TPL, GPS, GIS, communication systems. Pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls, compressors. Safety equipment. Signalling material, safety equipment for electrical manoeuvres, circuit separators, gas detectors. Rehabilitation technologies. Cleaning and sanitizing vehicles. TV camera inspection systems. Detection systems by prelocators, in-continuous sensors. Exploitation factors by sectorization. Components of the facilities: Tuberies, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation hydrants, archets, registration wells.

Products and results:

Proven and in-service water distribution facilities and networks. Proven and in-service sanitation facilities and networks. Documentary archive of functional elements of the networks and installations.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Instructions and assembly program. Specific IT applications. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Operating manuals and programming. Safety and health plan in the assembly. Surveying documents. Documentation procedures for maintenance and control of systems. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ORGANIZE MAINTENANCE OF WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0841_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the different maneuvers in the networks and facilities, controlling their execution, for the optimization of their operation.

CR 1.1 The signals, graphs and data obtained using the telematic systems, telecontrol, G.I.S., computer applications, detection elements, user, camera controls and other measurement and management tools, are interpreted to optimize the operation of the network.

CR 1.2 The different types of maneuvers in the networks are determined, reported and controlled.

CR 1.3 The maneuvers, their execution process and their consequences are controlled and monitored, checking that they conform to the established determinations.

CR 1.4 The safety measures required in the maneuvers are controlled and monitored, checking that they conform to the established standards.

CR 1.5 The results of the maneuver are analyzed, drawing conclusions on the optimization of the exploitation of the networks and informing the personnel involved.

RP 2: Collaborate on the development, improvement and implementation of the plans for the maintenance of water and sanitation networks and facilities.

CR 2.1 The technical information provided by equipment manufacturers and facilities for water and sanitation networks is collected, using it in the preparation of maintenance programs.

CR 2.2 Company maintenance manuals, in accordance with applicable regulations, are prepared and maintained daily.

CR 2.3 The definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention and disassembly/assembly, health check ranges, times and the human and material resources necessary for its execution in the time and cost foreseen is proven, ensuring that they are contained in the program of maintenance of the installation.

CR 2.4 Quality control criteria are set for the different stages in which maintenance is organised.

CR 2.5 Critical points of networks and facilities that pose a higher risk of lack of supply or modification of their normal values are considered in the development of maintenance programs.

CR 2.6 The established maintenance programs are verified, ensuring that they optimize the own resources, determine the needs of external support and guarantee the fulfillment of the production objectives.

CR 2.7 The procedures used in preventive and corrective maintenance are updated, with the periodicity stipulated, incorporating the detected improvements.

CR 2.8 Continuous improvement of maintenance management plans, testing of new techniques, participation in the process of fiabilization of new products used in networks and facilities, is carried out and supervised in collaboration with the staff of higher level.

RP 3: Organize processes and procedures for preventive and corrective maintenance of water and sanitation networks and facilities, monitoring them for application.

CR 3.1 The maintenance and repair of the facilities is organized and supervised using the technical and administrative documentation, received and generated.

CR 3.2 The specifications of the materials and equipment used in the maintenance of networks are elaborated for the management of their acquisition.

CR 3.3 The collection and distribution of material stocks, through the process of warehouse management, is organized and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and maximum quality.

CR 3.4 Human resources, machinery, tools, mobile parks, communication systems and other elements necessary for the execution of different types of maintenance, are coordinated and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 3.5 The process of reviewing deposits, pumps, relief, tonnage and registration wells, valves, control systems and other items submitted to review campaigns, are organized and controlled with the aim of getting most of the maintenance to be of preventive type.

CR 3.6 Corrective measures where deviations exist in relation to the efficient operation of the network or installation are determined and appropriate instructions are given for their implementation.

CR 3.7 Maintenance monitoring is carried out by controlling the quality of execution and the costs, obtaining the necessary control indicators to establish the benchmarks that will profile the most convenient lines of action and solving the contingencies with the maximum efficiency, meeting the programmed objectives.

CR 3.8 Data obtained from modifications by works or revisions are controlled, collecting them to maintain up-to-date information systems and databases.

CR 3.9 Attention to notices and claims for problems, supply cuts, requests for work permits and other issues arising from the service provided and related directly to services and customers affected by the maintenance execution are managed with efficiency and quality.

RP 4: Manage the maintenance of water and sanitation networks and facilities and apply diagnostic techniques for the sector's own computer and telematics systems.

CR 4.1 Leak detection means and techniques are applied, auditioning them at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 4.2 The parameters of operation of networks and installations, their values of slogan, graphics, alarm systems and other variables, are controlled and interpreted, achieving greater knowledge, efficiency and efficiency in problem solving and in the analysis of improvements in operation.

CR 4.3 The periodic maintenance control sheets of the different elements are managed, drawing up the historical database, using the geographic information systems.

CR 4.4 The different types of maintenance are controlled by monitoring, using specific IT applications.

CR 4.5 Maintenance is managed, establishing the needs of the human resources required in the different phases and their functions, being performed in the shortest possible time, effectively and using appropriate communication technologies.

CR 4.6 The internal states of the pipes are monitored by closed circuit television systems, detecting and observing the deficiencies and applying the means for their resolution.

RP 5: Organize standards and measures for the prevention of risks, safety, health and the environment in the maintenance of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, to control their application.

CR 5.1 Professional risks arising from maintenance intervention are identified and controlled.

CR 5.2 The network's security and hygiene infrastructures are managed, developing their deployment and location, verifying that they comply with the applicable regulations.

CR 5.3 The safety and personal protection equipment used in maintenance work is monitored by checking its operation and conservation status.

CR 5.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other equipment used in the work is monitored from the point of view of safety.

CR 5.5 The application of the work safety plan, is monitored, audited with the stipulated periodicity.

CR 5.6 The emergency plan related to the network mount process is managed.

CR 5.7 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them at all times.

RP 6: Control documentation related to the processes of operation and maintenance of networks and facilities for water supply and distribution and sanitation, to monitor their activity.

CR 6.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, orders, and other administrative documents are organized, controlling them within the maintenance process.

CR 6.2 Customer demands are recorded, transmitted, and serviced quickly.

CR 6.3 The administrative procedures and quality management systems in the maintenance are applied, adjusting them to the established procedures and implementing regulations, and monitoring them in their implementation.

CR 6.4 Inventories are reviewed, updated and managed, controlling information related to high, low, and repairs.

CR 6.5 The maintenance of mobile parks, tools, machinery, communication systems and other equipment is controlled, checking that it has been carried out in accordance with technical requirements.

CR 6.6 The IT systems used in the operation and maintenance of networks are monitored, verifying that their operation is in line with the established parameters.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Burial systems. Equipment for movement of materials, scaffolding; winch. Measurement tools and tools. Specific IT applications. Sada Applications. Data acquisition and recording unit; TPL, GPS, GIS. Programmable automatons and telemanagement systems. Rehabilitation technologies. Cleaning and sanitizing vehicles. TV camera inspection systems. Detection systems by prelocators-continuous catchers. Exploitation factors by sectorization. Components of the facilities: Tuberies, tanks, pumps, circulators, valves, dilators, suction cups, purgators, hydrants, irrigation mouths, archets, log wells, high-water wells, discharge chambers, siphons, sinks.

Products and results:

Maintenance plans for developed and updated facilities. Installation of water supply and distribution, maintained and functioning. Installation of water supply and distribution, repaired and rehabilitated. Documented maintenance operations.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Maintenance programmes and procedures. Technical specifications. Catalogues, Service and use Manuals. Operating instructions. Databases. Historical maintenance. Specific IT applications. Safety and health plan. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Inventory. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS AND FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0838_3

Associated with UC: Collaborate on Planning for the Execution of Water and Sanitation Supply and Distribution Facilities and Facilities

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Understand the operation of water supply and distribution networks, identifying their characteristics and functional parameters, to plan their execution.

CE1.1 Describe the general hydraulic operation of a water distribution network and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE1.2 List the components that integrate the water distribution networks, describing their functions and establishing their limits and possibilities of use.

CE1.3 Describe the regulatory requirements applicable to this type of facility.

CE1.4 Make technical calculations necessary to assess the operating parameters of these installations.

C2: Understand the operation of the sanitation networks by identifying their functional characteristics and parameters to plan their execution.

CE2.1 Describe the general hydraulic operation of a sanitation network and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE2.2 List the components that integrate the sanitation networks, describing their functions and establishing their limits and possibilities of use.

CE2.3 Describe the regulatory requirements applicable to this type of facility.

CE2.4 Perform technical calculations necessary to assess the operating parameters of these installations.

C3: Interpret projects of works of networks and facilities for the supply and distribution of water and sanitation in order to obtain the necessary information prior to the planning of the same.

CE3.1 Describe the documents that make up a project, technical memory, or assembly plan for a water and sanitation distribution network in order to plan its execution.

CE3.2 Represent, manually or with specific design-specific applications, design schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a water and sanitation distribution network and its components to facilitate its assembly.

CE3.3 Determine the parameters of the installation from the actions in water distribution and sanitation network reforms, which are incorporated into new tranches or modification of the existing ones according to the respective projects or technical memories.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of collaboration in the planning of the execution of works of networks and facilities of supply and distribution of water and sanitation, in a network from the plans and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the network and specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose them: pipes, pressure groups, achique pumps, water vats, shutter balls, tanks, flow meters, valves, suction cups, sinks, registers, siphons and regulatory elements.

-Analyze the hydraulic operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the different parts that configure it, calculating the operating parameters.

-Make supplementary schemes and plans derived from the need for greater detail or the repose of the work.

-Design the signaling needs of the work zone.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the projected network or, if applicable, modified, with the regulatory requirements that apply to it.

C4: Develop work plans for the assembly of water supply and distribution networks and facilities in accordance with the corresponding project and established procedures.

CE4.1 Establish the sequence and general organization of the work, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CE4.2 Make the necessary schedules and integrate the human resource needs that are required in each of the phases.

CE4.3 Define the functions of the persons involved in the assembly of a certain water and sanitation network in which there is civil work, assembly of pipes and auxiliary elements, and putting into service.

CE4.4 In one or more practical scenarios of collaboration in the planning of the execution of works of networks and facilities of water supply and distribution and sanitation, in assembly projects that contain several sectors with pipes of different diameter and different elements:

-Design the sequence and phases of the work, analyzing different possibilities.

-Set the needs of the human resources required in the different phases and their functions.

-Use specific computer applications to support network project planning.

C5: Adapt the work plans that are necessary when the repose of the work of a network or installation of water supply and distribution does not conform to the corresponding project.

CE5.1 Identify and evaluate the adaptation of the network installation to the project, monitoring that the location, marking and connection of the pipes, valves, archets, siphons, control boxes and other necessary elements of the network are in accordance with the specifications of the project.

CE5.2 Make symbolic schemes, detail sketches and complementary plans to the project that are necessary in the repose process.

CE5.3 Plant the work and determine the services that may be affected and its scope, analyzing in detail, among others, the consequences for the rolling circulation, the pedestrian accesses, the security in the supply of water, gas, electricity and telecommunications, managing the necessary measures so that the conditions are minimal.

C6: To determine the supply needs of resources necessary from the interpretation of projects of works of networks and facilities of supply and distribution of water and sanitation, completing the documentation and initial permits of the work, in the framework of its competences.

CE6.1 Identify sourcing needs from the project, planning supplies under the system used for stock management.

CE6.2 Define the documentation related to the official permissions to perform the work.

CE6.3 Fill in and process the required technical and administrative documents for obtaining permits.

C7: Define prevention and safety measures in relation to the assembly of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, analyzing the implementation regulations.

CE7.1 Identify and evaluate the professional risks present in the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE7.2 Collaborate on the design of safety manuals, proposing improvements and preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified.

CE7.3 Technically Justify the prevention and safety measures in the assembly of networks according to the typology of risks.

CE7.4 Design the signage requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE7.5 Describe safety standards related to the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks and interpret the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies during the work.

CE7.6 Design the training required by the assembly staff in the field of risk prevention and emergency.

CE7.7 In a practical scenario of collaboration in the planning of the execution of works of networks and facilities of water supply and distribution, in the approach of the safety plan of a work from plans and technical documentation:

-Identify the associated risks, determining the type and level of the associated risks.

-Select, justifying, the job signaling system.

-Describe the necessary individual protection equipment.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 for CE3.4; C4 for CE4.4; C5 for CE5.1 and CE5.3; C7 for CE7.7.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop, meeting the objectives and deadlines set.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Ensure security in the work.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents:

1. Water supply and distribution systems

Comprehensive water cycle. Efficient management and water saving.

Fluid physics applied to water supply and distribution networks.

Types and materials of water supply and supply networks. Classification. Supply design flows. Collection systems, pumps and tanks. Basic calculations.

Setup of the installation. Constituent parts and parts. Conductions. Methods of calculation.

Irrigation facilities and fire facilities. Basic calculations. Operation and specifications of pumps, valves, suction cups, elements of regulation. Special types of valves: integrated, multivalvulas, altimeters, regulators and other special types of gate valves and automatic valves.

Regulations of facilities for water supply regulations for safety and environment, among others.

2. Sanitation systems

The water cycle and its sanitation.

Local networks. Types and materials of networks. Classification. Wastewater treatment. Drainage of stormwater. Evacuation systems and sewerage systems. Discharges to collectors. Basic calculations.

Sanitation drives. Methods of calculation. Configuration of the installation. Constituent parts and parts. Characteristics and specifications of equipment and components: pumps, valves, pipes, sinks, collectors, archets and registration wells, siphons and relief. Procedures and operations for repose of installations. Supplementary calculations.

Legislation for sanitation facilities, safety and environmental regulations, among others.

3. Water Supply and Sanitation Facility Projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications. Development.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations. Supplementary calculations.

Provisioning program.

Work administrative permissions. Situation plans. Drawings of detail and set.

Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Viewing and interpreting digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files. Safety plan.

4. Organisation and planning of water supply and sanitation works

Organization of the execution of a work. Working methods.

Documentation of the materials. Analysis of machinery and equipment used in works. Conditions for existing buildings and services.

Planning of works. Planning systems. Control of the schedule. Control systems. Computer-assisted planning and control.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to collaboration in the planning of the execution of works of networks and facilities of water supply and distribution, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: DEVELOPMENT OF WORKS OF WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS AND FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0839_3

Associated with UC: Controlling the development of water and sanitation supply and distribution facilities and facilities

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the planning of the assembly of networks and facilities for water supply and distribution and sanitation, drawing up detailed work programmes for each phase of implementation.

CE1.1 Interpret the planning documentation and the program of assembly of the work, determining the different phases.

CE1.2 Define the critical points in the coordination of the work of the different guilds.

CE1.3 Detailed the work plan and schedule of the civil work.

CE1.4 Perform the work plan and schedule of the laying and connection of valves and placement of valves and other elements of the network.

CE1.5 Perform the work plan and schedule of the finishing, filling, compaction, cleaning and disinfection phases.

C2: Control the phases of execution of a work of assembling networks and facilities for water supply and distribution and sanitation, making the corresponding adaptations from the possible contingencies that may arise.

CE2.1 Monitor the excavation, protection of slopes, buries, watersings, implementation of necessary achiques, preparation and leveling of the bed of sand and other operations, to be carried out according to the specifications of the project.

CE2.2 Check the preparation of the points of placement of the heads of the tubes, the points of implantation of the knots and the establishment of the anchoring massifs, to be carried out according to the specifications of the project.

CE2.3 Monitor the execution of the water network pipe laying.

CE2.4 Check the execution of the pipe laying of the sanitation network.

CE2.5 Verify that the execution of the pipe assembly and connection is performed according to the required quality and safety specifications.

CE2.6 Control the location and position of the valves, suction cups, regulation elements and accessories installed, to meet the project specifications.

CE2.7 Make symbolic schemes, drawings of detail and plans complementary to the project of work that are necessary to make adaptations to the appearance of possible contingencies.

C3: Verify the requirements and factors that influence the quality of the assembly of a water supply and distribution network.

CE3.1 Define the criteria of constructive quality in the realization of ditches and in the support and placement of pipes, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.2 Define the quality criteria in the connection of channelings and registration systems, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.3 Define the quality criteria in the placement of elements of actuation, control and measurement, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.4 Define quality criteria in network automation, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.5 Define the quality criteria in the filling and compaction of ditches and general of the work.

CE3.6 To analyze and develop tests and tests on foot for the quality control of materials and building elements of the networks.

C4: Identify and fill in the technical and administrative documentation related to the control of the execution of the work.

CE4.1 Describe the documents that make up a project, technical memory or plan of assembly of a water supply and distribution network in order to organize the assembly.

CE4.2 Documenting the supply needs of materials, equipment and machinery necessary for the realization of each of the parts of a work.

CE4.3 Interpret the documentation related to the deadlines, place of delivery and conditions of supply of the materials and equipment required for the execution of the work.

CE4.4 Compliment, where appropriate, the administrative documentation related to the work.

CE4.5 Use specific computer applications for the monitoring and control of the work.

C5: Establish the necessary preventive, safety and environmental protection measures in the execution of works of water supply and distribution networks and sanitation from the implementing regulations.

CE5.1 Identify and evaluate the most frequent occupational risks present in the works with land movements, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.2 Identify and evaluate specific professional risks related to the execution of wells and ditches, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.3 Identify and evaluate specific professional risks related to jobs in blind, poorly ventilated or septic wells, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.4 Identify and evaluate the most frequent professional risks present in the management of portable tools and equipment used in the works, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.5 Identify and evaluate the professional risks related to the use of pressure groups, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.6 Identify and evaluate the professional risks related to the use of lifting systems and other techniques of displacement of loads employed in the works, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE5.7 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

CE5.8 Describe the signaling requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE5.9 Determine the protocols of action, including first aid, in the face of possible emergencies arising during the assembly of water distribution and sanitation networks.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Execution of water supply and distribution works

Civil work in water supply and distribution. Graphical representation elements.

Topography and marking. Rethinking of the civil work in water supply and distribution.

Catchment of waters. Quality and treatment of water.

Types of water supply and supply networks and execution criteria.

Materials and constructive criteria for supply pipelines.

Elements of a water distribution network: general purpose valves, check valves, reducing valves, reels, suction valves, hydrants and irrigation hydrants.

Anchors and archets. Water supply connections.

Quality in the assembly. Control of the computer assembly.

applicable Regulations.

2. Execution of sanitation works

Civil work in sanitation networks and facilities. Graphical representation elements.

Topography and marking. Rethinking of the civil work in sanitation.

Types of sanitation networks and execution criteria. Discharges to collectors.

Materials and constructive criteria for sanitation pipelines.

Specific elements of a sanitation network: wells, highlighted wells, discharge chambers, gates, siphons and sinks. Sanitation and sanitation.

Quality in the assembly. Control of the computer assembly.

Applicable regulations.

3. Automation and control of water supply and sanitation networks

Regulation and automation of hydraulic systems. Measurement and instrumentation.

Local control of hydraulic systems. Global control of water distribution systems.

programmable automatons and telemanagement systems. Geographical information systems.

4. Security systems in the work

General security measures. Applicable rules.

Managing security and risk control in civil works with land movement.

Managing security and risk control in the assembly of water and sanitation networks.

Signalling systems.

Emergencies.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control of the development of works of networks and facilities for the supply and distribution of water and sanitation, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: WATER AND SANITATION NETWORK COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS

Level: 3

Code: MF0840_3

Associated with UC: Monitor the commissioning of water supply and distribution networks and and sanitation

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Describe the checks and tests to be carried out on the water supply and distribution networks and facilities prior to putting them into service, organizing them to ensure their functionality.

CE1.1 Relate visual checks and functional tests that require water sanitation and distribution.

CE1.2 Justify and define the necessary proof of tightness prior to the putting into service of the network, establishing the relations with the implementing regulations.

CE1.3 Sequence the tightness and pressure tests, detailing the procedures and equipment needed to perform them.

CE1.4 Detailed the cleaning and disinfection requirements of the installation, as well as the factors that affect, reasoning the necessary hygiene measures, prior to putting into service.

C2: Describe the procedures to be carried out for the commissioning of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, establishing their sequence and meeting the requirements of quality and safety.

CE2.1 In one or more practical scenarios for monitoring the commissioning of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, in a facility composed of a pumping system, tanks, pipelines with different materials, different types of valves and a system of telecontrol of devices:

-Define the visual inspections to be performed, including those made using TV, by setting its sequence and checking its application.

-Describe the procedures and monitor the necessary pressure tests and the organization of the procedures, detailing the functions and operations of each person involved.

-Set and apply the criteria that guarantee the satisfactory level of each of the tests.

-List and classify the necessary equipment and tools for each test.

CE2.2 In one or more practical scenarios for monitoring the implementation of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, in a horizontal drainage network of stormwater and fecal water, composed of wells and pipelines with different materials:

-Define the visual inspections to be performed, including those made using TV, by setting its sequence and checking its application.

-Describe the procedures and monitor the necessary pressure tests and the organization of the procedures, detailing the functions and operations of each person involved.

-Set and apply the criteria that guarantee the satisfactory level of each of the tests.

-List and classify the necessary equipment and tools for each test.

CE2.2 In one or more practical scenarios for monitoring the implementation of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, in a horizontal drainage network of stormwater and fecal water, composed of wells and pipelines with different materials:

-Define the visual inspections to be performed, including those made using TV, by setting its sequence and checking its application.

-Describe the procedures and monitor the necessary pressure tests and the organization of the procedures, detailing the functions and operations of each person involved.

-Set and apply the criteria that guarantee the satisfactory level of each of the tests.

-Enumerate and classify the necessary equipment and tools for each test.

CE2.3 Define the different safety risks in conducting tests for the commissioning of a water distribution and sanitation network, and propose preventive measures.

C3: Analyze and organize the documentary file needed for the commissioning and delivery of the work.

CE3.1 Describe the necessary technical and administrative documents in the commissioning of the work of water supply or sanitation.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures and procedures of management to be developed for the putting into service and delivery of the work.

CE3.3 Analyse the manuals of operation, operation and maintenance, incorporating, if necessary, the modifications resulting from the contingencies arising during the work or the putting into service of it.

CE3.4 Prepare the complete dossier of the work of sanitation or water supply in the established format and support.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 respect to CE2.1 and CE2.2.

Other capabilities:

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Contents:

1. Putting into service water supply and sanitation works

Hydraulic operations prior to networking. Pressure tests. Mechanical resistance of pipes. Basic calculations. Battering ram. Testing, testing and commissioning of technical elements, equipment and instruments.

Protocols for the performance and implementation of works for the modification of networks in operation.

Applicable regulations.

2. Documentation and receipt of works

Receipt of supply works. Reception of sanitation works. Documents associated with the evidence.

Operating and maintenance manuals. Settlement plans.

Specific computer applications.

3. Safety and hygiene in the putting into service of works

Determination of risks in the commissioning of water networks. Prevention. Determination of risks in the putting into service of sewerage networks.

Prevention. Cleaning and disinfection. Potability. Chemical and biological parameters. Missions, discharges and odours.

Emergency management. Coordination and first aid.

Environmental protection systems in testing. Reporting.

Applicable regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the monitoring of the putting into service of water supply and distribution networks and facilities, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ORGANIZATION OF WATER DISTRIBUTION AND SANITATION NETWORK MAINTENANCE

Level: 3

Code: MF0841_3

Associated with UC: Organize Maintenance of Water Supply and Distribution Facilities

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the general operation of the water supply and distribution networks and facilities to establish the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a water supply and distribution network from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Describe the operation of a network of water sanitation and a network of stormwater from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.3 Point out the elements of a network on which you can operate manually or automatically and the consequences of your manipulation.

CE1.4 Identify in a network plane the elements on which preventive maintenance must be performed from a particular maintenance program.

CE1.5 Determine the critical points in which breakdowns can occur with important consequences for users, the environment and the quality of the water supply or sanitation service.

C2: Make proposals for the organization of preventive and corrective maintenance in networks and facilities for the supply and distribution of water and sanitation.

CE2.1 Interpret the technical information of equipment and plant manufacturers, moving the necessary data to the maintenance program of the supply or sanitation network.

CE2.2 Analyze maintenance programs, ensuring that it contains the definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention, health check ranges, times and material and human resources necessary, keeping them updated and improving them, for their application.

CE2.3 Define the quality criteria in the most frequent and important interventions of preventive or corrective maintenance.

CE2.4 Analyze different models of preventive and corrective maintenance in water supply networks, assessing the advantages and disadvantages of the quality, cost and safety of the service.

CE2.5 To analyze different models of organization of preventive and corrective maintenance in sanitation networks, valuing the advantages and disadvantages from the points of view of the quality, cost and safety of the service.

CE2.6 Establish the technical and economic criteria for the maintenance, rehabilitation and renovation of networks.

CE2.7 Explain the operation of the management of the acquisition of spare parts and their relationship with the organization of the warehouse, determining the criteria for the acquisition of stocks.

CE2.8 Planting the organization of preventive maintenance by determining periods, operations, and review times for each of the critical elements or points, establishing the needs of the required human resources, in a water supply network with deposits, pumps, relief, archets and registration wells, valves, control systems and other elements.

CE2.9 Planting the organization of preventive maintenance by determining periods, operations, and review times for each of the critical elements or points, establishing the needs of the required human resources, in a sanitation network with deposits, siphons, archets and logging wells, gates, control systems, and other elements.

CE2.10 Analyze the organization and procedures of the maintenance system from the point of view of risk prevention, safety and hygiene.

CE2.11 In one or more practical scenarios for the organization of the maintenance of water supply and distribution facilities, with preventive and corrective maintenance interventions of different types:

-Identify professional risks, cataloging them according to their characteristics.

-Planting the organization of the signaling systems in the maintenance work.

-Determine environmental risks and their control.

-Set the needs of the human resources required in the different phases and their functions.

-Describe and assess the emergency plan, determining emergency situations, phases, communication systems, personnel, and performance entities.

-Develop, at your level, the documentation and reports that require a certain contingency.

C3: Analyze and apply diagnostic techniques for breakdowns and systems for automation and improvement of the performance of water supply and distribution facilities.

CE3.1 Describe the different media and leak detection techniques in networks, applying them to practical situations.

CE3.2 Determine objectives and methods in conducting water distribution network audits.

CE3.3 Interpret the network variable registry instruments and systems, valuing the correlation between the values of the slogan and the actual values.

CE3.4 Fill in the maintenance and historical data control tabs using the geographic information systems.

CE3.5 Organize and analyze the databases of water and sanitation networks, controlling the performance of the facilities.

CE3.6 In one or more assumptions of organization of maintenance of supply and distribution facilities of water and sanitation, to interpret historical breakdowns of a network of water supply or sanitation and to propose improvements in the organization of preventive maintenance in order to optimize the service and the maintenance work itself.

CE3.7 Describe existing telematic and telecommunication systems in a facility or required in procedures established in maintenance management.

C4: Describe the processes and fill in the documentation related to the operation and maintenance of water supply and distribution systems and facilities.

CE4.1 Describe and organize work items, albarans, invoices, orders, inventories, and other administrative documents associated with maintenance.

CE4.2 Describe the process of customer demand attention, proposing integrated management systems for complaints, breakdowns and actions in the distribution of water and sanitation.

CE4.3 Use general purpose and Scada purpose computing applications, in network operation and maintenance processes.

CE4.4 Meet the documentation associated with quality management systems in the company.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.11; C3 with respect to CE3.1 and CE3.6.

Other capabilities:

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Contents:

1. Water supply and sanitation network maintenance programs

Structure of maintenance. Function, objectives, types.

Outsourcing maintenance services. Organisation of maintenance. Inspections.

Maintenance Economic. Warehouse and maintenance material. Supplies. Organization and management of the maintenance warehouse. Approval of suppliers. Technical specifications for spare parts.

2. Management of maintenance in water supply and sanitation facilities

Planning and management of preventive maintenance.

Critical water network maintenance points. Procedures for intervention. Security.

Critical maintenance points in sanitation networks. Procedures for intervention. Security.

Quality management systems and procedures.

Integrated breakdown management, claims, and actions.

Prevention of risks and safety in maintenance.

Specific IT applications for maintenance management.

3. Technology systems for improving the performance of hydraulic installations

Leaks in water supply and distribution systems. Causes and consequences. Leakage in water and rain water sanitation networks. Causes and consequences. Leak detection and assessment techniques.

Logging and creating databases with parameters. Analysis. Closed circuit TV systems in the conduct inspection. Geographical information systems. Telecontrol and telemedide systems.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation of the maintenance of water supply and distribution facilities, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX VII

Professional qualification: Organization and projects of solar photovoltaic installations

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA263_3

General Competition

Promote facilities, develop projects and manage the assembly and maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations isolated and connected to the network, applying the techniques and procedures required in each case, optimizing the resources, and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0842_3: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

UC0843_3: Develop PV Solar Facility Projects

UC0844_3: Organize and control the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations

UC0845_3: Organize and control the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the development and organization of photovoltaic solar installations projects, in entities of public or private nature, companies of any size, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, subsector of renewable energies, in the productive activities in which the assembly, the exploitation and the maintenance of photovoltaic installations for the production of electric power is carried out.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Developers of solar installations

Photovoltaic solar facility projects

Photovoltaic solar facility assembly managers

Solar PV installations maintenance managers

Responsible for the operation and maintenance of small photovoltaic solar power plants

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0842_3: Solar installations feasibility studies (120 hours)

MF0843_3: Solar PV installations projects (240 hours)

MF0844_3: Organization and control of photovoltaic solar installations assembly (120 hours)

MF0845_3: Organization and control of photovoltaic solar installations maintenance (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DETERMINE THE FEASIBILITY OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0842_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Assess the energy needs and interests of the user, classifying them for decision making on the type and characteristics of the most appropriate energy supply, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The user's energy needs are classified according to the applications, the specifications of the receivers and the characteristics of the energy demand.

CR 1.2 Electrical energy needs are quantitatively determined by setting their basic parameters from the type of receivers.

CR 1.3 Thermal energy needs are determined quantitatively by establishing their basic parameters, especially the annual seasonal average yields of equipment and facilities depending on their maintenance status.

CR 1.4 The seasonal use variable, utilization times, working temperatures, and concurrency factor are determined and represented from recognized sources of information and from the user's own data.

CR 1.5 The formalization of the diagnosis and energy needs of a user is carried out by determining the different supply possibilities, the overall economic costs and the depreciation of the installation.

RP 2: Determine the solar potential of an area for decision making on the possibilities of application of solar energy, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The parameters of global solar radiation, average daytime ambient temperature and cold water temperature of the network are obtained from official, or sufficiently reliable, statistical data collected in tables.

CR 2.2 The correlation between data is performed when the required information is not directly given by available tables or statistics.

CR 2.3 The determination of direct, diffuse and global solar radiation is performed using specific computer applications.

CR 2.4 Solar data is measured and recorded by using the pyrometer, pirheliometer, datalogger, automatic stations and other systems, under the conditions of established quality and safety.

CR 2.5 The use of solar energy is justified on the basis of the assessment of available solar potential.

RP 3: To formalize proposals for solar installations responding to the energy needs and interests of the clients, to determine the option that optimizes the available resources.

CR 3.1 The study of the components of the solar installation is carried out, using the technical information provided by the solar equipment manufacturers, making the necessary calculations and adapting to the needs of the user.

CR 3.2 The study of the ideal location, number and size of sensors or panels is carried out according to the construction in which they are to be located, as well as the conditions of shadows, obstacles and other factors determining the use of solar energy.

CR 3.3 The visual impact study of the installation is carried out, ensuring that it is the minimum possible according to the interests of the user, the applicable regulations and the possibilities of location.

CR 3.4 The feasibility of the project is assessed by analyzing the cash flows and the most relevant indicators.

CR 3.5 The proposal is concrete and formalized by incorporating the technical characteristics, general schemes, complementary sketches and guidelines on compliance with the regulations, possible grants, amortization and financing routes.

CR 3.6 The information and advice is transmitted to the user, responding to the questions that may arise regarding the technical characteristics, applicable regulations, economic viability, maintenance requirements, reliability, security of supply and other aspects related to the solar installation.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Computer-assisted drawing and simulation specific computer applications. Compass. GPS, tape metric. Piranometer and pirheliometer. Datalogger and automatic stations.

Products and results:

Evaluation of the user's needs and interests. Solar potential of the study area. Technical and economic studies. Client advised. Processing of permits and grants.

Information used or generated:

Geographical and Catastral Maps. Technical catalogues. Tables, charts, maps and statistical series on solar parameters. Fuel prices. Applicable rules. Forms, applications for grants. Study energy needs. Solar resource study of the area. Technical and economic studies of the installation.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: DEVELOP PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0843_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Define the characteristics of the photovoltaic solar installation, applying calculation procedures and established standards, to select the necessary equipment and elements, and their specifications.

CR 1.1 The elements are selected, responding to the industry standard technology and the approval standards.

CR 1.2 The characteristics of the elements, equipment, components and materials are determined by technical calculations based on objective and reliable data, using manual, tables and compute-specific applications.

CR 1.3 The calculations are performed with the established accuracy, checking and contrasting them with those of other optimal operating facilities.

CR 1.4 The conditions of compatibility between the elements of the photovoltaic solar installation and other elements of auxiliary and receiving facilities are verified, guaranteeing the performance, reliability and productive capacity of the installation.

CR 1.5 The components are chosen taking into account the guarantees of interchangeability, supply and cost.

RP 2: Make memories, reports and manuals required by the official regulatory agencies to justify projects of solar photovoltaic installations.

CR 2.1 The introduction and justification of the solar photovoltaic installation project is carried out on the basis of technological criteria for energy supply, normative criteria and strategic criteria, among others.

CR 2.2 The overall technical description of the installation is performed through its functional analysis.

CR 2.3 The technical justification for the sizing and specifications of the parts and components is performed using numerical calculations when necessary.

CR 2.4 The security and protection systems designed, the employees and other critical points of the installation are analyzed in the report or memory.

CR 2.5 The technical specifications of the solar photovoltaic installation are developed.

CR 2.6 The manual of operation and maintenance of the facility is written, taking into account the type of building and the existing support systems, establishing the activities and operations of surveillance and maintenance according to the model required regulations.

CR 2.7 The formal document for the report or memory is written using specific computer applications.

RP 3: Develop plans of general layout and detail of photovoltaic solar installations, based on the technical specifications of established design, for the development of the project, achieving the required quality and finishing levels.

CR 3.1 The information necessary for the lifting of the building plans, required in the development of the project, is obtained directly from the building or, where appropriate, from the construction project.

CR 3.2 The most unique points and accidents existing in the building and its structures, which affect the solar installation, are systematically collected.

CR 3.3 The sketches are performed, fulfilling the proportional and graphic expression requirements for their interpretation.

CR 3.4 Installation site plans are performed, applying the regulations and optimizing the drawing process by incorporating the drawings and/or technical specifications of the standardized elements.

CR 3.5 The parts and circuits of the facilities are represented by the symbology and standard conventionalisms.

CR 3.6 The location of the panels and equipment and the layout, dimensions and technical specifications of the installation are determined taking into account the calculations made in the memory, and complying with the operating requirements and the applicable regulations.

CR 3.7 The building's structural strength and waterproofing are considered in the constructive solutions adopted in the installation and maintenance of the installation.

CR 3.8 Material lists are completed including the code and specifications of project elements.

CR 3.9 The formal document with the plans is elaborated by computer applications of assisted design.

RP 4: Develop budgets based on the designs made, detailing the different items, for the development of photovoltaic solar installations projects.

CR 4.1 Material lists are completed, including the commercial reference, code and technical specifications of the project elements.

CR 4.2 The unit price and the total of each material and equipment are detailed, obtaining the total price of each item and the set of the installation.

CR 4.3 The expenses incurred by the workforce are quantified for each of the professionals involved in the installation of the solar photovoltaic installation.

CR 4.4 General expenses, industrial benefit and Value Added Tax apply to the items and to the legally established percentages.

CR 4.5 The project and the budget derived from the installation are detailed, defining it in such a way that the unforeseen expenses of the facility tend not to exceed 5% of the total budget.

RP 5: Develop the safety and health plan in the installation of the photovoltaic solar installation, using the project documentation and ensuring compliance with applicable regulations, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 5.1 Risks derived from falls, in the same or different level, entrapments and falls of objects are identified and evaluated their importance.

CR 5.2 The thermal risks originated in the solar installation are identified, assessing their importance.

CR 5.3 The electrical risks associated with external circuits, high temperature and other extreme conditions are identified.

CR 5.4 The forecast and planning of the emergency plan is integrated into the documentation of the work.

CR 5.5 The work safety plan is formalized, identifying the different occupational risks and proposing corrective measures for their elimination, reasonable reduction and control.

CR 5.6 Environmental conditions are contrasted, setting the performance criteria for their minimisation.

RP 6: Perform the administrative procedures required to obtain the approval of the solar photovoltaic installation and to access the possible grants.

CR 6.1 The compliance with the technical and administrative regulations of the installation is preliminarily assured to the completion of the authorization procedures before the corresponding official bodies.

CR 6.2 The required technical and administrative documentation for obtaining the installation permits is completed, organized and processed.

CR 6.3 Compliance with administrative and other requirements for access to possible grants for this type of facility is preliminarily secured to the completion of the application procedures with the corresponding official bodies.

CR 6.4 The technical and administrative documentation required for the application of the installation grants is completed, organized and processed.

CR 6.5 The monitoring of the administrative processes related to the authorization and permissions to perform the installation and related to the grant application is carried out, avoiding the stoppage of files for causes imputable to the installer.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and distance measurement tools. Compass, GPS. Datalogger, piranometers and pirheliometers. Product specifications for products. Specific software applications of office, design and size of installations. Plot plotter. Printers. Producers of plans and documentation. Drawing instruments.

Products and results:

Solar PV installation project. Project development authorization. Documentation processed to access possible grants.

Information used or generated:

List of customer needs and requirements. Special requirements and specifications of the electric distribution and transport company. Economic limitations on the part of the customer. List of limitations and restrictions of a technical nature. Study of technical, economic and financial feasibility. Reports, reports and supporting manuals for the project. Drawings of the installation. Product and material technical sheets. Lists of materials. Updated pricing of products and materials. Budgets. Forms, applications for grants. Safety and health plan. Specifications for technical specifications. Internal rules of work. Regulation applicable in photovoltaic solar installations and the competent authorities.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: ORGANIZE AND CONTROL THE ASSEMBLY OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0844_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Plan the execution of a solar photovoltaic installation, defining the phases of work and interpreting the project or technical memory, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 Project or plan memory is parsed and interpreted in the planning process.

CR 1.2 The topographical and site characteristics of the projected installation are interpreted from the drawings.

CR 1.3 The functional and auxiliary equipment characteristics of the projected solar installation are interpreted from the information contained in the project.

CR 1.4 The elements related to the organization and control of the execution are interpreted from the documentation of the project or plan of the work.

CR 1.5 The sequencing and general organization of the assembly is established from the project, carrying out a work plan in which the process is optimized in terms of security, method and time.

CR 1.6 The schedules for each of the mounting phases are performed, ensuring the coordination and chaining of the parts of the installation.

CR 1.7 The provisioning plan is performed, coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage and guaranteeing the supply at the appropriate time.

CR 1.8 The preliminary organization of the human resources and necessary means is established by defining the functions of each operator or guild and its correlation with the technical means programmed in each phase.

CR 1.9 Specific computer applications used in the planning of solar photovoltaic installations are used to sequence and organize the execution of the work.

RP 2: Organize the phase of reposing, planning and assembling structures of the photovoltaic solar installation, to follow the established schedule, controlling its execution and making the corresponding adaptations based on the possible contingencies that may arise.

CR 2.1 The repose of the work is organized and developed by contrasting the project data on the ground and monitoring the general marking of the installation and, where appropriate, the necessary modifications.

CR 2.2 Installation mount planning is interpreted and used to raise the organization of the job in each of the parts of the installation.

CR 2.3 The work of the different people and guilds involved in the work is coordinated by ensuring that the objectives are met according to criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, quality and safety.

CR 2.4 The information necessary for the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations is transmitted and communicated to the workers in a clear way, ensuring the sufficiency and accuracy of the instructions, avoiding errors in the interpretation and allowing the operators to prepare the materials, as well as carrying out the works with efficiency, safety and quality.

CR 2.5 The displacement of panels, resistant structures, equipment and other necessary materials is organized and monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 2.6 The placement of resistant structures is organized and monitored according to the project specifications, especially taking care of the waterproofing of the building.

RP 3: Organize the supply and supply of materials to the work according to established procedures in the company, controlling the process and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The selection of the necessary equipment, tools and other technical resources is monitored in each of the phases of the solar photovoltaic installation.

CR 3.2 The supply of the various materials with respect to their delivery times, supply conditions, storage and distribution management, coordinates, controls and monitors in accordance with established specifications and regulations.

CR 3.3 The quality specifications of materials and other technical resources required for the installation are verified in accordance with applicable regulations.

CR 3.4 The technical specifications of quality in the execution of the installation of the installation are controlled and monitored, checking that they conform to the established standards.

CR 3.5 The displacement and location of the materials and equipment is managed according to the logistics of the project, with the means of transport and elevation established, and in conditions of safety.

CR 3.6 The tools, machinery, and auxiliary media are organized and maintained for performance with security and performance.

RP 4: Organize the phases of the installation of the photovoltaic solar installation, to follow the established schedule, controlling its execution and making the corresponding adaptations based on the possible contingencies that may arise.

CR 4.1 The placement of panels, systems for tracking and laying the pipes and conductors is organized and monitored according to the specifications of the project.

CR 4.2 The assembly of storage/storage systems is monitored by ensuring fidelity to the project and the quality in its execution.

CR 4.3 The assembly of conventional generators, small wind power systems and other support systems for photovoltaic installations is monitored by ensuring fidelity to the project and the quality of its execution.

CR 4.4 The assembly and connection of the electrical installation and the control devices are organized and monitored, ensuring the fidelity to the project and the quality in its execution.

CR 4.5 The protection against corrosion, oxidation and mechanical impacts of the panels and elements is monitored, according to the project specifications.

RP 5: Organize safety and performance tests and commissioning of solar photovoltaic installations, adjusting equipment and elements of regulation and control, controlling the process to ensure established operating conditions.

CR 5.1 The test plan for the commissioning of the solar photovoltaic installation is organized and supervised, ensuring the performance of the regulatory and operational safety tests required by the installation and coordinating the procedures to be followed and its sequence.

CR 5.2 The tests performed on the premises are verified, complying with the regulatory requirements and ensuring that the values obtained conform to those required by the applicable regulations.

CR 5.3 The adjustment of the security, protection, and control elements of the system is coordinated and monitored, ensuring that it is performed according to the specified and the requirements of the process.

CR 5.4 Emergency and alarm systems are monitored by verifying that they respond to situations of established contingencies and in conditions of effectiveness.

CR 5.5 The operation and maintenance manuals are monitored, providing them with the user.

RP 6: Organize the safety and health plan in the assembly operations of photovoltaic solar installations, controlling their execution to ensure the integrity of the people, the media and their environment, and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 6.1 The safety plan for the installation of the solar photovoltaic installation is interpreted, planning the material resources for its development.

CR 6.2 The installation work of the photovoltaic installation is planned according to the requirements of the safety plan, moving the operators under their command, the training or information concerning the requirements of the safety plan.

CR 6.3 Professional risks arising from the installation of the installation are identified and controlled, managing the deployment and location of security infrastructures, as well as the use, operation and conservation status of personal safety and security equipment.

CR 6.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other technical means used in the installation are controlled, verifying that they are in perfect state of use.

CR 6.5 The emergency plan related to the assembly process of the solar photovoltaic installation is managed, paralyzing the work when the safety measures are not met or there is a risk for the people.

CR 6.6 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them to the minimum possible levels, while respecting the rules of application.

RP 7: Manage the documentation related to the processes of the installation of the photovoltaic solar installation, to ensure compliance with the legal requirements and the application of organizational criteria established by the company.

CR 7.1 Project documents, symbolic schemes, lists of materials, operating manuals and other technical documents are managed according to the requirements of the company and organizational criteria for clarity and control.

CR 7.2 Work parts, albarans, invoices, certifications control, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled during the installation assembly process.

CR 7.3 The topography documents, the data collection for the settlement, the variations on the project, in the technical specifications of elements, are controlled and collected to constitute the documentary basis of the work.

CR 7.4 The documentation related to the necessary official permits in the work is managed in the face of possible legalizations, grants and inspections.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Project or technical memory of the installation. Drawings of the installation. Budget. Resource and order management computing applications. Product and material technical sheets. Spreadsheets.

Products and results:

Staged and Supervised Solar Photovoltaic Installation Phases. Security and operation tests and commissioning of the planned and monitored installation. Photovoltaic installation mounted with all its elements installed and connected, and executed with optimization of times and costs.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Map of solar trajectories. Safety and health plan in the assembly. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Surveying documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules. Test plan for commissioning. Operation and maintenance manuals. Safety and health plan in the assembly. Project documents, symbolic schemes, lists of materials, operating manuals and other technical documents. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Surveying documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ORGANIZE AND CONTROL THE MAINTENANCE OF SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0845_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the maneuvers and adjustment operations in the photovoltaic solar installations, controlling their execution, for the optimization of their operation.

CR 1.1 The signals and data obtained, directly or through telecontrol and telemando systems, are interpreted to optimize the operation of the installation through adjustment operations.

CR 1.2 The different types of maneuvers and adjustments to be performed at the installation are determined, reported and controlled.

CR 1.3 The operating and stopping manoeuvres of photovoltaic solar installations are monitored in accordance with the requirements of quality, efficiency and safety.

CR 1.4 The seasonal adjustment and adaptation operations of installations, related to the climatic variations, are monitored in accordance with the requirements of quality, efficiency and safety.

CR 1.5 The safety measures required in the maneuvers are monitored, guaranteeing the control of the risk to the people, the environment and the installation itself.

CR 1.6 The results of the maneuvers and adjustment operations are analyzed, drawing conclusions on the optimization of the performance and the safety of the installation.

RP 2: Develop the plans for the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, keeping them updated and improving them, for their application.

CR 2.1 The technical information provided by equipment manufacturers and elements used in solar photovoltaic installations is used in the development of maintenance programmes.

CR 2.2 Company maintenance manuals, in accordance with applicable regulations, are prepared and maintained daily.

CR 2.3 The definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention and disassembly/assembly, health check ranges, times and the human and material resources necessary for its execution in the period and expected cost is verified, ensuring that they are contained in the maintenance program of the installation.

CR 2.4 Quality control criteria are set for the different stages in which maintenance is organised.

CR 2.5 Critical points of facilities that involve higher risk of over-temperature, lack of electrical supply or modification of normal parameters are considered in the elaboration of maintenance programs.

CR 2.6 The established maintenance programs are verified, ensuring that they optimize the own resources, determine the needs of external support and guarantee the fulfillment of the production objectives.

CR 2.7 The procedures used in preventive and corrective maintenance are updated, with the periodicity stipulated, incorporating the detected improvements.

CR 2.8 Continuous improvement of maintenance management plans, testing of new techniques, participation in the process of fiabilization of new products used in the facilities, are carried out and monitored.

RP 3: Organize the preventive and corrective maintenance processes and procedures of photovoltaic solar installations, monitoring them for application.

CR 3.1 The maintenance and repair of the facilities is organized and supervised using the technical and administrative documentation, received and generated.

CR 3.2 The diagnosis of the failure and/or failure of the equipment, element or system of the photovoltaic solar installation, is monitored and controlled, applying techniques of analysis of the data taken to carry out the assessment, technical information of exploitation and history of the installation.

CR 3.3 The specifications of the materials and equipment used in the maintenance of photovoltaic installations are elaborated for the management of their acquisition.

CR 3.4 The stock of warehouse materials and systems for distribution are organized, managed and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and maximum quality.

CR 3.5 Human resources, machinery, tools, mobile parks, communication systems and other elements necessary for the execution of different types of maintenance, are coordinated and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 3.6 The process of reviewing panels, monitoring systems, accumulators, conductors and channelings, conventional electrical equipment, electrical equipment, and other elements submitted to review campaigns, are organized and controlled in order to ensure that most of the maintenance is of a preventive nature.

CR 3.7 Maintenance monitoring is carried out by controlling the quality of its execution and the costs, obtaining the necessary control indicators to establish the benchmarks that profile the most convenient lines of action and solving the contingencies with maximum efficiency, meeting the programmed objectives.

CR 3.8 Data obtained from the revisions or modifications of the facilities are controlled, collecting them to maintain the updated information systems and databases.

CR 3.9 The control sheets of the periodic maintenance of the elements, as well as the elaboration of the historical database are managed using technological systems.

CR 3.10 Attention to warnings and claims for installation failures or problems is managed with efficiency and quality.

RP 4: Organize the standards and measures of risk prevention, safety, health and environmental in the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, to control its application.

CR 4.1 Professional risks arising from maintenance intervention are identified, implemented and controlled by the maintenance safety plan.

CR 4.2 The security and health infrastructures of the facility are managed, developing their deployment and location, and controlling compliance with established procedures.

CR 4.3 The safety and personal protection equipment used in maintenance work is monitored by checking its operation and conservation status.

CR 4.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other equipment used in the work is monitored from the point of view of safety.

CR 4.5 The emergency plan related to the installation maintenance process is managed.

CR 4.6 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them at all times.

RP 5: Control the documentation related to the processes of operation and maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, to monitor their activity.

CR 5.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, orders, and other administrative documents are organized, controlling them within the maintenance process.

CR 5.2 Customer demands are recorded, transmitted, and serviced quickly.

CR 5.3 The administrative procedures and quality management systems in the maintenance are applied, monitoring them for execution.

CR 5.4 Inventories are reviewed, updated and managed, controlling information related to high, low, and repairs.

CR 5.5 The maintenance of mobile parks, tools, machinery, communication systems and other equipment is controlled, checking that it has been carried out in accordance with technical requirements.

CR 5.6 The IT systems used in the processes of operation and maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations are monitored, verifying that they conform to the established operating parameters.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Project or technical memory of the installation. Drawings of the installation. Check equipment for electrical installations of Baja Tension. Verification equipment for photovoltaic solar installations. Battery checker. Battery charger. IT applications for maintenance management.

Products and results:

Facilities maintenance plans developed and updated. Managed, organized and supervised maintenance operations and operations. Documented maintenance operations.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Maintenance programmes and procedures. Technical specifications. Service and use manuals. Operating instructions. Databases. Historical maintenance. Information about alarms generated and detected in the installation or monitoring system. Reports extracted from previous predictive maintenance. List of pending jobs. Specific IT applications. Safety and health plan. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules, local administration legislation.

TRAINING MODULE 1: FEASIBILITY STUDIES OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0842_3

Associated with UC: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Quantify the energy needs of different types of users, classifying them and analyzing them to diagnose the possibility of performing a solar installation.

CE1.1 In a scenario of study of a building with several houses in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water and heating:

-Detailed the required modes of life and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting and strength, and for general community services.

-Quantify the electrical energy for lighting and other uses in each of the housing typologies.

-Describe seasonal variability, electrical consumption times, and concurrency factor.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify the thermal energy for each dwelling and for all of them, analyzing the seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-To formalize a document reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.2 In a scenario of study of a single-family dwelling in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water, heating and cooling:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.3 In a scenario of study of a heated pool by thermal solar energy, with support system:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

C2: Define the solar potential in a given area for the realization of solar installations, using established procedures and means, and complying with the applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables that allow to obtain directly the values sought.

CE2.2 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables to interpret and correlate different results to make a reasonable estimate.

CE2.3 Globally explain the most common models in the empirical determination of different types of solar radiation.

CE2.4 Measure and record solar radiation data through the use of the pyrometer, pirheliometer, and other usual recording devices.

CE2.5 Determine, for a given site and surface, the possibilities of performing a solar thermal and/or photovoltaic installation, reasoning the potential and possible energy use.

C3: Develop proposals for solar installations, aimed at clients, in which the characteristics of the installation and the analysis of the applicable regulatory and grant framework are collected.

CE3.1 To study energy needs by valuing them to justify the use of solar thermal and/or photovoltaic energy.

CE3.2 Razonar, in the case of solar installations, the ideal location for the catchers, panels and for the equipment based on the conditions of shade, obstacles and other determining factors in the solar exploitation, studying the aesthetic and visual factors associated.

CE3.3 Razonar, in the case of thermal solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.4 Razonar, in the case of photovoltaic solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.5 Report, resenting the regulatory framework related to the authorization of the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.6 Informar, resenando the legal framework of possible grants to the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.7 Make an indicative budget of a solar thermal installation in which the location, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.8 Make an indicative budget of a solar photovoltaic installation in which the site, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.9 Perform an economic evaluation of the investment project by analyzing the most relevant indicators.

CE3.10 Compose the formalized document with the proposal to perform thermal solar installation using computer tools with general purpose applications.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 complete; C3 with respect to CE3.7 and CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Communicate effectively with clients.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Have an initiative to promote projects.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Ability to adapt to the context and needs of people.

Contents:

1. Fundamentals of solar energy

The Sun as a source of energy. The Sun and the Earth.

Conversion of solar energy. The accumulation of energy.

Integrated energy systems.

2. Location and feasibility of solar energy installations

Energy needs. Calculation. Solar potential of an area. Measurement tables and systems.

Site Factors. Orientation, inclination and shadows.

Architectural and structural systems. Architectural integration.

Feasibility. Economic and financial factors.

3. Solar thermal energy

Classification of thermal solar installations. Global operation. Solar catchers. Operation, constitution and connection. Elements of a solar thermal installation and specifications: sensors, primary and secondary circuits, exchangers, accumulation tanks, expansion tanks, circulation pumps, pipes, purgators, flow meters, valves and control and control elements.

Solar cooling systems. Implementing rules.

4. Photovoltaic solar energy

Classification of photovoltaic solar installations. Global operation.

Solar Panels. Operation, constitution and connection.

Elements of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to network and specifications.

Solar tracking systems.

Elements of an isolated solar installation and specifications.

Energy systems of support and accumulation.

Solar Cooling.

Application regulations.

5. Promotion of solar installations

Promotion of renewable energy. Energy models and policies. International, national and autonomous context of solar energy.

Economic and financial studies of solar installations.

Technical Building Code, Municipal Ordinance and Implementing Regulations.

Regulatory framework for grants. Legislation and calls.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of the feasibility of solar installations projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0843_3

Associated with UC: Develop PV Solar Facility Projects

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the typologies of photovoltaic solar installations, selecting the most adapted to the constructive characteristics, the energy needs of the user and the applicable regulations.

CE1.1 List the main regulations applicable to photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.2 Describe the characteristics of the different solutions of solar photovoltaic installations with network connection.

CE1.3 Describe the characteristics of the different solutions of isolated photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.4 Describe the characteristics of different support facilities for photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.5 In a scenario of developing a network-attached photovoltaic installation project:

-Describe the functions of the elements that the installation consists of.

-Identify applicable regulations, whether enforced or not, affecting the development of the project.

-Determine the documentation to be developed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Develop a requirement report: technical specifications, characteristics of the materials and regulations applicable.

CE1.6 In a scenario of developing a project of an isolated solar photovoltaic installation:

-Describe the functions of the elements that the installation consists of.

-Identify applicable regulations, whether enforced or not, affecting the development of the project.

-Determine the documentation to be developed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Develop a requirement report: technical specifications, characteristics of the materials and regulations applicable.

C2: Determine the elements that integrate photovoltaic solar installations, using established procedures and means, and complying with applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Perform electrical production calculations of photovoltaic installations based on the solar radiation data and taking into account the expected daily and seasonal consumption, the contributions of the support facilities and the efficiency of the installation as a whole.

CE2.2 Determine the characteristics of the elements, equipment, components and materials, through technical calculations based on objective and reliable data and using manual, tables and compute-specific applications.

CE2.3 In a scenario of development of photovoltaic solar installations projects, in a network connected installation:

-Identify the constituent elements of the installation.

-Perform or complete the schemas of the parts of the installation.

-Determine the features of the installation elements.

-Select from the commercial catalogs, the equipment and materials from the defined characteristics.

-Size the supports, benches, and other elements subject to mechanical requests.

CE2.4 In a scenario of development of photovoltaic solar installations projects, in a facility with support by conventional or wind-system generator:

-Identify the constituent elements of the installation.

-Perform or complete the schemas of the parts of the installation.

-Determine the features of the installation elements.

-Select from the commercial catalogs, the equipment and materials from the defined characteristics.

-Size the supports, benches, and other elements subject to mechanical requests.

C3: Draw, in the appropriate support, the plans, principles of operation, general schemes and details that make up the graphical documentation of the project of assembly of the solar photovoltaic installation.

CE3.1 In a scenario of development of photovoltaic solar installations projects, in a facility:

-Choose the appropriate graphical representation system, in each case.

-Select the rules to be used in the graphical representation.

-Select useful, media, and formats for the realization of the plane.

-Identify and name each project plan.

-Draw and narrow the planes clearly and concisely.

C4: Develop memories, budgets and other technical documentation of the project for the assembly, maintenance and use of the solar photovoltaic installation.

CE4.1 Formalize the technical document with the calculations and justifications of the parts of the solar photovoltaic installation.

CE4.2 Perform facility budgets, detailing the concepts of expenditure and analyzing grant possibilities and amortization forecasts.

CE4.3 Elaborate the layout of the project elements, especially the dimensional and orientation calculations.

CE4.4 Perform the manual of operation in which they are included: instructions for installation, commissioning, use and maintenance, with their corresponding schemes.

CE4.5 Compose and mount, in order, the project documents and the technical dossier, preparing a presentation.

C5: Develop safety and health plans for the assembly of solar photovoltaic installations.

CE5.1 Define the risks derived from falls, in the same or different level, entrapments and falls of objects.

CE5.2 Define the thermal risks originating from the solar photovoltaic installation.

CE5.3 Define the electrical risks associated with external circuits, high temperature and other extreme conditions.

CE5.4 Detailed emergency plans to be implemented in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE5.5 Formalize and document emergency plans that will be implemented in the assembly of solar photovoltaic installations.

CE5.6 Describe the environmental conditions present in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations.

C6: Develop the documentation of the file necessary for the administrative authorization and for obtaining, where appropriate, the corresponding grants.

CE6.1 Describe the administrative processes that follow the case for installation authorization.

CE6.2 Perform the necessary documents for the administrative authority of the installation.

CE6.3 Describe the administrative processes that follow the case for obtaining grants.

CE6.4 Elaborate the memories and other documents in the grant file.

CE6.5 In a practical scenario for the development of photovoltaic solar installations, based on the technical and architectural solutions already mentioned:

-Define the rules and procedures required to get the installation authorization.

-Define the possible legal framework for obtaining a grant and determine the requirements and the process to be followed in your application.

-Perform an installation amortization study, establishing reasonable assumptions of energy consumption, installation operation, solar climatology and energy price.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5 and CE1.6; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.1; C6 with respect to CE6.5.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Have an initiative to promote projects.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Ability to adapt to the context and needs of people.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Electrical circuits and distribution networks

Fundamentals of electrical circuits of continuous current and alternating current.

Rectifiers and converters.

Power factor of an electrical installation.

Calculation of sections of an electrical installation.

Networks for Low-Tension Distribution.

Connection systems of the neutral and of the masses in electricity distribution networks.

2. Features and commissioning of indoor or receiving facilities

General prescriptions. Installation systems. Protective tubes and channels.

Protection from over-intensities. Protection against surges. Protection against direct and indirect contacts.

Indoor installations in dwellings. Number of circuits and features. General installation requirements.

Facilities in local features or special purposes.

Facilities at very low Tension.

Facilities to special stresses.

Low voltage generating facilities.

Installation of receivers: lighting, heating devices, cables and radio fuses in dwellings, motors, transformers and self-transformers, reactances and rectifiers, capacitors.

Installation of automation systems, technical management of energy and security for housing and buildings.

Authorized installers. Documentation and commissioning of the facilities. Verifications and inspections.

3. Projects in photovoltaic solar installations

Needs to be considered in the development of a project. Receiving installation. Sources of information. Assessment of alternatives. Technological and economic criteria.

Components of a project: intervening data, required standards, descriptive and supporting memory, plans, specifications, budgets. Safety plan.

4. Calculation of photovoltaic solar installations

Facility configuration types. More important variables and calculation factors. Methods used.

Calculation of grid-connected photovoltaic installations. Number of panels.

Calculation of isolated photovoltaic installations. Calculation of the system of cumulation.

Calculation of support systems using conventional electrogenics. Calculation of support systems using wind systems.

Calculation of autonomous pumping and irrigation systems using photovoltaic systems.

Compute-specific computing applications.

5. Design and representation of photovoltaic solar installations

Design of panels and electrical circuits.

Planes of the necessary civil work. Drawings of the electrical schemes. Drawings of details. Mounting planes of the different elements of the installation.

Specific computer applications for assisted design.

6. Integration of photovoltaic solar installations

Aesthetics and architectural integration. Integrated photovoltaic panels. Integration of solar installations. Passive solar architecture, photovoltaic solar energy.

Conventional energy and solar energy.

Distributed systems for the production of electrical energy through photovoltaic systems.

7. Administrative processes in photovoltaic solar installations

Regulatory framework for grants. Legislation and calls. Processing of grants. Technical and administrative documentation. Promotion and management of facilities. Submission of tenders.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of photovoltaic solar installations projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS ASSEMBLY

Level: 3

Code: MF0844_3

Associated with UC: Organize and control the assembly of solar PV installations

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Manage the technical documentation of solar photovoltaic installations, determining the activities and resources, to plan the assembly process.

CE1.1 Describe the documents that make up a project, technical memory or a manual of mounting a solar photovoltaic installation, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE1.2 Describe the general phases of development of a process of mounting a solar photovoltaic installation, identifying the technical phases of the assembly from time to time and plans.

CE1.3 Represent symbolic schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a photovoltaic solar installation and its components, facilitating its mechanical and electrical assembly.

CE1.4 To manage and interpret graphic information of photovoltaic solar installations elaborated in systems of computer representation by performing copying or modification of data, with standardized procedures, corresponding to specific computer applications of design and representation of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE1.5 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

CE1.6 Fill in the technical and administrative documentation related to the installation of the installation, classifying the documents according to the type and the management process they must follow.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar photovoltaic installation, from the drawings and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose it: panels, tracking systems, accumulation systems, pipes, conductors, measurement equipment and control equipment.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the photovoltaic solar installation with the requirements of the applicable regulations.

-Razor the operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the parts that configure it.

-List and describe the installation management documents associated with the installation.

C2: Develop procurement programs for the assembly of solar photovoltaic installations.

CE2.1 Use the technical and administrative information derived from the technical project, preparing procurement programs for the assembly according to methods used in strategic planning.

CE2.2 Perform the provisioning plan by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, guaranteeing the supply at the appropriate time.

CE2.3 Define and develop quality control criteria in the stages that configure provisioning.

CE2.4 Design the provisioning of security systems and equipment in the assembly.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar photovoltaic installation, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the technical prescriptions required for the components.

-Determine the criteria for quality control in the receipt of components.

-Manage the procurement logistics of materials and equipment.

C3: Develop work plans for the assembly of photovoltaic installations according to the project and established work procedures.

CE3.1 Describe the different techniques used in the assembly processes of photovoltaic installations: assembly, bolting, leveling, riveting, anchoring, connection.

CE3.2 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly operations of photovoltaic installations.

CE3.3 Describe the mount job optimization procedures.

CE3.4 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE3.5 Planting the installation service, defining the different tests to be performed.

CE3.6 Describe and assess the implementation of the safety and health plan in the installation.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a photovoltaic solar installation, in which a work plan is developed for the corresponding assembly, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the requirements of the work zones in the phases of the assembly.

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions by producing a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

-Determine tests and operations for putting into service.

-Determine the corrective measures to be taken in anticipation of possible deviations in relation to the plan of the work.

-Plantate the security plan application.

C4: Justify the constructive solutions of the resistant structures in the photovoltaic solar installation and control the general assembly operations from the technical documentation, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE4.1 Repose the general project of the installation, comparing the data and plans of the project with the reality of the terrain and/or buildings involved.

CE4.2 Determine the types of efforts that the structural elements of the installation are subjected to, assessing the adaptation of the geometry of the structure to the same.

CE4.3 Perform simple calculations to determine the dimensions of new elements required in the reimagining of the work and that have not been determined in the project or memory.

CE4.4 Select, from technical catalogues, the necessary resistant, fastening and anchoring systems in the assembly of structures, choosing the most appropriate depending on the characteristics of the installation, the environmental environment, the terrain or the building.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar photovoltaic installation, from the project or memory, in which the design of the resistant structure of the installation and a support wind turbine is detailed:

-Determine the degree of adequacy of the solution to the reality of the terrain.

-Define unspecified constructive detail solutions.

-Calculate the dimensions of the fittings, braces and other resistant elements of the installation.

-Determine the most problematic points from the point of view of the efforts they are subjected to.

-Choose the most appropriate structure anchor and anchor system.

-Detailed the consequences of breaking or failure of critical resistant structures, posing possible reinforcement solutions in those most serious situations for the persons or elements of the installation.

-Review the mount operations of the structures.

C5: Control general assembly operations from technical documentation, complying with applicable regulations.

CE5.1 Describe the control operations of the assembly and connection of photovoltaic panels.

CE5.2 Describe the control operations of the assembly and connection of the energy storage/accumulation systems.

CE5.3 Justify the requirements for mounting and integrating support facilities with the solar photovoltaic installation, describing the control points for the case of a conventional electrogen group and for a wind support system.

CE5.4 Explain monitoring tasks related to electrical equipment and facilities for protection, regulation and control.

CE5.5 Select, from technical catalogs, the additional elements and equipment not defined in the project or memory, depending on the features of the installation.

C6: Define the quality criteria in the assembly and commissioning operations of photovoltaic solar installations based on the technical documentation, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE6.1 Define the required requirements in the preparation of the work area according to the requirements of the work, identifying the specific occupational risks and proposing their corrective measures.

CE6.2 Make plans for the displacement of equipment and materials, and location according to the work to be performed, in security conditions.

CE6.3 Define the critical monitoring points of the assembly of the panels to ensure their integrity and tightness.

CE6.4 Define the alignment, orientation, and tilt criteria in the panel placement.

CE6.5 Describe the quality criteria in the finishing of the electrical power and control installation, according to established procedures and application regulations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Organisation of the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations

Organization and preparation of the assembly. Strategic planning techniques.

Methodological specifications for the panel assembly. Documentation of the materials. Machinery and equipment used in the assembly.

Management tools.

Implementing regulations: regulations for thermal installations, electrical regulations, safety, quality and environmental regulations.

2. Resilient structures in solar installations

Types of efforts. Resistant structures. Geometry and basic calculations. Wind and snow stocks. Anchoring systems. Structure mounting techniques. Systems for securing wind turbines. Noises and vibrations.

3. Control of photovoltaic solar installations assembly

Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities.

Civil work: displacement and lifting of materials and equipment.

Determination and selection of equipment and elements required for mounting from the installation plans.

Adaptation and improvement of facilities.

Techniques and operations of assembly, settlement, alignment and attachment.

Assembly of the different elements of a solar photovoltaic installation. Quality in the assembly. Specifications for technical requirements. Technical documentation of the work. Reports.

4. Commissioning of photovoltaic solar installations

Organization of electrical tests.

Tuning control circuits. Control of critical points.

Interconnection of the support facility.

Technical documentation related to the operation.

5. Safety plan in the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations

General security measures.

Managing security on load-lifting.

Managing security against risks of electrical origin.

Prevention and environmental protection.

Emergency management.

Communication systems.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and control of the assembly of photovoltaic solar installations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF THE MAINTENANCE OF PHOTOVOLTAIC SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0845_3

Associated with UC: Organize and control the maintenance of solar PV installations

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation of photovoltaic solar installations by determining the activities and resources to plan the maintenance process.

CE1.1 Describe the technical documentation related to the solar photovoltaic installation, necessary to carry out the planning of its maintenance.

CE1.2 Identify, in the project or maintenance plan, the equipment and elements of the photovoltaic solar installations to plan maintenance.

CE1.3 Determine the critical points of a photovoltaic solar installation in which breakdowns can occur, as well as their causes and functional consequences, analyzing the safety of the same.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of organisation and control of the maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations, from the manual of maintenance instructions, plans, schemes and other technical documents:

-Determine the operations to be performed on the installation maintenance.

-Determine the type of human and material resources required to perform preventive maintenance operations.

-Determine the type of human and material resources required to perform the most common corrective maintenance interventions.

C2: Develop the written procedures of the maintenance operations of photovoltaic solar installations, determining the tasks, materials, means and criteria for the control of the execution.

CE2.1 Select, from among the set of preventive maintenance operations of a solar photovoltaic installation, those that require written procedures, justifying their selection.

CE2.2 Compose the procedure to be followed for the detection of the most common faults in the different types of installations.

CE2.3 Develop specifications of different materials to manage their acquisition in the maintenance process.

CE2.4 Explain monitoring tasks related to procurement of stock and stock control.

CE2.5 Compose the usual preventive maintenance procedures in the different types of facilities.

CE2.6 Describe the security plan in the maintenance process and determine the means and safety equipment to be taken into account for the performance of the repair, generating the necessary technical documentation in the intervention process.

CE2.7 In a practical scenario of organization and control of the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, for the application of preventive and corrective maintenance, in which the different types of parts or equipment are replaced, with the help of the technical documentation:

-Set the order or sequence of the disassembly and mounting tasks, detailing previous security-related operations.

-Define the specifications of the operations to be performed.

-Describe the technique to be used in the various tasks, establishing necessary materials, means, tools, times and human resources.

-Planting the requirements and tasks concerning the security of the operation.

C3: Apply programming techniques that optimize the resources to develop the intervention and maintenance monitoring programs.

CE3.1 Explain the different programming techniques of preventive maintenance and the requirements that must be met in each one.

CE3.2 Explain the characteristics of the workload chart.

CE3.3 Analyze the organization, capabilities, and use of a specific IT application for maintenance management and control.

CE3.4 Detailed the operation of the remote and telematic systems of photovoltaic solar installations.

CE3.5 Explain the various components of maintenance costs and systems to optimize them.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario of organization and control of the maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations, in the elaboration of a plan of maintenance of one or several installations:

-Determine the types of intervention and timing.

-Establish the human resources and material resources necessary for the maintenance of the human resources.

-Develop the relationship of spare parts and consumables that are required for that period.

-Perform an annual maintenance budget, breaking down the cost into your components: spare parts, unplanned outages, labor, travel, taxes, and other associated expenses.

C4: Control general maintenance operations in photovoltaic solar installations from the technical documentation, applying standard procedures, corresponding regulations and acting under safety standards.

CE4.1 Describe the maintenance and repair operations of the media, anchorages and other structural components of the photovoltaic solar installations.

CE4.2 Describe maintenance and repair operations on electrical, electronic, and control systems.

CE4.3 Describe maintenance and repair operations on accumulation systems.

CE4.4 Identify critical points in the maintenance of solar photovoltaic installations.

CE4.5 Identify the operations to be controlled when preventive maintenance and repair of photovoltaic solar installations are performed.

CE4.6 Describe the procedures for putting in service a photovoltaic installation once it has been repaired or the maintenance operations have been performed.

CE4.7 In one or more practical scenarios of organization and control of the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, in the conduct of preventive maintenance and repair operations at the facilities:

-Verify that the fault and possible causes to which it obeys have been identified.

-Check that the operations to be performed are the required and the means to perform them are the appropriate ones.

-Select in catalogs, if necessary, any additional items and equipment not defined in the project or memory.

-Monitor that performing both check and repair operations conforms to established work procedures.

-Check that security measures are observed in the performance of all operations.

-Monitor the commissioning of the photovoltaic installation.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.7.

Other capabilities:

Prove a good professional.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Maintain an assertive, empathetic and conciliatory attitude with others; demonstrating cordiality and kindness in the treatment.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Organisation of the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations

Maintenance. Function, objectives and types. Preventive and corrective maintenance. Planning and scheduling of maintenance. Maintenance plans. Most common critical breakdowns. Basic/typical operations of preventive maintenance in the photovoltaic solar installation. Quality in the maintenance, importance and tools of improvement.

Inspection and verification of mechanical installations. Inspection and verification of electrical installations. Automatic telemedide and telecontrol systems.

Calculation of needs. Load planning. Determination of times. Documentation for planning and scheduling. The work order. Safety plan in the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations.

2. Economic management of maintenance photovoltaic solar installations

The cost of maintenance. Cost analysis.

Value criteria for replacement of machines and equipment. Optimization of maintenance.

Quality in service delivery.

Economic and administrative documentation on maintenance. Invoices and budgets.

Building book and other official documents related to registration, inspection and control.

3. Warehouse and materials maintenance photovoltaic solar installations

Receiving and Encoding Supplies. Organisation of the warehouse. Stock management. Approval of suppliers.

4. Management of maintenance computer-assisted photovoltaic solar installations

Databases. Database creation. Specific IT applications for preventive and corrective maintenance.

Management and storage of purchases. Predictive maintenance.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and control of the maintenance of photovoltaic solar installations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX VIII

Professional qualification: Organization and projects of thermal solar installations

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA264_3

General Competition

Promote facilities, develop projects and manage the assembly and maintenance of thermal solar installations by controlling the results obtained, applying the techniques and procedures required in each case, optimizing the human resources and the available means, and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC0842_3: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

UC0846_3: Develop thermal solar installations projects

UC0847_3: Organize and control the assembly of thermal solar installations

UC0848_3: Organize and control maintenance of thermal solar installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the organization and projects of thermal solar installations, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the construction and energy sector, in the productive activities in which the assembly, operation and maintenance of thermal solar installations are carried out for the production of sanitary hot water or for the support of heating systems and other uses.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Developers of solar installations

Thermal Solar Installations Projects

Thermal solar facility assembly managers

Thermal solar facility maintenance managers

Alternative energy systems technicians

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0842_3: Solar installations feasibility studies (120 hours)

MF0846_3: Thermal solar installations projects (240 hours)

MF0847_3: Organization and control of thermal solar installations assembly (120 hours)

MF0848_3: Organization and control of thermal solar installations maintenance (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DETERMINE THE FEASIBILITY OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0842_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Assess the energy needs and interests of the user, classifying them for decision making on the type and characteristics of the most appropriate energy supply, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The user's energy needs are classified according to the applications, the specifications of the receivers and the characteristics of the energy demand.

CR 1.2 Electrical energy needs are quantitatively determined by setting their basic parameters from the type of receivers.

CR 1.3 Thermal energy needs are determined quantitatively by establishing their basic parameters, especially the annual seasonal average yields of equipment and facilities depending on their maintenance status.

CR 1.4 The seasonal use variable, utilization times, working temperatures, and concurrency factor are determined and represented from recognized sources of information and from the user's own data.

CR 1.5 The formalization of the diagnosis and energy needs of a user is carried out by determining the different supply possibilities, the overall economic costs and the depreciation of the installation.

RP 2: Determine the solar potential of an area for decision making on the possibilities of application of solar energy, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The parameters of global solar radiation, average daytime ambient temperature and cold water temperature of the network are obtained from official, or sufficiently reliable, statistical data collected in tables.

CR 2.2 The correlation between data is performed when the required information is not directly given by available tables or statistics.

CR 2.3 The determination of direct, diffuse and global solar radiation is performed using specific computer applications.

CR 2.4 Solar data is measured and recorded by using the pyrometer, pirheliometer, datalogger, automatic stations and other systems, under the conditions of established quality and safety.

CR 2.5 The use of solar energy is justified on the basis of the assessment of available solar potential.

RP 3: To formalize proposals for solar installations responding to the energy needs and interests of the clients, to determine the option that optimizes the available resources.

CR 3.1 The study of the components of the solar installation is carried out, using the technical information provided by the solar equipment manufacturers, making the necessary calculations and adapting to the needs of the user.

CR 3.2 The study of the ideal location, number and size of sensors or panels is carried out according to the construction in which they are to be located, as well as the conditions of shadows, obstacles and other factors determining the use of solar energy.

CR 3.3 The visual impact study of the installation is carried out, ensuring that it is the minimum possible according to the interests of the user, the applicable regulations and the possibilities of location.

CR 3.4 The feasibility of the project is assessed by analyzing the cash flows and the most relevant indicators.

CR 3.5 The proposal is concrete and formalized by incorporating the technical characteristics, general schemes, complementary sketches and guidelines on compliance with the regulations, possible grants, amortization and financing routes.

CR 3.6 The information and advice is transmitted to the user, responding to the questions that may arise regarding the technical characteristics, applicable regulations, economic viability, maintenance requirements, reliability, security of supply and other aspects related to the solar installation.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Computer-assisted drawing and simulation specific computer applications. Compass. GPS, tape metric. Piranometer and pirheliometer. Datalogger and automatic stations.

Products and results:

Evaluation of the user's needs and interests. Solar potential of the study area. Technical and economic studies. Client advised. Processing of permits and grants.

Information used or generated:

Geographical and Catastral Maps. Technical catalogues. Tables, charts, maps and statistical series on solar parameters. Fuel prices. Applicable rules. Forms, applications for grants. Study energy needs. Solar resource study of the area. Technical and economic studies of the installation.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: DEVELOP THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0846_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Define the characteristics of the solar thermal installation, applying calculation procedures and established standards, to select the necessary equipment and elements, and their specifications.

CR 1.1 The elements are selected, responding to the industry standard technology and the approval standards.

CR 1.2 The characteristics of the elements, equipment, components and materials are determined by technical calculations based on objective and reliable data, using manual, tables and compute-specific applications.

CR 1.3 The calculations are performed with the established accuracy, checking and contrasting them with those of other optimal operating facilities.

CR 1.4 The conditions of compatibility between the elements of the solar installation and other elements of auxiliary and receiving facilities are verified, guaranteeing the performance, reliability and productive capacity of the installation.

CR 1.5 The components of the installation are chosen taking into account the guarantees of interchangeability, supply and cost, as well as the general configuration of the facility to which they belong.

RP 2: Make memories, reports, and manuals required by official regulatory agencies to justify thermal solar installations projects.

CR 2.1 The introduction and justification of the solar thermal installation project is carried out according to technological criteria of energy supply, normative criteria and strategic criteria, among others.

CR 2.2 The overall technical description of the installation is performed through its functional analysis.

CR 2.3 The technical justification for the sizing and specifications of the parts and components is performed using numerical calculations when necessary.

CR 2.4 The security and protection systems designed, the employees and other critical points of the installation are analyzed in the report or memory.

CR 2.5 The technical specifications of the solar thermal installation are developed.

CR 2.6 The manual of operation and maintenance of the installation is written according to the type of building and the existing conventional equipment, documenting the systems of protection against the legionela and establishing the activities and operations of surveillance and maintenance according to model demanded regulentarily.

CR 2.7 The formal document for the report or memory is written using specific computer applications.

RP 3: Develop plans of general layout and detail of thermal solar installations, based on the technical specifications of established design, for the development of the project, achieving the required quality and finishing levels.

CR 3.1 The information necessary for the lifting of the building plans, required in the development of the project, is obtained directly from the building or, where appropriate, from the construction project.

CR 3.2 The most unique points and accidents existing in the building and its structures, which affect the solar installation, are systematically collected.

CR 3.3 The sketches are performed, fulfilling the proportional and graphic expression requirements for their interpretation.

CR 3.4 Installation site plans are implemented by applying established regulations and optimizing the drawing process by incorporating the drawings and/or technical specifications of the standardized elements.

CR 3.5 The parts and circuits of the facilities are represented by the symbology and standard conventionalisms.

CR 3.6 The location of the sensors and equipment and the layout, dimensions and technical specifications of the installation are determined taking into account the calculations made in the memory, complying with the operating requirements and the applicable regulations.

CR 3.7 The building's structural strength and waterproofing are considered in the constructive solutions adopted in the installation and maintenance of the installation.

CR 3.8 Material lists are completed, including code and specifications of project elements.

CR 3.9 The formal document with the plans is elaborated by specific computer applications of assisted design.

RP 4: Develop budgets based on the designs made, detailing the different items, for the development of thermal solar installations projects.

CR 4.1 Material lists are completed, including the commercial reference, code and technical specifications of the project elements.

CR 4.2 The unit price and the total of each material and equipment are detailed, obtaining the total price of each item and the set of the installation.

CR 4.3 The expenses incurred by the workforce are quantified for each of the professionals involved in the installation of the solar thermal installation.

CR 4.4 General expenses, industrial benefit and Value Added Tax apply to the items and to the legally established percentages.

CR 4.5 The project and the budget derived from the installation are detailed, defining it in such a way that the unforeseen expenses of the facility tend not to exceed 5% of the total budget.

RP 5: Develop the safety and health plan in the installation of the solar thermal installation, using the project documentation and ensuring compliance with applicable regulations, to avoid accidents and minimize risks.

CR 5.1 The risks arising from falls, in the same or different level, entrapments and falls of objects, are identified and assessed their importance.

CR 5.2 The thermal risks originated in the solar installation are identified, assessing their importance.

CR 5.3 The electrical risks associated with external circuits, high temperature and other extreme conditions are identified.

CR 5.4 The forecast and planning of the emergency plan is integrated into the documentation of the work.

CR 5.5 The work safety plan is formalized, identifying the different occupational risks and proposing corrective measures for their elimination, reasonable reduction and control.

CR 5.6 Environmental conditions are contrasted, setting the performance criteria for their minimisation.

RP 6: Perform the required administrative procedures to obtain the authorization of the solar thermal installation and to access the possible grants.

CR 6.1 The compliance with the technical and administrative regulations of the installation is preliminarily assured to the completion of the authorization procedures before the corresponding official bodies.

CR 6.2 The required technical and administrative documentation for obtaining the installation permits is completed, organized and processed.

CR 6.3 Compliance with administrative and other requirements for access to possible grants for this type of facility is preliminarily secured to the completion of the application procedures with the corresponding official bodies.

CR 6.4 The technical and administrative documentation required for the application of the installation grants is completed, organized and processed.

CR 6.5 The monitoring of the administrative processes related to the authorization and permissions to perform the installation and related to the grant application is carried out, avoiding the stoppage of files for causes imputable to the installer.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measurement tools of distances and angles. Compass, GPS. Datalogger, piranometers and pirheliometers. Product specifications for products. Specific software applications of office, design and size of installations. Plot plotter. Printers. Producers of plans and documentation. Drawing instruments.

Products and results:

Thermal solar power installation project. Project development authorization. Documentation processed to access possible grants.

Information used or generated:

List of customer needs and requirements. Economic limitations on the part of the customer. List of limitations and restrictions of a technical nature. Study of technical, economic and financial feasibility. Reports, reports and supporting manuals for the project. Drawings of the installation. Product and material technical sheets. Lists of materials. Updated pricing of products and materials. Budgets. Forms, applications for grants. Safety and health plan. Specifications for technical specifications. Internal rules of work. Regulations applicable to thermal solar installations and the competent bodies.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: ORGANIZE AND CONTROL THE ASSEMBLY OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0847_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Plan the execution of a solar thermal installation, defining the phases of work and interpreting the project or technical memory, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 Project or plan memory is parsed and interpreted in the planning process.

CR 1.2 The topographical and site characteristics of the projected installation are interpreted from the drawings.

CR 1.3 The functional characteristics of the projected solar installation and its auxiliary equipment are interpreted from the information contained in the project.

CR 1.4 The elements related to the organization and control of the execution are interpreted from the documentation of the project or plan of the work.

CR 1.5 The sequencing and general organization of the assembly is established from the project, carrying out a work plan in which the process is optimized in terms of security, method and time.

CR 1.6 The schedules for each of the mounting phases are performed by ensuring the coordination and chaining of the different parts of the installation.

CR 1.7 The provisioning plan is carried out by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage and guaranteeing the supply at the appropriate time.

CR 1.8 The preliminary organization of the human resources and necessary means is established by defining the functions of each operator or guild and its correlation with the technical means programmed in each phase.

CR 1.9 Specific IT applications used in the planning of thermal solar installations projects are used to sequence and organize the execution of the work.

RP 2: Organize the phase of repose, planning and assembly of structures of the solar thermal installation, to follow the established schedule, controlling its execution and making the corresponding adaptations from the possible contingencies that may originate.

CR 2.1 The repose of the work is organized and developed by contrasting the project data on the ground and monitoring the general marking of the installation and, where appropriate, the necessary modifications.

CR 2.2 Installation mount planning is interpreted and used to raise the organization of the job in each of the parts of the installation.

CR 2.3 The work of the different people and guilds involved in the work is coordinated by ensuring that the objectives are met according to criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, quality and safety.

CR 2.4 The information needed to mount the thermal solar installations is transmitted to the workers in a clear way, ensuring the accuracy and accuracy of the instructions, avoiding errors in the interpretation and allowing the operators to prepare the materials, as well as carrying out the works with efficiency, safety and quality.

CR 2.5 The displacement of resistant structures, equipment, and other necessary materials is organized and monitored according to project specifications.

CR 2.6 The placement of resistant structures is organized and monitored according to the project specifications, especially taking care of the waterproofing of the building.

RP 3: Organize the supply and supply of materials to the work according to established procedures in the company, controlling the process and complying with the implementing regulations.

CR 3.1 The selection of the necessary equipment, tools and other technical resources is monitored at each stage of the installation assembly.

CR 3.2 The supply of the various materials with respect to their delivery times, supply conditions and storage and distribution management, coordinates, controls and monitors, in accordance with established specifications and regulations.

CR 3.3 The quality specifications of materials and other technical resources required for the installation are verified according to the applicable regulations.

CR 3.4 The technical specifications of quality in the execution of the installation of the installation are controlled and monitored, checking that they conform to the established standards.

CR 3.5 The displacement and location of the materials and equipment is managed according to the logistics of the project, with the means of transport and elevation established and in conditions of safety.

CR 3.6 The tools, machinery, and auxiliary media are organized and maintained for performance with security and performance.

RP 4: Organize the phases of the solar thermal installation, in order to follow the established schedule, controlling its execution and making the corresponding adaptations based on possible contingencies that may arise.

CR 4.1 The placement of sensors, and laying of the pipes is organized and monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 4.2 The interconnection of deposits, exchangers, pipes, pumps and other hydraulic elements is monitored, ensuring fidelity to the project and quality in its execution.

CR 4.3 The assembly and connection of the electrical installation and the control devices is organized and monitored, assuring the fidelity to the project and the quality in its execution.

CR 4.4 Hydraulic connection with conventional support and auxiliary facilities is organized and supervised, ensuring fidelity to the project and quality in its execution.

CR 4.5 The assembly of the protection against corrosion, oxidation and mechanical impacts and thermal insulation of the pipes and elements is monitored according to the specifications of the project.

RP 5: Organize safety tests, operation and tuning of thermal solar installations, adjusting equipment and elements of regulation and control, controlling the process to ensure established operating conditions.

CR 5.1 The test plan for the commissioning of the solar thermal installation is organized and supervised, ensuring the performance of the regulatory and operational safety tests that the installation requires and coordinating the procedures to be followed and its sequence.

CR 5.2 The tests performed on the premises are verified, complying with the regulatory requirements and ensuring that the values obtained conform to those required by the applicable regulations.

CR 5.3 The adjustment of the security, protection and operating control elements of the system is coordinated and monitored, ensuring that it is performed according to the specified and with the requirements of the process guaranteeing the balance of the hydraulic circuits.

CR 5.4 Emergency and alarm systems are monitored, verifying that they respond to situations of established contingencies and in conditions of effectiveness.

CR 5.5 The operation and maintenance manuals are monitored, providing them with the user.

RP 6: Organize the safety and health plan in the assembly operations of thermal solar installations, controlling their execution to ensure the integrity of the people, the media and their environment, and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 6.1 The safety plan for the installation of the solar thermal installation is interpreted, planning the material resources for its development.

CR 6.2 The installation assembly work is planned according to the safety plan requirements, moving the operators under their command, training or information concerning the requirements of the safety plan.

CR 6.3 Professional risks arising from the installation of thermal solar installation are identified and controlled, managing the deployment and location of security infrastructures, as well as the use, operation and conservation status of personal safety and security equipment.

CR 6.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other technical means used in the installation are controlled, verifying that they are in perfect state of use.

CR 6.5 The emergency plan related to the installation assembly process is managed, paralyzing the work when the safety measures are not met or there is a risk to the people.

CR 6.6 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them to the minimum possible levels, while respecting the rules of application.

RP 7: Manage documentation related to thermal solar installation assembly processes, to ensure compliance with legal requirements and the application of organizational criteria established by the company.

CR 7.1 Project documents, symbolic schemes, lists of materials, operating manuals and other technical documents are managed according to the requirements of the company and organizational criteria for clarity and control.

CR 7.2 Work parts, albarans, invoices, certifications control, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled during the installation assembly process.

CR 7.3 The topography documents, the systems of protection against the legionela, the taking of data for the liquidation and the variations, with respect to the project, in the technical specifications of elements, are controlled and collected to constitute the documentary basis of the work.

CR 7.4 The documentation related to the necessary official permits in the work is managed in the face of possible legalizations, grants and inspections.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools. Safety equipment. Facilities components: collectors, exchangers, expansion tanks, accumulation tanks, pumps, circulators, pipes, valves, purgators, thermostats, presostats, probes, resistors, motors, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measuring equipment, control equipment. Project or technical memory of the installation. Drawings of the installation. Budget. Resource and order management computing applications. Product and material technical sheets. Spreadsheets.

Products and results:

Organized and supervised thermal solar installation phases. Security and operation tests and commissioning of the planned and monitored installation. Safety and health plan in the organized and controlled assembly operations. Documentation for the managed mount processes.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Safety and health plan in the assembly. Surveying documents. Documentation of official permits. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ORGANIZE AND CONTROL THE MAINTENANCE OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC0848_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the maneuvers and adjustment operations in the thermal solar installations, controlling their execution, for the optimization of their operation.

CR 1.1 The signals and data obtained, directly or through telecontrol and telemando systems, are interpreted to optimize the operation of the installation through adjustment operations.

CR 1.2 The different types of maneuvers and adjustments to be performed at the installation are determined, reported and controlled.

CR 1.3 The operating and stopping manoeuvres of thermal solar installations are monitored in accordance with the requirements of quality, efficiency and safety.

CR 1.4 The seasonal adjustment and adaptation operations of installations, related to the climatic variations, are monitored in accordance with the requirements of quality, efficiency and safety.

CR 1.5 The safety measures required in the maneuvers are monitored, guaranteeing the control of the risk to the people, the environment and the electrical and hydraulic circuits themselves.

CR 1.6 The results of the maneuvers and adjustment operations are analyzed, drawing conclusions on the optimization of the performance and the safety of the installation.

RP 2: Develop the maintenance plans of thermal solar installations, keeping them updated and improving them, for their application.

CR 2.1 The technical information provided by equipment manufacturers and elements used in solar thermal installations is collected, using it in the production of maintenance programmes.

CR 2.2 Company maintenance manuals, in accordance with applicable regulations, are prepared and maintained daily.

CR 2.3 The definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention and disassembly/assembly, health check ranges, times and the human and material resources necessary for their execution in the time and cost foreseen are checked, ensuring that they are contained in the program of maintenance of the installation.

CR 2.4 Quality control criteria are set for the different stages in which maintenance is organised.

CR 2.5 Critical points of facilities that involve higher risk of over-temperature, frost, lack of energy supply or modification of normal parameters are considered in the elaboration of maintenance programs.

CR 2.6 The established maintenance programs are verified, ensuring that they optimize the own resources, determine the needs of external support and guarantee the fulfillment of the production objectives.

CR 2.7 The procedures used in preventive and corrective maintenance are updated, with the periodicity stipulated, incorporating the detected improvements.

CR 2.8 Continuous improvement of maintenance management plans, testing of new techniques, participation in the process of fiabilization of new products used in the facilities, are carried out and monitored.

RP 3: Organize preventive and corrective maintenance processes and procedures for thermal solar installations, monitoring them for application.

CR 3.1 The maintenance and repair of the facilities is organized and supervised using the technical and administrative documentation, received and generated.

CR 3.2 The diagnosis of the failure and/or failure of the equipment, element or system of the solar thermal installation, is monitored and controlled, applying techniques of analysis of the data taken to carry out the assessment, technical information of exploitation and history of the installation.

CR 3.3 The specifications of materials and equipment used in the maintenance of thermal solar installations are developed for the management of their acquisition.

CR 3.4 The collection and distribution of material stocks, through the process of warehouse management, is organized and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and maximum quality.

CR 3.5 Human resources, machinery, tools, mobile parks, communication systems and other elements necessary for the execution of different types of maintenance, are coordinated and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 3.6 The process of reviewing sensors, pipes, tanks, exchangers, electrical equipment, probes, purgators, presostats, and other elements submitted to review campaigns, are organized and controlled with the aim of getting most of the maintenance to be of preventive type.

CR 3.7 Maintenance monitoring is carried out by controlling the quality of its execution and the costs, obtaining the necessary control indicators to establish the benchmarks that profile the most convenient lines of action and solving the contingencies with maximum efficiency and, meeting the programmed objectives.

CR 3.8 Data obtained from the revisions or modifications of the facilities are controlled, collecting them to maintain the updated information systems and databases.

CR 3.9 The control sheets of the periodic maintenance of the elements, as well as the elaboration of the historical database are managed using technological systems.

CR 3.10 Attention to warnings and claims for installation failures or problems is managed with efficiency and quality.

RP 4: Develop the energy management program for thermal solar installations, controlling their application.

CR 4.1 The energy generated by the installation is measured, at the required periodicity, by assessing the actual solar contribution to the total energy needs.

CR 4.2 The intake of hot water consumption data is monitored, detecting possible deviations from the initial values and recording the historical ones.

CR 4.3 The accounting of energy consumption is monitored, monitoring its evolution and taking the necessary corrective measures.

RP 5: Organize the standards and measures of risk prevention, safety, health and environmental in the maintenance of thermal solar installations, to control its application.

CR 5.1 Professional risks arising from maintenance intervention are identified and controlled, applying the safety plan in maintenance.

CR 5.2 The security and health infrastructures of the facility are managed, developing their deployment and location, and controlling compliance with established procedures.

CR 5.3 The safety and personal protection equipment used in maintenance work is monitored by checking its operation and conservation status.

CR 5.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other equipment used in the work is monitored from the point of view of safety.

CR 5.5 The emergency plan related to the installation maintenance process is managed.

CR 5.6 Environmental risks are assessed and controlled to avoid or reduce them at all times.

RP 6: Control the documentation related to the processes of operation and maintenance of thermal solar energy installations, to monitor their activity.

CR 6.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, orders, and other administrative documents are organized, controlling them within the maintenance process.

CR 6.2 Customer demands are recorded, transmitted, and serviced quickly.

CR 6.3 The administrative procedures and quality management systems in the maintenance are applied, monitoring them in their execution.

CR 6.4 Inventories are reviewed, updated and managed, controlling information related to high, low, and repairs.

CR 6.5 The maintenance of mobile parks, tools, machinery, communication systems and other equipment is controlled, checking that it has been carried out in accordance with technical requirements.

CR 6.6 The IT systems used in the processes of operation and maintenance of thermal solar installations are monitored, verifying that they are in accordance with the established operating parameters.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Useful and measuring tools. Safety equipment. Installations components: thermostats, presostats, probes, sensors, exchangers, expansion tanks, accumulation tanks, pipes, valves, purgators, resistors, motors, pumps, circulators, electrical boxes, pipes, conductors, electrovalves, measuring equipment, control equipment.

Products and results:

Maintenance plans for facilities developed, updated and monitored. Developed and controlled energy management programme. Documented maintenance operations.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Maintenance programmes and procedures. Technical specifications. Service and use manuals. Operating instructions. Databases. Historical maintenance. Information about alarms generated and detected in the installation or monitoring system. Reports extracted from previous predictive maintenance. List of pending jobs. Specific IT applications. Safety and health plan. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules, local administration legislation.

TRAINING MODULE 1: FEASIBILITY STUDIES OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0842_3

Associated with UC: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Quantify the energy needs of different types of users, classifying them and analyzing them to diagnose the possibility of performing a solar installation.

CE1.1 In a scenario of study of a building with several houses in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water and heating:

-Detailed the required modes of life and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting and strength, and for general community services.

-Quantify the electrical energy for lighting and other uses in each of the housing typologies.

-Describe seasonal variability, electrical consumption times, and concurrency factor.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify the thermal energy for each dwelling and for all of them, analyzing the seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-To formalize a document reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.2 In a scenario of study of a single-family dwelling in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water, heating and cooling:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.3 In a scenario of study of a heated pool by thermal solar energy, with support system:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

C2: Define the solar potential in a given area for the realization of solar installations, using established procedures and means, and complying with the applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables that allow to obtain directly the values sought.

CE2.2 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables to interpret and correlate different results to make a reasonable estimate.

CE2.3 Globally explain the most common models in the empirical determination of different types of solar radiation.

CE2.4 Measure and record solar radiation data through the use of the pyrometer, pirheliometer, and other usual recording devices.

CE2.5 Determine, for a given site and surface, the possibilities of performing a solar thermal and/or photovoltaic installation, reasoning the potential and possible energy use.

C3: Develop proposals for solar installations, aimed at clients, in which the characteristics of the installation and the analysis of the applicable regulatory and grant framework are collected.

CE3.1 To study energy needs by valuing them to justify the use of solar thermal and/or photovoltaic energy.

CE3.2 Razonar, in the case of solar installations, the ideal location for the catchers, panels and for the equipment based on the conditions of shade, obstacles and other determining factors in the solar exploitation, studying the aesthetic and visual factors associated.

CE3.3 Razonar, in the case of thermal solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.4 Razonar, in the case of photovoltaic solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.5 Report, resenting the regulatory framework related to the authorization of the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.6 Informar, resenando the legal framework of possible grants to the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.7 Make an indicative budget of a solar thermal installation in which the location, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.8 Make an indicative budget of a solar photovoltaic installation in which the site, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.9 Perform an economic evaluation of the investment project by analyzing the most relevant indicators.

CE3.10 Compose the formalized document with the proposal to perform thermal solar installation using computer tools with general purpose applications.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 complete; C3 with respect to CE3.7 and CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Communicate effectively with clients.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Have an initiative to promote projects.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Ability to adapt to the context and needs of people.

Contents:

1. Fundamentals of solar energy

The Sun as a source of energy. The Sun and the Earth.

Conversion of solar energy. The accumulation of energy.

Integrated energy systems.

2. Location and feasibility of solar energy installations

Energy needs. Calculation. Solar potential of an area. Measurement tables and systems.

Site Factors. Orientation, inclination and shadows.

Architectural and structural systems. Architectural integration.

Feasibility. Economic and financial factors.

3. Solar thermal energy

Classification of thermal solar installations. Global operation. Solar catchers. Operation, constitution and connection. Elements of a solar thermal installation and specifications: sensors, primary and secondary circuits, exchangers, accumulation tanks, expansion tanks, circulation pumps, pipes, purgators, flow meters, valves and control and control elements.

Solar cooling systems. Implementing rules.

4. Photovoltaic solar energy

Classification of photovoltaic solar installations. Global operation.

Solar Panels. Operation, constitution and connection.

Elements of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to network and specifications.

Solar tracking systems.

Elements of an isolated solar installation and specifications.

Energy systems of support and accumulation.

Solar Cooling.

Application regulations.

5. Promotion of solar installations

Promotion of renewable energy. Energy models and policies. International, national and autonomous context of solar energy.

Economic and financial studies of solar installations.

Technical Building Code, Municipal Ordinance and Implementing Regulations.

Regulatory framework for grants. Legislation and calls.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of the feasibility of solar installations projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0846_3

Associated with UC: Develop Thermal Solar Facility Projects

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: To analyze the typologies of thermal solar installations, selecting those adapted to the constructive characteristics, to the energy needs of the user and to the regulations of application.

CE1.1 List the main regulations applicable to thermal solar installations.

CE1.2 Describe the characteristics of the different solutions of installations in multifamily building with centralized solar accumulation.

CE1.3 Describe the characteristics of the different solutions of facilities in multifamily building with individual and mixed solar accumulation.

CE1.4 Describe the characteristics of the different solutions of thermal solar installations in single-family building.

CE1.5 In a scenario of development of thermal solar installations projects, for multifamily building:

-Describe the functions of the elements that the installation consists of.

-Identify applicable regulations, whether enforced or not, affecting the development of the project.

-Determine the documentation to be developed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Develop a requirement report: technical specifications, characteristics of the materials and regulations applicable.

CE1.6 In a scenario of development of solar thermal installations projects, for single-family building:

-Describe the functions of the different elements of the installation.

-Identify applicable regulations, whether enforced or not, affecting the development of the project.

-Determine the documentation to be developed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Develop a requirement report: technical specifications, characteristics of the materials and regulations applicable.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of developing thermal solar installations, for heated swimming pool:

-Describe the functions of the different elements of the installation.

-Identify applicable regulations, whether enforced or not, affecting the development of the project.

-Determine the documentation to be developed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Develop a requirement report: technical specifications, characteristics of the materials and regulations applicable.

C2: Determine the elements that integrate thermal solar installations, using established means, and complying with applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Perform energy balance calculations of solar thermal installations based on the climatological data, taking into account the expected daily and seasonal consumption, the contributions of the support facilities and the efficiency of the installation as a whole.

CE2.2 Determine the characteristics of each of the elements, equipment, components and materials, through technical calculations based on objective and reliable data and using manual, tables and compute-specific applications.

CE2.3 In a scenario of developing thermal solar installations projects, in a compact monuser installation:

-Identify the constituent elements of the installation.

-Perform or complete the schemas of the parts of the installation.

-Determine the features of the installation elements.

-Select from the commercial catalogs, the equipment and materials from the defined characteristics.

-Size the supports, benches, and other elements subject to mechanical requests.

CE2.4 In a scenario of developing thermal solar installations projects, in a building with several homes:

-Identify the constituent elements of the installation.

-Perform or complete the schemas of the parts of the installation.

-Determine the features of the installation elements.

-Select from the commercial catalogs, the equipment and materials from the defined characteristics.

-Size the supports, benches, and other elements subject to mechanical requests.

CE2.5 In a scenario of development of thermal solar installations projects, in a heated swimming pool:

-Identify the constituent elements of the installation.

-Perform or complete the schemas of the parts of the installation.

-Determine the features of the installation elements.

-Select from the commercial catalogs, the equipment and materials from the defined characteristics.

-Size the supports, benches, and other elements subject to mechanical requests.

C3: Draw, in the appropriate support, the plans, principles of operation, general schemes and details that make up the graphical documentation of the project of assembly of the solar thermal installation.

CE3.1 In a scenario of developing thermal solar installations projects, in a facility:

-Choose the graphical representation system, as the case may be.

-Select the rules to be used in the graphical representation.

-Select the useful, media, and formats for the realization of the plane.

-Identify and name each project plan.

-Draw and narrow the planes clearly and concisely.

C4: Develop memories, budgets and other technical documentation of the project for the assembly, maintenance and use of the solar thermal installation.

CE4.1 Formalize the technical document with the calculations and justifications of the different parts of the solar thermal installation.

CE4.2 Perform facility budgets detailing the concepts of expenditure and analyzing grant possibilities and amortization forecasts.

CE4.3 Develop the project element assembly schemes, especially in terms of dimensional and orientation calculations.

CE4.4 Perform the manual of operation in which they are included: instructions for installation, commissioning, use and maintenance, with their corresponding schemes.

CE4.5 Compose and mount, in order, the project documents and the technical dossier, obtaining a suitable presentation.

C5: Develop safety and health plans for the assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE5.1 Define the risks derived from falls, in the same or different level, entrapments and falls of objects.

CE5.2 Define the thermal risks originating from the solar installation.

CE5.3 Define the electrical risks associated with external circuits, high temperature and other extreme conditions.

CE5.4 Detailed emergency plans to be implemented in the assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE5.5 Formalize and document emergency plans that will be implemented in the assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE5.6 Describe the environmental conditions present in the assembly of thermal solar installations.

C6: Develop the documentation of the file necessary for the administrative authorization and for obtaining, where appropriate, the corresponding grants.

CE6.1 Describe the administrative processes that follow the case for installation authorization.

CE6.2 Perform the necessary documents for the administrative authority of the installation.

CE6.3 Describe the administrative processes that follow the case for obtaining grants.

CE6.4 Elaborate the memories and other documents in the grant file.

CE6.5 In practical development of projects of solar thermal installations, based on the technical and architectural solutions already mentioned:

-Define the rules and procedures required to get the installation authorization.

-Define the possible legal framework for obtaining a grant and determine the requirements and the process to be followed in your application.

-Perform an installation amortization study, establishing reasonable assumptions of energy consumption, installation operation, solar climatology and energy price.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5, CE1.6 and CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.3, CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.1; C6 with respect to CE6.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Contents:

1. Thermal installations in buildings

Basic concepts and magnitudes.

Heating and production facilities and equipment for hot water.

Installations and air conditioning equipment.

Carrier fluid transport networks. Diffuser elements. Regulation, control and measurement of consumption in thermal installations.

Thermal facility assembly processes. Testing and commissioning of thermal installations.

Maintenance and operation of thermal installations.

Technical documentation of thermal installations: technical memory.

Regulation of thermal installations in buildings and other implementing regulations.

2. Projects in thermal solar installations

Needs to be considered in the development of a project. Sources of information.

Assessment of alternatives. Technological and economic criteria.

Components of a project: intervening data, required standards, descriptive and supporting memory, plans, specifications, budgets.

Security Plan.

3. Calculation of thermal solar installations

Facility configuration types.

More important variables and calculation factors. Methods used. Simplified calculation of sanitary hot water installations. Number of catchers.

Calculation of solar-powered swimming pools.

Simplified heating and cooling calculation.

Calculation of support energy systems.

Compute-specific computing applications.

4. Design and representation of thermal solar installations

Design of electrical and hydraulic circuits.

Hydraulic circuit planes. Drawings of the electrical schemes. Drawings of the necessary civil work. Drawings of details. Mounting planes of the different elements of the installation.

Specific computer applications for assisted design.

5. Integration of thermal solar installations

Aesthetics and architectural integration.

Solar energy by radiant floor.

Integration of solar installations. Passive solar architecture.

Conventional energy and solar energy.

Distributed thermal solar energy systems.

6. Administrative processes in thermal solar installations

Regulatory framework for grants. Legislation and calls. Processing of grants.

Technical and administrative documentation.

Promotion and management of facilities. Submission of tenders.

Applicable regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of solar thermal installations projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS ASSEMBLY

Level: 3

Code: MF0847_3

Associated with UC: Organize and control the assembly of thermal solar installations

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation of thermal solar installations, determining the activities and resources, for the organization of the assembly process.

CE1.1 Describe the documents that make up a project, technical memory or a manual of mounting a solar thermal installation, distinguishing the communicative functions of the planes that compose it and interpreting the elements of technical normalization.

CE1.2 Describe the general phases of the development of a process for mounting a solar thermal installation, identifying the technical phases of the installation of the solar thermal installation from time to time.

CE1.3 Represent symbolic schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a solar thermal installation and its components, facilitating its mechanical and electrical assembly.

CE1.4 To manage and interpret graphical information of thermal solar installations elaborated in computer systems of representation by performing copying or modification of data, with standardized procedures, corresponding to specific computer applications of design and representation of thermal solar installations.

CE1.5 Describe the fundamental requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

CE1.6 Fill in the technical and administrative documentation related to the installation of the installation, classifying the documents according to the type and the management process they must follow.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar thermal installation, from the drawings and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the installation, locating their placement.

-Specify the characteristics of each of the elements that compose it: collectors, exchangers, accumulation deposits, circulators, pipes, measuring equipment, control equipment.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the thermal solar installation with the requirements of the applicable regulations.

-Razor the operation of the installation, describing the function, structure and composition of the parts that configure it.

-List and describe the installation management documents associated with the installation.

C2: Develop provisioning programs for the assembly of thermal solar installations.

CE2.1 Use the technical and administrative information derived from the technical project, preparing procurement programs for the assembly according to methods used in strategic planning.

CE2.2 Perform the provisioning plan by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, guaranteeing the supply at the appropriate time.

CE2.3 Define and develop quality control criteria in the stages that configure provisioning.

CE2.4 Design the provisioning of security systems and equipment in the assembly.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar thermal installation for multifamily building, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the technical prescriptions required for the components.

-Determine the criteria for quality control in the receipt of components.

-Manage the procurement logistics of materials and equipment.

C3: Develop work plans for the assembly of thermal solar installations according to the project and established work procedures.

CE3.1 Describe the different techniques used in the assembly processes of thermal solar installations: assembly, bolting, leveling, riveting, welding, anchoring, connection.

CE3.2 Relate the human resources involved in the different phases of the assembly operations of thermal solar installations.

CE3.3 Describe the mount job optimization procedures.

CE3.4 Represent work organization and time control schemes in the assembly of thermal solar installations using appropriate diagrams and schedules at their level.

CE3.5 Planting the installation service, defining the different tests to be performed.

CE3.6 Describe and assess the implementation of the safety and health plan in the installation.

CE3.7 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar thermal energy installation, in which the work plan corresponding to a building installation is made, from the installation plans and commissioning manuals:

-Determine the requirements of the work zones in the phases of the assembly.

-Select the materials, tools, and other technical resources required to perform the work.

-Determine the human resources required in the different phases.

-Determine the adequacy of the components to the technical prescriptions, producing a report of disconformities.

-Determine the mount sequence by using a flow-chart.

-Define the assembly techniques on the key points of the installation.

-Determine tests and operations for putting into service.

-Determine the corrective measures to be taken in anticipation of possible deviations in relation to the plan of the work.

-Plantate the security plan application.

C4: Justify the constructive solutions of the necessary resistant structures in the thermal solar installation and control the general assembly operations from the technical documentation, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE4.1 Repose the general project of the installation, comparing the data and plans of the project with the reality of the terrain and/or buildings involved.

CE4.2 Determine the different types of efforts that the structural elements of the installation are subjected to, assessing the adaptation of the geometry of the structure to the same.

CE4.3 Perform simple calculations to determine the dimensions of new elements required in the reimagining of the work and that have not been determined in the project or memory.

CE4.4 Select, from technical catalogues, the necessary resistant, fastening and anchoring systems in the assembly of structures, choosing the most appropriate depending on the characteristics of the installation, the environmental environment, the terrain or the building.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the assembly of a solar thermal installation, from the project or memory, in which the design of the resistant structure of the installation is detailed:

-Determine the degree of adequacy of the solution to the reality of the terrain.

-Define unspecified constructive detail solutions.

-Calculate the dimensions of the fittings, braces and other resistant elements of the installation.

-Determine the most problematic points from the point of view of the efforts they are subjected to.

-Choose the anchor system and hold the most appropriate structures.

-Detailed the consequences of breaking or failure of critical resistant structures, posing possible reinforcement solutions in those most serious situations for the persons or elements of the installation.

-Review the mount operations of the structures.

C5: Control general assembly operations from technical documentation, complying with applicable regulations.

CE5.1 Describe the control operations of the assembly and connection of thermal solar sensors.

CE5.2 Describe the control operations of the assembly and connection of the energy storage/accumulation systems.

CE5.3 Describe the control operations of the assembly and connection of the interchangers, circulators and their pipeline pipelines.

CE5.4 Justify the requirements for assembly and integration of the support facilities with the solar thermal installation, describing the control points for the case of a gas boiler.

CE5.5 Explain monitoring tasks related to electrical equipment and facilities for protection, regulation and control.

CE5.6 Select, from technical catalogs, additional items and equipment not defined in the project or memory, depending on the features of the installation.

C6: Define the quality criteria in the assembly and commissioning operations of thermal solar installations based on the technical documentation, complying with the applicable regulations.

CE6.1 Define the required requirements in the preparation of the work area according to the requirements of the work, identifying the specific occupational risks and proposing their corrective measures.

CE6.2 Make plans for the displacement of equipment and materials, and their location according to the work to be performed, in security conditions.

CE6.3 Define the critical monitoring points of the assembly of the sensors to ensure their integrity and tightness.

CE6.4 Define the alignment, orientation, and inclination criteria in the placement of catchers.

CE6.5 Define the criteria for monitoring the assembly of pipes and hydraulic elements by verifying possible dilations and ensuring their tightness.

CE6.6 Describe the quality criteria in the finishing of the electrical power and control installation, according to established procedures and application regulations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.7; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Contents:

1. Organization of the assembly of thermal solar installations

Organization and preparation of the assembly. Strategic planning techniques.

Methodological specifications for the assembly of sensors, exchangers and hydraulic equipment.

Documentation of the materials. Machinery and equipment used in the assembly.

Basic requirements of the implementing regulations: regulations for thermal installations, electrical regulations, safety, quality and environmental regulations.

2. Resilient structures in solar installations

Types of efforts. Resistant structures.

Geometry and basic calculations.

Wind and snow stocks.

Anchor systems.

Structure Mount Techniques.

3. Control of thermal solar installations assembly

Procedures and operations for preparing and reposing facilities.

Civil work: displacement and lifting of materials and equipment. Determination and selection of equipment and elements necessary for the assembly from the installation plans.

Adaptation and improvement of facilities.

Techniques and operations of assembly, settlement, alignment and attachment.

Assembly of the different elements of a solar thermal installation. Quality in the assembly.

Specifications of technical prescriptions. Technical documentation of the work. Reports.

4. Putting into service thermal solar installations

Organization of hydraulic tests. Adjustment of control circuits. Control of critical points.

Interconnection of the support facility.

Technical documentation related to the operation.

5. Safety plan in the assembly of thermal solar installations

General security measures. Management of security in load lifting. Management of security in the face of risks of electrical origin. Management of safety in the face of risks of thermal origin.

Prevention and environmental protection. Emergency management. Communication systems.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organization and control of the assembly of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF THERMAL SOLAR INSTALLATIONS MAINTENANCE

Level: 3

Code: MF0848_3

Associated with UC: Organize and Control Maintenance of Thermal Solar Facilities

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation of thermal solar installations by determining the activities and resources to plan the maintenance process.

CE1.1 Describe the technical documentation related to the solar thermal installation, necessary to perform the planning of its maintenance.

CE1.2 Identify, in the project or maintenance plan, the equipment and elements of the thermal solar installations to plan maintenance and energy management.

CE1.3 Determine the critical points of a solar thermal installation in which breakdowns can occur, their causes and functional consequences, analyzing the safety of the same.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the maintenance of thermal solar installations, from the manual of maintenance instructions, plans, schemes and other technical documents:

-Determine the operations to be performed on the maintenance and energy management of the installation.

-Determine the type of human and material resources required to perform preventive maintenance operations.

-Determine the type of human and material resources required to perform the most common corrective maintenance interventions.

-Determine the type of human and material resources needed to take the most common generation and consumption data.

C2: Develop the written procedures of the maintenance operations of thermal solar installations, determining the tasks, materials, means and criteria for the control of the execution.

CE2.1 Select, from among the set of preventive maintenance operations of a solar thermal installation, those that require written procedures, justifying their selection.

CE2.2 Compose the procedure for the detection of the most common faults in the different types of installations.

CE2.3 Develop specifications of different materials to manage their acquisition in the maintenance process.

CE2.4 Explain monitoring tasks related to procurement of stock and stock control.

CE2.5 Compose the usual preventive maintenance procedures in the different types of facilities.

CE2.6 Compose the most common generation and consumption measurement procedures in the different types of facilities.

CE2.7 Describe the security plan in the maintenance process and determine the means and safety equipment to be taken into account for the performance of the repair, generating the necessary technical documentation in the intervention process.

CE2.8 In a practical scenario of organizing and controlling the maintenance of thermal solar installations, for the application of preventive and corrective maintenance, in which the different types of parts or equipment are replaced, with the help of the technical documentation:

-Set the order or sequence of the disassembly and mounting tasks, detailing previous security-related operations.

-Define the specifications of the operations to be performed.

-Describe the technique to be used in the various tasks, establishing necessary materials, means, tools, times and human resources.

-Planting the requirements and tasks concerning the security of the operation.

C3: Apply programming techniques that optimize the resources to develop the intervention and maintenance monitoring programs.

CE3.1 Explain the different programming techniques of preventive maintenance and the requirements that must be met in each one.

CE3.2 Explain the characteristics of the workload chart.

CE3.3 Analyze the organization, capabilities, and application of a specific IT application for maintenance management and control.

CE3.4 Detailed the operation of the telecontrol and telematic systems of thermal solar installations.

CE3.5 Explain the various components of maintenance costs and systems to optimize them.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario of organization and control of the maintenance of thermal solar installations, in the elaboration of a plan of maintenance of one or several installations:

-Determine the types of intervention and timing.

-Establish the human resources and material resources necessary for the maintenance of the human resources.

-Develop the relationship of spare parts and consumables that are required for that period.

-Perform an annual maintenance budget, breaking down the cost into your components: spare parts, unplanned outages, labor, travel, taxes, and other associated expenses.

C4: Control the general maintenance operations in thermal solar installations from the technical documentation, applying standard procedures, corresponding regulations and acting under safety standards.

CE4.1 Describe the maintenance and repair operations of the media, anchorages and other structural components of the thermal solar installations.

CE4.2 Describe the maintenance and repair operations of the sensors, pipes, tanks, exchangers, and other hydraulic components.

CE4.3 Describe maintenance and repair operations in electrical, electronic and control systems.

CE4.4 Identify critical points in the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

CE4.5 Identify operations to be controlled when performing preventive maintenance and repair of thermal solar installations.

CE4.6 Describe the procedures for putting into service a solar thermal installation once it has been repaired or the maintenance operations have been performed.

CE4.7 In one or more practical scenarios of organization and control of the maintenance of thermal solar installations, in the performance of preventive maintenance and repair operations at the facilities:

-Verify that the fault and possible causes to which it obeys have been identified.

-Check that the operations to be performed are the ones required and the means to perform them are the appropriate ones.

-Select in catalogs, if necessary, any additional items and equipment not defined in the project or memory.

-Monitor that performing both check and repair operations conforms to established work procedures.

-Check that security measures are observed in the performance of all operations.

-Monitor the commissioning of the solar thermal installation.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.8; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.7.

Other capabilities:

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Maintain an assertive, empathetic and conciliatory attitude with others; demonstrating cordiality and kindness in the treatment.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Contents:

1. Organization of the maintenance of thermal solar installations

Maintenance. Function, objectives and types. Preventive and corrective maintenance.

Planning and scheduling of maintenance. Maintenance plans.

Preventive maintenance tasks.

Energy generated and consumed. Automatic telemedide and telecontrol systems. Calculation of needs. Load planning. Determination of times.

Documentation for scheduling and scheduling. The work order.

Safety plan in the maintenance of thermal solar installations.

2. Economic management of thermal solar installations maintenance

The cost of maintenance. Cost analysis. Criteria for the replacement of machines and equipment. Optimization of maintenance.

Actual solar contribution to total energy needs.

Quality in service delivery.

Economic and administrative documentation on maintenance. Invoices and budgets. Building book and other official documents related to registration, inspection and control.

3. Storage and maintenance materials for thermal solar installations

Receiving and Encoding Supplies. Organisation of the warehouse. Stock management. Approval of suppliers.

4. Management of maintenance of computer-assisted thermal solar installations

Databases. Database creation.

Specific IT applications for preventive, corrective, and energy management maintenance. Management and storage of purchases.

Predictive maintenance.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and control of maintenance of thermal solar installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX IX

Professional qualification: Energy efficiency of buildings

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA358_3

General Competition

Manage the efficient use of energy, assessing the efficiency of energy and water installations in buildings, collaborating in the process of energy certification of buildings, determining the feasibility of the implementation of solar installations, promoting the efficient use of energy and making proposals for improvement, with the required quality, and complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC1194_3: Evaluate the energy efficiency of building installations

UC1195_3: Collaborate on building energy certification process

UC1196_3: Manage the efficient use of water in building

UC0842_3: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

UC1197_3: Promote energy efficient use

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the energy efficiency of buildings, in entities of public or private nature, companies of any size, both self-employed and foreign, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, both in the productive activities in which the promotion, assembly, operation and maintenance of facilities for the energy supply of residential and non-residential buildings of administrative, commercial, teaching, sanitary and other buildings, as in companies specialized in energy management and rehabilitation, energy audits, control bodies, architecture studies, engineering and building promoters.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Promoters of energy efficiency programs

Building Energy Certification Process Helpers

Energy Managers

Associated Training (870 hours)

Training Modules

MF1194_3: Energy efficiency assessment of buildings in buildings (270 hours)

MF1195_3: Building energy certification (270 hours)

MF1196_3: Efficiency in water use in buildings (120 hours)

MF0842_3: Solar installations feasibility studies (120 hours)

MF1197_3: Promoting energy efficient use (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: ASSESS THE ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF BUILDING FACILITIES

Level: 3

Code: UC1194_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Check the heat and cold generators, fans, circulators, and pipe networks and distribution pipes to verify that they comply with applicable regulations regarding the energy efficiency of the installation.

CR 1.1 The heat and cold generators, fans, circulators, pipe networks and distribution channels are identified and located directly or from the technical documentation, determining the technical characteristics of the same and checking compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.2 The maximum simultaneous energy demand of the installations is determined from catalogues and manuals, by means of regulatory experimental tests, through the invoices of the supplying companies, or through direct information provided by the user, considering the variations for the different hours of the day and months of the year.

CR 1.3 The gains or losses of heat through the distribution networks of the carrier fluids are determined by calculations, from tables and abacos, using measuring instruments or by means of regulatory experimental tests.

CR 1.4 The indications of the instruments of measurement of flow, pressure, temperature or any other variable that is controlled in energy installations are interpreted, checking that their values are within the parameters of efficient operation.

CR 1.5 The performance of the generator, the propulsion equipment of the carrier fluids and the terminal units is obtained according to the technical reference procedure, from catalogues and manuals or through regulatory experimental tests in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.6 The state, technical characteristics and suitability of thermal insulation of the pipes and pipes of heat and cold distribution are verified, verifying that they comply with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.7 The maintenance operations record is verified, verifying that it is up to date and that it complies with the applicable regulations, reporting, where appropriate, the observed deviations or defaults.

RP 2: Check the control systems, telemanagement systems, measurement devices and energy recovery systems to verify that they comply with the applicable regulations regarding the energy efficiency of the installation.

CR 2.1 The elements of the control systems, telemanagement, measurement devices and energy recovery systems of the installation are identified and located from the available graphical documentation.

CR 2.2 The indications of the instruments of measurement of flow, pressure, temperature or any other variable that is controlled in energy installations, are interpreted to obtain the measure according to the established procedure.

CR 2.3 The precise operation of the control elements and measuring devices is checked, in each case, in accordance with the applicable rules.

CR 2.4 The interaction of control subsystems with the generation system is verified, checking that it is energy efficient.

CR 2.5 The efficiencies of energy recovery systems by free cooling by external air, by heat recovery of the extraction air or by zoning, among others, are obtained from catalogues and manuals, or through experimental experimental tests.

CR 2.6 The record of maintenance operations is verified, verifying that it is up to date and that it complies with the applicable regulations, informing, where appropriate, of the observed deviations or defaults.

RP 3: Check, according to established procedures, indoor lighting and outdoor lighting facilities to determine that they meet energy efficiency requirements, in accordance with applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 Elements of lighting installations are identified and located from the available graphical documentation.

CR 3.2 The performance of the installed luminaires is identified from tables and abacos, or is determined by measuring instruments or regulatory experimental tests, verifying that they comply with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.3 The value of the energy efficiency of the lighting installation zones is calculated by checking compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.4 The existence and suitability of the control and regulatory systems is proven to optimize the use of natural light and to comply with applicable regulations.

CR 3.5 The maintenance operations record is verified, verifying that it is up to date and that it complies with the applicable regulations, reporting, where appropriate, the observed deviations or defaults.

RP 4: Check compliance with the requirements for the use of renewable energy and the limitation of the use of electrical energy in the energy installations of buildings, in accordance with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 Conventional energy expenditure data is obtained by interpreting invoices.

CR 4.2 The readings of the recording equipment for consumption and hourly counters are recorded and processed in accordance with the established procedure.

CR 4.3 The share of total energy demand covered by the contribution of conventional energy is determined, and is proven to meet the limitations required by the implementing rules.

CR 4.4 The minimum energy demand to cover with renewable energy for the production of sanitary hot water, heating of swimming pools and electricity production, among others, is determined according to the procedure laid down in the implementing regulations.

CR 4.5 Compliance with the requirements for the use of renewable energy in the projected or realized energy installations is verified in accordance with the applicable regulations, informing, where appropriate, of the observed deviations or defaults.

RP 5: Develop reports with improvement proposals to increase the energy efficiency of installations, in accordance with applicable regulations.

CR 5.1 The critical points for the efficient operation of the installation are determined, establishing the causes by which optimal energy consumption is not achieved, either of a technical nature or related to the habits and behaviors of the users.

CR 5.2 Technical improvement technologies and systems are evaluated and selected, performing the calculations and schemes necessary for their application and determining the margins of improvement in the efficiency of the set.

CR 5.3 The reports and descriptions of the adaptation and improvement of thermal and lighting installations are developed, incorporating the necessary technical, environmental and economic justifications.

RP 6: Organize rules and measures for the prevention of risks, safety, health and environmental protection in the operations of the inspection of the energy efficiency of installations, monitoring its implementation.

CR 6.1 The professional risks arising from the inspection intervention of the energy efficiency of installations are identified and controlled.

CR 6.2 The management, deployment, and location of thermal installation security infrastructures, is monitored and controlled.

CR 6.3 The use, operation and conservation status of the safety and personal protection equipment used in the inspection tasks are monitored to ensure its operability.

CR 6.4 The implementation of the safety plan in relation to thermal installations is monitored.

CR 6.5 The emergency plan related to the facility efficiency inspection process is monitored.

CR 6.6 Environmental risks arising from the process of inspection of plant efficiency are assessed and controlled to take appropriate preventive or corrective measures.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Projects and anteprojects. Drawing tools. General purpose and reference computer applications used in energy inspection processes. Measurement equipment for energy variables. Facilities state diagnosis equipment, network analyzers, thermographic cameras, ultrasonic sensors for detecting air leaks, CO2 sensors, differential pressure probes (for filters). Yarn anemometer, a machine for the diagnosis of air conditioning machines and refrigeration equipment. Contrast, color and distance detectors.

Products and results:

Efficiency of the energy installations of proven buildings. Proposals for the improvement of the energy efficiency of building facilities. Supporting documents for compliance with energy saving and efficiency requirements.

Information used or generated:

Energy saving programs. Energy monitoring indices. Projects. Book of the building. Certificate of installation. Manual of use and maintenance. Certificate of maintenance. Certificate of inspection. Record of operations. Consumer accounting systems. Technical and use reports and recommendations. Emergency and safety plans. Energy certification of facilities and equipment. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules for thermal installations in buildings and buildings.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: COLLABORATE ON BUILDING ENERGY CERTIFICATION PROCESS

Level: 3

Code: UC1195_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Collaborate on the verification that the constructive parameters of a building, located in a given climate zone, comply with the applicable regulations to limit its energy demand, using the tools and the computer applications approved for this purpose.

CR 1.1 The data collection of the building's constructive parameters is done in advance to obtain the information necessary for its analysis.

CR 1.2 The constructive parameters of the internal enclosures and partitions that make up the thermal envelope of the building are calculated using, where appropriate, the tools and the approved software for application.

CR 1.3 The building's constructive parameters are compared with the minimum data required by the regulations, in compliance with the limitation of the energy demand, using, where appropriate, the tools and the approved software of application.

CR 1.4 The condensations that occur on the surface and inside of the enclosures are verified, checking that they are within the established legal limits.

CR 1.5 The air infiltrations of the building, which cause energy losses, are verified, checking that they are within the legal limits established for normal conditions of use of the building.

CR 1.6 Compliance with the limitation of the building's energy demand is assessed, by comparison with the relevant reference building, using, where appropriate, the tools and software approved for application.

RP 2: Collaborate in the energy rating of buildings, in project or built, to determine their energy characteristics, according to the methodology established by the applicable regulations and using the computer applications approved for this purpose.

CR 2.1 The contribution of solar passive and solar protection systems is considered in the process of calculating energy demand.

CR 2.2 The average hourly performance of heating, hot water, air conditioning, ventilation and lighting installations is considered in the process of calculating final energy consumption.

CR 2.3 The air conditioning or electricity production systems based on renewable sources of energy and electricity produced by cogeneration are calculated, their influence on the satisfaction of the energy demand of the building is determined.

CR 2.4 The data obtained on the energy demand of the building are introduced into the reference computer application to calculate the energy consumption of the building.

CR 2.5 The characteristics of the reference building which, if any, are used to obtain the qualification are determined in accordance with the regulations.

CR 2.6 The energy rating index of the building is obtained using, in the formulas laid down in regulation, the calculated data and those obtained from recognised documents.

CR 2.7 The technical specifications required by the label or legal accreditation of the energy rating are completed according to the applicable regulations.

CR 2.8 The taking of data from the premises of the building is done in advance to obtain the information necessary for its analysis.

RP 3: Contribute to the elaboration of the documentation related to the planning and administrative management in the process of energy certification of buildings.

CR 3.1 The phases of the process of obtaining the energy certification of buildings are planned, carrying out timetables, taking into account the required deadlines.

CR 3.2 The documentation required to obtain the provisional and definitive energy certification of buildings is elaborated, carrying out a follow-up of the administrative processes.

CR 3.3 The documentation required for the updating, renewal and, where appropriate, improvement of the energy certification of buildings is managed in accordance with the conditions laid down by the competent body.

CR 3.4 The information and advice related to the process of energy certification, directed to the owner, user or promoter, are carried out directly or through the preparation of documentation necessary for this purpose.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Projects and anteprojects. Drawing tools. IT applications specific to the processes of calculation of the energy saving in construction and of energy certification, of office and administrative management. Measurement equipment for energy variables. Thermographic camera. Temperature and humidity datalogger, infrared thermometers. Electrical consumption analyser. Luxometers, anemeters and meter of the value of the transmittance, door blowing (for the actual calculation of the infiltrations), among others.

Products and results:

Proof of compliance with savings and energy efficiency requirements. Reports and memoirs. Calculations of energy demands. Proposals for the improvement of the energy efficiency of buildings. Documentation associated with the building's qualification and energy certification.

Information used or generated:

Projects, technical memories, schemas, and diagrams in principle. Technical specifications. Chronograms. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Certificates, applications for certification. Receipts, invoices and registered data for consumption. Records of energy variables. Climatological data. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MANAGE WATER EFFICIENT USE IN BUILDING

Level: 3

Code: UC1196_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Evaluate the parameters of the water consumption of the receiving devices, determining the effectiveness of the control systems and other devices used for the rational use of water in buildings.

CR 1.1 The elements of a water supply facility are identified and located directly or from the corresponding technical documentation.

CR 1.2 The water consumption parameters of the usual receiving devices in housing, commercial premises, hotels, healthcare facilities, residences or any other establishment of the tertiary sector are determined from catalogues and manuals, or through the conduct of regulatory experimental trials.

CR 1.3 Data provided by measuring and regulating instruments and control of flow, temperature, volume or any other controlled variable in water supply or sanitation facilities are interpreted, checking that their value is among the established operating parameters.

CR 1.4 The characteristics, effectiveness and adaptation of the control systems for the efficient consumption of water in dwellings, commercial premises, hotels, sanitary establishments, residences or any other establishment of the tertiary sector are evaluated, from catalogues and manuals, or by conducting tests or tests in situ.

RP 2: Evaluate the different uses and consumption of water in buildings, analyzing the adequacy of the characteristics of the facilities to the demands of the users for efficient water use.

CR 2.1 The information needed to determine the water consumption, the concurrency factor of the use of the receiving devices, the seasonal variable and the historical consumption are achieved through the invoices of the supplying companies, through the direct information of the user or by performing empirical tests and other procedures related to the actual operation of the facilities.

CR 2.2 The different water uses are classified according to standardized categories, making a comparison between actual consumption data and reference consumption data for each category.

CR 2.3 The critical points for the efficient operation of the installation are determined, establishing the causes by which optimal water consumption is not achieved, either of a technical nature or related to the habits and behaviors of the users.

CR 2.4 The documentation derived from the analysis, evaluation and diagnosis of the water supply facility is formalized through the corresponding report.

CR 2.5 The characteristics, effectiveness and adaptation of the different technologies and facilities to improve the efficiency of water supply and control are evaluated, verifying their performance and functioning within the parameters established.

RP 3: Check that the periodic maintenance operations of water installations have been carried out and registered in accordance with applicable regulations and with the level of energy efficiency established for efficient water use.

CR 3.1 Periodic maintenance operations are identified from the corresponding manual or the instructions from the teams.

CR 3.2 The procedures for the maintenance and operation of water supply facilities are monitored, taking into account the principles of quality, safety and rational use of water.

CR 3.3 The recording of the maintenance operations of the receiving devices and devices, as well as of the systems for the efficient regulation and control of the use of water is verified, checking that it has been carried out according to the established procedures.

CR 3.4 The documentation related to the monitoring and control of the efficiency of the water supply facilities is completed according to the applicable regulations, if any.

RP 4: Propose savings alternatives, designing them for efficient water use.

CR 4.1 Critical points of improvement of a water supply facility are evaluated to determine savings margins.

CR 4.2 Water receiving devices in buildings are classified in objective categories according to the efficiency in consumption to facilitate their choice according to savings criteria.

CR 4.3 The process of selecting receiving devices is carried out using databases previously developed from trademarks, prices, consumption characteristics, energy classification and other data of interest.

CR 4.4 Technical improvement technologies and systems, for a particular building and conditions, are selected, performing the calculations and schemes for their implementation.

CR 4.5 The reports and descriptions of the adaptation and improvement of water supply facilities are developed, incorporating the necessary technical, environmental and economic justifications.

CR 4.6 The information to consumers and organizations on techniques and alternatives for saving water consumption is done, explaining the proposals for improving efficiency and responding to the issues that arise.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Projects and anteprojects. Drawing tools. Specific software applications for water and office management. Flow measurement equipment. Registrars. Flow control systems, limiters, double stage grifair, double volume tanks, aerators, stormmanagement systems.

Products and results:

Memories, reports, and budgets on efficient use of water in buildings. Approach and alternatives for improving water facilities. Efficiency of proven water facilities.

Information used or generated:

Projects, technical memories, schemas, and diagrams in principle. Book of the building. Maintenance manual. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Receipts, invoices and registered data for consumption. Reports and reports describing the adaptation and improvement of water supply facilities. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: DETERMINE THE FEASIBILITY OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0842_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Assess the energy needs and interests of the user, classifying them for decision making on the type and characteristics of the most appropriate energy supply, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 The user's energy needs are classified according to the applications, the specifications of the receivers and the characteristics of the energy demand.

CR 1.2 Electrical energy needs are quantitatively determined by setting their basic parameters from the type of receivers.

CR 1.3 Thermal energy needs are determined quantitatively by establishing their basic parameters, especially the annual seasonal average yields of equipment and facilities depending on their maintenance status.

CR 1.4 The seasonal use variable, utilization times, working temperatures, and concurrency factor are determined and represented from recognized sources of information and from the user's own data.

CR 1.5 The formalization of the diagnosis and energy needs of a user is carried out by determining the different supply possibilities, the overall economic costs and the depreciation of the installation.

RP 2: Determine the solar potential of an area for decision making on the possibilities of application of solar energy, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The parameters of global solar radiation, average daytime ambient temperature and cold water temperature of the network are obtained from official, or sufficiently reliable, statistical data collected in tables.

CR 2.2 The correlation between data is performed when the required information is not directly given by available tables or statistics.

CR 2.3 The determination of direct, diffuse and global solar radiation is performed using specific computer applications.

CR 2.4 Solar data is measured and recorded by using the pyrometer, pirheliometer, datalogger, automatic stations and other systems, under the conditions of established quality and safety.

CR 2.5 The use of solar energy is justified on the basis of the assessment of available solar potential.

RP 3: To formalize proposals for solar installations responding to the energy needs and interests of the clients, to determine the option that optimizes the available resources.

CR 3.1 The study of the components of the solar installation is carried out, using the technical information provided by the solar equipment manufacturers, making the necessary calculations and adapting to the needs of the user.

CR 3.2 The study of the ideal location, number and size of sensors or panels is carried out according to the construction in which they are to be located, as well as the conditions of shadows, obstacles and other factors determining the use of solar energy.

CR 3.3 The visual impact study of the installation is carried out, ensuring that it is the minimum possible according to the interests of the user, the applicable regulations and the possibilities of location.

CR 3.4 The feasibility of the project is assessed by analyzing the cash flows and the most relevant indicators.

CR 3.5 The proposal is concrete and formalized by incorporating the technical characteristics, general schemes, complementary sketches and guidelines on compliance with the regulations, possible grants, amortization and financing routes.

CR 3.6 The information and advice is transmitted to the user, responding to the questions that may arise regarding the technical characteristics, applicable regulations, economic viability, maintenance requirements, reliability, security of supply and other aspects related to the solar installation.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Computer-assisted drawing and simulation specific computer applications. Compass. GPS, tape metric. Piranometer and pirheliometer. Datalogger and automatic stations.

Products and results:

Evaluation of the user's needs and interests. Solar potential of the study area. Technical and economic studies. Client advised. Processing of permits and grants.

Information used or generated:

Geographical and Catastral Maps. Technical catalogues. Tables, charts, maps and statistical series on solar parameters. Fuel prices. Applicable rules. Forms, applications for grants. Study energy needs. Solar resource study of the area. Technical and economic studies of the installation.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: PROMOTE ENERGY EFFICIENT USE

Level: 3

Code: UC1197_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Collaborate on the determination of the specifications needed to develop the information, training and dissemination actions, raised in the energy efficiency plans, taking into account the needs of the recipients.

CR 1.1 The information needs that consumers or organisations may require, with regard to the efficient use of energy and water, are identified in order to achieve targeted communication to the recipients.

CR 1.2 The information or training needs that companies, professionals and other active agents may require with regard to the efficient use of energy and water are identified in order to achieve the best adaptation to each case.

CR 1.3 The physical spaces in which the information or training action is to be developed, as well as the equipment and teaching resources used, are determined on the basis of the conditions of the context, the information content and the profiles of the recipients.

CR 1.4 The design of the training or information action is formalized and specified in the corresponding action plan.

RP 2: Collaborate in the organization of information or training actions aimed at consumers, companies and organizations to promote the efficient use of energy.

CR 2.1 The technological spaces and resources necessary to develop the activity of dissemination, information or training are prepared and managed, adapting them to the objectives pursued.

CR 2.2 The information and documentation required to develop the activity of disclosure, information or training is managed according to the established technical and quality requirements.

CR 2.3 The dissemination of the information and training action is prepared and managed, determining the elements required by the means of communication according to the established technical and quality requirements.

RP 3: Develop information or training actions to consumers, organizations and professionals in accordance with the objectives pursued, the defined methodology and the established budget, to promote the efficient use of energy.

CR 3.1 The dissemination of general strategies and techniques to achieve greater energy efficiency in building facilities is carried out by small groups of consumers, answering questions and encouraging habits that rationalize the consumption of energy and water.

CR 3.2 Information or training on specialized strategies and techniques to achieve greater energy efficiency in building facilities is done to professional professionals, answering questions of a general and technical nature, in an objective and detailed way.

CR 3.3 The methodology and the information and teaching resources are selected taking into account the objectives, the content of the action and the recipients themselves.

RP 4: Collaborate in the evaluation of information or training actions, using the techniques and instruments to determine the suitability of the actions according to the objectives and expected results.

CR 4.1 The plan for the evaluation of the information, information or training action is designed in such a way that the most relevant data can be obtained for the improvement of future actions.

CR 4.2 The instruments for evaluating information and training action are applied according to criteria for adaptation to the objectives of the efficiency plan, the context and the recipients.

CR 4.3 The evaluation, at the end of the action, takes into account its objectives and the process followed, based on the corresponding evaluation instruments, proposing the necessary improvements and formalizing all of this in a document written by the use of the application computer tools.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Office-specific software applications. Internet. Platforms and social networks.

Products and results:

Management of teaching resources in information, training or outreach activities. Information or training activity. Disclosure plan. Plans for the evaluation of activities.

Information used or generated:

Strategic promotion plans: national, territorial and sectoral. Functional synoptic schemas. Technical catalogues. Profitability studies. Tables, charts, maps and statistical series on energy parameters. Databases on energy and energy efficiency. Fuel prices. Rules for grants. Forms, applications for grants. Calls for information or training actions. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: ASSESSMENT OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF BUILDINGS IN BUILDINGS

Level: 3

Code: MF1194_3

Associated with UC: Assess the Energy Efficiency of Building Facilities

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Calculate the energy efficiency of heat and cold generators, fans, circulators and network of pipes and distribution channels, by means of the analysis of the constitution and the operation thereof, in accordance with the applicable regulations.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of an energy installation of heat generation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components, determining the technical characteristics of the same and checking the normative requirements.

CE1.2 Describe the operation of a cold-generation energy installation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components, determining the technical characteristics of the parts, and checking the regulatory requirements.

CE1.3 In a scenario of evaluation of an installation equipped with at least one heat generator and one of cold, and in which there are networks of pipes and pipes of distribution of heat and cold:

-Identify the main elements and circuits that constitute the installation, locating their location and specifying the main characteristics of each of them.

-Determine the heat gains or losses through the distribution networks by calculation, from tables and abacos, by means of measuring instruments or by means of regulatory experimental tests.

-Perform the reading of the various instruments of measurement of flow, pressure, temperature, among others and process the data obtained in order to determine if the performance is efficient.

-Determine the performance of each generator, the propulsion equipment of the carrier fluids and the terminal units and check compliance with the applicable regulations.

-Check the state, technical characteristics and suitability of the thermal insulation of the pipes and pipes of heat and cold distribution according to the applicable regulations.

-Check the log documents for maintenance operations that have been performed with the specifications and frequency set.

-Evaluate the energy efficiency of the installation assembly.

C2: Analyse the operation of control systems, telemanagement, measuring devices and energy recovery systems, verifying that they contribute to the energy efficiency of the installation according to the applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Classify energy recovery and control systems from the point of view of energy efficiency and compliance with applicable regulations.

CE2.2 Classifying telemanagement systems from the point of view of energy efficiency and compliance with applicable regulations.

CE2.3 Perform the reading of the measuring instruments of flow, pressure, temperature, among others and process the data obtained to determine the efficiency of the operation.

CE2.4 Check that the control subsystems interact appropriately over the hot or cold generation subsystem.

CE2.5 Classify energy recovery systems according to applicable regulations and determine the process to be followed for determining the efficiency of each of them.

CE2.6 Check in the maintenance operations log documents that the required operations have been performed with the specified specifications and frequency.

CE2.7 In a scenario of assessment of an installation equipped with at least one heat generator and one cold generator, and in which there are networks of pipes and pipes for the distribution of heat and cold with the corresponding control systems, measuring devices and energy recovery systems:

-Identify power recovery and control systems.

-Interpret the data obtained from the measurement instruments of the installation.

-Check the proper operation of the control system.

-Determine the efficiency of energy recovery systems.

-Meet the log documents for maintenance operations.

C3: Calculate the energy efficiency of indoor lighting and lighting installations and check that they meet the energy efficiency requirements set out in the applicable regulations.

CE3.1 Classify the types of luminaires and systems of regulation and control of the same according to the energy efficiency, interpreting the catalogues and certificates of the manufacturers.

CE3.2 Determine the energy efficiency of types of lighting installations, valuing the power factor, the characteristics of the light source and other conditions.

CE3.3 Interpret maintenance and conservation plans established for different types of lighting installations.

CE3.4 In a scenario of evaluating a building's lighting installation:

-Identify the main elements that constitute the installation, locating their location and specifying the main characteristics of each one of them.

-Check the performance of each type of luminaire installed in accordance with applicable regulations.

-Check that existing luminaire control and control systems optimize the use of natural light and comply with applicable regulations.

-Calculate the value of the energy efficiency of the different areas of the lighting installation and check that it complies with the limit values required by the applicable legislation.

-Determine the maintenance operations to be performed and recorded to ensure over time the maintenance of the energy efficiency of the facility.

C4: To determine the demand for the use of renewable energy and the limitation of the use of electrical energy in thermal installations according to applicable regulations.

CE4.1 Describe the applicable regulations regarding the use of renewable energy in buildings.

CE4.2 Describe the applicable regulations regarding the limitation of the use of electrical energy in thermal installations in buildings.

CE4.3 Obtain, in different types of thermal installations, the part of the total energy demand covered with the contribution of electrical energy and related to the applicable regulations.

CE4.4 Examine, in different types of thermal installations, the share of the total energy demand to cover with the contribution of renewable energies and relate it to the applicable regulations.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of evaluating a thermal installation of a building with a system of hot water production, swimming pool and electricity production system:

-Determine the share of energy demand covered with electrical energy.

-Determine the minimum energy demand to cover with renewable energy.

-Check compliance with applicable regulations for energy efficiency.

C5: Draft reports and reports with proposals for improving thermal installations from the point of view of improving energy efficiency and saving.

CE5.1 Interpret energy expenditure invoices that can exist in a building.

CE5.2 Interpret the measurement values of the recording devices for consumption and time counters, recording and processing the results obtained in order to substantiate the improvement proposal.

CE5.3 List the savings and efficiency points in the energy consumption of a building energy installation, calculating the possible margins of improvement in the technological and behavioral aspects of the users.

CE5.4 Justify the selection of certain technical proposals for the improvement of efficiency in the energy consumption of building facilities.

CE5.5 Justify the feasibility of the proposed solutions, carrying out an approximate cost study.

CE5.6 To formalize reports and memories of adapting and improving the energy installations of a building using computer applications.

CE5.7 Explain the alternatives in energy consumption and savings from the point of view of the consumer.

C6: To analyze the standards and measures of risk prevention, safety, health and environmental in the operations of inspection of the energy efficiency of installations.

CE6.1 Identify the professional and environmental risks arising from the intervention of energy efficiency inspection of installations.

CE6.2 Determine the control and security measures to proceed with its implementation.

CE6.3 Describe the characteristics of use and conservation of safety equipment used in the inspection of buildings energy installations.

CE6.4 Know the safety and emergency plan regarding the energy installations of buildings and relate them to the operations of evaluation and inspection of their efficiency.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Prove a good professional.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Contents:

1. Energy installations of buildings

Heat production facilities, elements, technical characteristics and operation. Installations for the production of cold, elements, technical characteristics and operation. Facilities for the propulsion of fluids, elements, technical characteristics and operation. Lighting installations, elements, technical characteristics and operation.

Systems for the control of heat and cold production facilities and lighting installations. Telemanagement.

2. Energy efficiency of thermal installations

Efficient design of thermal installations.

Solar contribution in obtaining hot water and air conditioning of swimming pools. Performance and energy efficiency of heat and cold generators, carrier fluid propulsion equipment, terminal units, and power recovery equipment.

3. Energy efficiency in the electrical installations of the building

Energy efficiency of lighting installations. Characteristics of the indoor lighting facilities. Characteristics of the outdoor lighting installations.

Natural light harvesting systems. Power factor. Concurrency. Automation.

Installation and efficient use of lifts. Filtering harmonics. Efficient electrical installations. Efficient use of installed equipment (computer, copiers, self-consumption machines, among others).

4. Efficient maintenance of building energy installations

Typology of maintenance operations in energy installations of buildings.

Finding critical points and identifying excessive expenses.

Record of the maintenance operations.

5. Energy efficiency improvement reports

Written communication techniques. Technical reports. Types of reports. Supporting documents. Measurements and valuations. Budgets. Drafting and presentation techniques. Office-based applications for reporting.

6. Regulations and recommendations on the efficient use of energy in buildings

Applicable regulations in buildings and thermal installation. Autonomous legislation and municipal ordinances. Specifications for technical requirements. Prevention of risks, safety and environmental protection.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assessment of the energy efficiency of building facilities, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering, Technical Architecture or other higher level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: BUILDING ENERGY CERTIFICATION

Level: 3

Code: MF1195_3

Associated with UC: Collaborating on Building Energy Certification Process

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the parameters of the enclosures and internal partitions of the buildings and other constructive characteristics, checking that they meet the conditions set for the limitation of the energy demand of the building.

CE1.1 Classify the information contained in the project to determine the factors involved in energy consumption.

CE1.2 Classify the types of enclosures according to their energy behavior.

CE1.3 Explain the influence of the layout and orientation of buildings on energy demand.

CE1.4 Explain the energy contributions derived from solar passive and passive solar systems.

CE1.5 Determine the influence of condensations on the energy demand of the building.

CE1.6 Determine the air permeability of the carpeners of the hollows and the lucernaries and their influence on the energy demand of the building.

C2: Apply the methodology established in the process of obtaining the energy rating of buildings.

CE2.1 Identify and define the constructive characteristics of the buildings that are needed in the energy rating process.

CE2.2 Define the limitations of consumption and demand in residential and other uses.

CE2.3 Define the characteristics of heating and hot water facilities in relation to the energy demand that they satisfy.

CE2.4 Determine the characteristics of the air conditioning and ventilation facilities in relation to the energy demand that they satisfy.

CE2.5 Determine the characteristics of the lighting installations in relation to the energy demand that they satisfy.

CE2.6 Identify and define the characteristics of the renewable energy installations of the buildings that are necessary in the energy rating process.

CE2.7 Determine the characteristics of different reference buildings for different climatic zones.

CE2.8 Determine the energy rating indices derived from the process followed.

CE2.9 Explain the technical specifications required by the label or legal accreditation of the rating and its relation to the applicable regulations.

CE2.10 In a practical case of energy certification of a residential building characterized by the plans and the corresponding technical documentation in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water and heating:

-Identify and define the building's constructive characteristics.

-Identify and define the characteristics of the building's conventional energy installations.

-Identify and define the characteristics of lighting installations.

-Identify and define the characteristics of the building's renewable energy installations.

-Determine the characteristics of the reference building to be used in the energy rating.

-Calculate the energy rating index that corresponds to you.

-Meet the label or legal accreditation of the energy rating.

CE2.11 In a practical case of energy certification of a building of administrative, teaching, sanitary, sports, commercial, cultural or religious use, characterized by the plans and the corresponding technical documentation in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water and heating:

-Identify and define the building's constructive characteristics.

-Identify and define the characteristics of the building's conventional energy installations.

-Identify and define the characteristics of the building's renewable energy installations.

-Determine the characteristics of the reference building to be used in the energy rating.

-Calculate the energy rating index that corresponds to you.

-Meet the label or legal accreditation of the energy rating.

C3: Use official or approved IT applications for the calculation of the limitation of the energy demand for buildings.

CE3.1 Define the general functions and characteristics of the computer applications used in the calculation of the limitation of the energy demand.

CE3.2 Select and enter the data necessary for the operation of the computer applications used in the calculation of the limitation of the energy demand.

CE3.3 Use the tools available in the IT applications used for the calculation of the energy demand limitation.

CE3.4 Obtain the results documents of the computer applications used in the calculation of the limitation of the energy demand.

C4: Use official or approved IT applications for the building energy rating process.

CE4.1 Define the general functions and characteristics of the computer applications used in the building energy rating process.

CE4.2 Select and enter the data necessary for the operation of the computer applications used in the building energy rating process.

CE4.3 Use the tools available in the IT applications used for the building energy rating process.

CE4.4 Get the results documents of the computer applications used in the building energy rating process.

C5: Develop the required documentation for obtaining, updating and renewing energy certification.

CE5.1 Describe the administrative process to be followed in obtaining, updating, renewing or improving energy certification.

CE5.2 Classify and complete the necessary administrative documents in the process of obtaining the energy certification of buildings.

CE5.3 Classify and complete the necessary administrative documents in the process of updating, renewing or improving the energy certification of buildings.

CE5.4 Develop documents with recommendations related to enclosure insulation, glazing parameters, performance of thermal generation facilities, choice of energy type and other measures to obtain better energy rating, valuing their investment and amortization.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.10 and CE2.11.

Other capabilities:

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Building and energy efficiency

Materials, energy behavior. Life cycle. Structures, enclosures and internal partitions. Condensations. Air permeability and infiltration. Isolations. Actions to improve the envelope and energy systems. Energy rehabilitation. Constructive solutions, structural typologies and thermal bridges.

Typology of energy installations.

Renewable energy installations.

2. Limiting energy demand

Technical fundamentals of energy demand limitation.

Limiting energy demand.

Practical application of the general option.

3. Energy rating of buildings

Energy rating. Rating processes. Certification.

4. Energy efficiency computing applications

General energy simulation software applications. Computer applications for the calculation of the limitation of the energy demand. IT applications for the energy rating.

5. Energy efficiency regulations

Applicable regulations.

Recommendations of official bodies.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to collaboration in the building energy certification process, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering, Technical Architecture or other higher level related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: WATER USE EFFICIENCY IN BUILDINGS

Level: 3

Code: MF1196_3

Associated with UC: Manage Water Efficient Use in Building

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the constitution and the overall functioning of water facilities, determining compliance with applicable regulations and recommendations related to consumption efficiency.

CE1.1 Enunciate the types of water supply facilities to buildings according to the uses and nature of the buildings.

CE1.2 Enunciate the types of waste water evacuation facilities in buildings, according to the uses and nature of the buildings.

CE1.3 Describe the characteristics of the different types of water installations, related to the regulations applicable to the efficient use of water.

CE1.4 Describe the characteristics of the different types of wastewater disposal facilities, related to the applicable regulations.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of managing a water supply and sanitation facility of a housing building, determine, from the installation plans and data:

-The rules applicable to the installation of water supply, which are related to water saving, classifying them according to the type and level of regulations.

-The rules applicable to the installation of sanitation, which are related to environmental efficiency and quality, classifying them according to the type and level of regulations.

-The recommendations made by agencies and other entities specialized in water efficiency and savings, which could serve as a reference in the analysis of the installation.

-Compliance with applicable rules and recommendations.

C2: Determine the operating parameters and water consumption of the receiving devices and control systems existing in water distribution networks, from an optical of efficiency in the use of water.

CE2.1 Interpreting from the data obtained in a product catalog, the parameters of operation and consumption of the hydraulic receivers used.

CE2.2 Design and perform small tests and experimental methods to determine the parameters of operation and water consumption of the usual receivers in building facilities.

CE2.3 Interpret the hydraulic variables measured and recorded by the existing instruments on the premises.

CE2.4 Determine the operating characteristics of the control systems used for the efficient consumption of water in buildings.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of managing a water supply and sanitation facility of a housing building, determine, from the installation plans and data:

-The characteristics of water receptors, classifying them into categories related to their efficiency in water consumption.

-The characteristics of control systems and devices by valuing them according to their level of efficiency in water consumption.

-The consumption of water receptors.

-The general parameters and operation of the control systems and devices.

C3: Analyze the adequacy of a facility to users ' demands and uses.

CE3.1 Identify the elements of the hydraulic installation, locating them from the plans or technical documentation.

CE3.2 Determine the characteristics of water consumption from invoices, data from recording devices, and user-contributed data.

CE3.3 Determine the characteristics of water consumption through empirical tests performed at the facility itself.

CE3.4 List critical points of a technical nature that have a more clear impact on the consumption of water in buildings.

CE3.5 List the critical points related to the habits and behaviors of users that have an impact on the excessive consumption of water in buildings.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario of managing a water supply and sanitation facility of a housing building, based on the plans and data of the facility, draft a report on the diagnosis of water supply facilities, assessing the degree of efficiency of the facilities.

C4: Identify the different maintenance interventions of the hydraulic network of the building and check that they are recorded in the manual of use and maintenance or, where appropriate, in the book of the building.

CE4.1 Identify the elements, the installation of water supply and sanitation, on which preventive treatment must be carried out, locating them in a plane.

CE4.2 Characterize maintenance operations related to efficiency and savings in water consumption, describing the tasks and their frequency.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of managing a water supply and sanitation facility of a housing building, check, in the maintenance log documents, that the necessary operations have been performed with the specifications and frequency established.

C5: Perform technical reports and memories with proposals for improving water facilities from the point of view of efficiency and savings.

CE5.1 List the savings and efficiency points in the water consumption of an installation, calculating the possible margins of improvement in the technological and behavioral aspects of the users.

CE5.2 Justify the selection of certain technical proposals for improving the efficiency of the water consumption of building facilities.

CE5.3 Justify the feasibility of the proposed solutions, carrying out an approximate cost study and its depreciation.

CE5.4 Draft reports and technical memories for the adaptation and improvement of water supply facilities.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Use time and effort to extend knowledge and supplemental information for use in your work.

Contents:

1. Regulations and recommendations on the efficient use of water in building

Technical Code of the Building.

Autonomic legislation and municipal ordinances.

Specifications of technical prescriptions.

Water supply regulations.

Health and consumer requirements.

2. Efficient water supply and sanitation facilities

Typology of water supply and sanitation facilities. Typology of water uses and sanitation. Analysis of the demand for water supply and sanitation.

Assembly of water supply and sanitation networks. Description of water network connections. Efficiency characteristics of receiving devices. Regulation and control systems.

Use of stormwater.

Parameters in water supply and sanitation facilities.

Tests and checks.

3. Efficient maintenance of water and sanitation facilities

Typology of maintenance operations in water supply and sanitation facilities.

Search for leaks and identification of excessive expenses.

Record of the maintenance operations.

4. Water supply and sanitation facilities efficiency reports

Types of reports.

Supporting memories.

Measurements and valuations.

Budgets. Drafting and presentation techniques.

Office applications for reporting.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the management of efficient water use in building, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: FEASIBILITY STUDIES OF SOLAR INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF0842_3

Associated with UC: Determine the feasibility of solar installations projects

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Quantify the energy needs of different types of users, classifying them and analyzing them to diagnose the possibility of performing a solar installation.

CE1.1 In a scenario of study of a building with several houses in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water and heating:

-Detailed the required modes of life and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting and strength, and for general community services.

-Quantify the electrical energy for lighting and other uses in each of the housing typologies.

-Describe seasonal variability, electrical consumption times, and concurrency factor.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify the thermal energy for each dwelling and for all of them, analyzing the seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-To formalize a document reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.2 In a scenario of study of a single-family dwelling in which there is demand for electrical and thermal energy for hot water, heating and cooling:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

CE1.3 In a scenario of study of a heated pool by thermal solar energy, with support system:

-Detailed the required uses and services.

-Quantify electrical energy for lighting, strength and for other uses.

-Describe seasonal variability and times of electrical consumption.

-Determine the nominal electrical power of reference and the derived electrical parameters.

-Quantify thermal energy, analyzing seasonal and daily variability.

-Define the possibilities of supply of different energies: electricity, natural gas, or other fuels.

-To study the possibilities, techniques and legal, to perform a solar energy installation.

-Formalize a document, reflecting the results obtained in the studies of energy consumption.

C2: Define the solar potential in a given area for the realization of solar installations, using established procedures and means, and complying with the applicable regulations.

CE2.1 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables that allow to obtain directly the values sought.

CE2.2 Determine the parameters of solar radiation in a site for which there are elaborate tables to interpret and correlate different results to make a reasonable estimate.

CE2.3 Globally explain the most common models in the empirical determination of different types of solar radiation.

CE2.4 Measure and record solar radiation data through the use of the pyrometer, pirheliometer, and other usual recording devices.

CE2.5 Determine, for a given site and surface, the possibilities of performing a solar thermal and/or photovoltaic installation, reasoning the potential and possible energy use.

C3: Develop proposals for solar installations, aimed at clients, in which the characteristics of the installation and the analysis of the applicable regulatory and grant framework are collected.

CE3.1 To study energy needs by valuing them to justify the use of solar thermal and/or photovoltaic energy.

CE3.2 Razonar, in the case of solar installations, the ideal location for the catchers, panels and for the equipment based on the conditions of shade, obstacles and other determining factors in the solar exploitation, studying the aesthetic and visual factors associated.

CE3.3 Razonar, in the case of thermal solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.4 Razonar, in the case of photovoltaic solar installations, the characteristics of the elements and components of the circuits of the installation.

CE3.5 Report, resenting the regulatory framework related to the authorization of the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.6 Informar, resenando the legal framework of possible grants to the installation and the requirements derived from it.

CE3.7 Make an indicative budget of a solar thermal installation in which the location, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.8 Make an indicative budget of a solar photovoltaic installation in which the site, principle scheme and the costs and savings provided, depending on the approximate calculation of the number of panels and the power to be installed.

CE3.9 Perform an economic evaluation of the investment project by analyzing the most relevant indicators.

CE3.10 Compose the formalized document with the proposal to perform thermal solar installation using computer tools with general purpose applications.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 complete; C3 with respect to CE3.7 and CE3.8.

Other capabilities:

Communicate effectively with clients.

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Have an initiative to promote projects.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Ability to adapt to the context and needs of people.

Contents:

1. Fundamentals of solar energy

The Sun as a source of energy. The Sun and the Earth.

Conversion of solar energy. The accumulation of energy.

Integrated energy systems.

2. Location and feasibility of solar energy installations

Energy needs. Calculation. Solar potential of an area. Measurement tables and systems.

Site Factors. Orientation, inclination and shadows.

Architectural and structural systems. Architectural integration.

Feasibility. Economic and financial factors.

3. Solar thermal energy

Classification of thermal solar installations. Global operation. Solar catchers. Operation, constitution and connection. Elements of a solar thermal installation and specifications: sensors, primary and secondary circuits, exchangers, accumulation tanks, expansion tanks, circulation pumps, pipes, purgators, flow meters, valves and control and control elements.

Solar cooling systems. Implementing rules.

4. Photovoltaic solar energy

Classification of photovoltaic solar installations. Global operation.

Solar Panels. Operation, constitution and connection.

Elements of a solar photovoltaic installation connected to network and specifications.

Solar tracking systems.

Elements of an isolated solar installation and specifications.

Energy systems of support and accumulation.

Solar Cooling.

Application regulations.

5. Promotion of solar installations

Promotion of renewable energy. Energy models and policies. International, national and autonomous context of solar energy.

Economic and financial studies of solar installations.

Technical Building Code, Municipal Ordinance and Implementing Regulations.

Regulatory framework for grants. Legislation and calls.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of the feasibility of solar installations projects, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 5: PROMOTING THE EFFICIENT USE OF ENERGY

Level: 3

Code: MF1197_3

Associated with UC: Promoting Energy Efficient Use

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the information and disclosure actions raised in the energy efficiency plans to determine the specifications needed for their development.

CE1.1 Determine the context, the profile of the recipient, the duration, the reference topics, the cost and other general specifications of the information and dissemination actions aimed at consumers, associations of neighbors and the general public, which are necessary to respond to the demands and recommendations of the efficiency plans.

CE1.2 Determine the context, the profile of the recipient, the duration, the topics of reference, the cost and other general specifications of the information and dissemination actions directed to experts, professional associations, companies and organizations of the sector, that are necessary to respond to the requirements and recommendations of the plans of efficiency.

CE1.3 Develop general reports and proposals for information and training actions, presenting formalized documents containing the general specifications necessary for the development of the action, using the supports the specific computer applications for this purpose.

C2: Schedule information or training actions to consumers, businesses and organizations on applicable standards of efficiency, environmental and responsible consumption habits.

CE2.1 Define the objectives pursued in the information or training action, taking into account the demands of the efficiency plan, the recommendations on the rational use of energy, the applicable regulations and the demands and characteristics of the recipients.

CE2.2 Determine and program the contents of the action, gathering information, teaching materials and other necessary supports to develop them.

CE2.3 Schedule and justify the methods of communication and training to be used, relating them to the sequence of development of the action and concreting the necessary resources.

CE2.4 Design questionnaires, surveys, and other instruments related to the evaluation of the action.

CE2.5 Program to disseminate actions linked to the promotion of energy efficiency and responsible consumption habits.

C3: Inform and train consumers, professionals, companies and organizations with specifications, defined methodology and established budget.

CE3.1 Communicate to other people, in a clear and orderly manner, general strategies and techniques to achieve greater energy efficiency in building facilities, responding to questions and questions that arise.

CE3.2 Expose to professionals and specialists, in a clear and orderly way, the concrete strategies and techniques, of their field of action, in order to achieve greater energy efficiency in the building facilities, responding to the questions and specialized questions that arise.

CE3.3 Classify material and didactic resources, selecting them for each type of information and/or training intervention.

CE3.4 In a scenario of informative intervention before a group of non-specialized profile persons, owners or users of energy installations in a building of houses, hospital facility, polyportive or other buildings:

-Inform users or consumers of the energy audit or diagnosis made at the premises of the building.

-Explain the simplified general operation of the energy installations covered by the plan.

-Analyze the critical points of user action for efficiency improvement.

-Use the appropriate material and didactic resources to the situation, the objectives and the profile of the people.

-Answer questions that are clearly raised.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of informative or formative intervention to professionals involved in the assembly and maintenance of energy installations in buildings:

-Report the energy diagnosis or audit carried out on the premises of the building in which it is to be operated.

-Explain the foundation of energy savings from the technical actions proposed.

-Analyze the characteristics of the technical intervention.

-Use the appropriate explanatory resources to the situation, the objectives and the profile of the professional.

-Answer questions that are clearly raised.

C4: Design models and instruments for the assessment of information or training actions to consumers or professionals related to energy efficiency.

CE4.1 Compose an evaluation plan or model according to the types of intervention.

CE4.2 Design the tools and instruments needed to implement the assessment plan, including the preparation of questionnaires, assessment sheets, network evaluation systems, or others.

CE4.3 Interpret the results of the evaluation and propose corrective actions for improvement.

CE4.4 To formalize the tools, instruments and results of the evaluation through the use of computer applications.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C3 with respect to CE3.4 and CE3.5.

Other capabilities:

Treat the customer with courtesy, respect and discretion.

Demonstrate interest and concern for meeting customer needs satisfactorily.

Propose challenging targets that represent a higher level of performance and effectiveness than previously achieved.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Communicative skills, high level of oral and written expression and ability to attract attention.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Contents:

1. Energy efficiency disclosure plans

National energy efficiency plans. Disclosure measures. Communication campaigns on energy efficiency. Fit between needs and demands.

Training plans. Specifications for courses and information sessions. Organisation of sessions and courses.

Brochures and other broadcast systems. New communication systems and networks.

2. Disclosure actions on energy efficiency

Appropriate spaces and facilities.

Teaching resources.

Intervention methods.

Recipient profiles.

Design and development of training actions.

3. Assessment of energy efficiency disclosure actions

Evaluation Models.

Instruments.

Corrective assessment.

Results Reports.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the promotion of the efficient use of energy, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX X

Professional qualification: Managing the operation in thermoelectric power plants

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA359_3

General Competition

Manage, coordinate and control the operational tasks, support the monitoring of the production process and perform the maintenance of the first level in the thermoelectric plants, guaranteeing the optimal operation of the plant from the point of view of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for the people, environment and facilities.

Competition Units

UC1198_3: Monitor processes in the operation of stable thermoelectric power plants

UC1199_3: Control operation manoeuvres in thermoelectric power stations during startup, stop, and failed operation processes

UC1200_3: Coordinate and prepare the human team involved in the power station operation area

UC1201_2: Operate on site and perform first-level maintenance of thermoelectric power plants

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the thermoelectric generation by means of thermal power plants of coal, gas, diesel, biomass and other fuels, including installations of solar thermal generation and cogeneration, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and independent, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the energy sector, subsector of production and distribution of electrical energy, gas, steam and hot water, both in producing electric companies and in those other industrial companies that own systems of self-supply of energy.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Thermoelectric center operation technical helpers

Co-operation and maintenance managers of cogeneration systems

Thermoelectric Power Plant Operators

Thermoelectric Power Plant Control Operators

Associated Training (750 hours)

Training Modules

MF1198_3: Monitoring processes in thermoelectric power stations (240 hours)

MF1199_3: Control of boot, stop, and failed situations in thermoelectric power stations (210 hours)

MF1200_3: Coordination and support for human teams involved in the operation of power plants (120 hours)

MF1201_2: Operation in plant and first-level maintenance of thermoelectric power plants (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MONITOR PROCESSES IN THE OPERATION OF STABLE THERMOELECTRIC POWER PLANTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1198_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Monitor the plant of a thermoelectric plant and the parameters of the process in general to ensure optimal operating conditions with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CR 1.1 The operational situation and behavior of turbines, generators, boilers, pumps, fans, electrical systems, control systems, instrumentation and other equipment and systems are determined from the information obtained in the plant.

CR 1.2 The flow rates, pressures, levels, temperatures, noise, vibration, valve and end of the race, possible leaks, spills or odours and other parameters of the process are determined from the measures provided by the various field instruments and the observations made in the plant.

CR 1.3 The values accepted as normal, the adjustment points and the limit values corresponding to each fundamental parameter of the process are identified and interpreted, with the deviations or anomalies being detected promptly.

CR 1.4 Environmental indicators for emissions and missions are interpreted and monitored, taking immediate corrective action to avoid environmental degradation.

CR 1.5 The monitoring, analysis and diagnosis of plant performance are performed using the historical databases and established protocols.

CR 1.6 The changes in the parameters or operating procedures that lead to improvements in the installation and can make progress in terms of energy efficiency, reliability, efficiency or safety of the processes are analyzed and proposed for consideration.

CR 1.7 Plant monitoring programs, and validation of data quality and trend analysis, are performed to ensure the proper functioning of the plant.

CR 1.8 The periodic reports on production, consumption, efficiency and environmental control are prepared in accordance with the established procedure.

RP 2: Verify that periodic tests on equipment and systems of the thermoelectric plant are performed according to established procedures to eliminate the possibility of latent failures.

CR 2.1 The procedures or protocols for performing periodic tests of equipment and systems are rigorously applied.

CR 2.2 The performance tests of the protections, such as alarms and shots, are performed according to established procedures or protocols.

CR 2.3 The coordination with the control room, as well as the adoption of all safety measures prior to the testing of equipment is guaranteed in all cases using the corresponding communication procedures.

CR 2.4 The modifications to the test procedures, operating instructions, discharge procedures or safety instructions, which according to the experience acquired are considered appropriate, are proposed for incorporation.

CR 2.5 The maneuvers, procedures, and results of the rotation of duplicate equipment are organized and monitored to achieve the least interference in the production process.

RP 3: Monitor the temporary disabling or unloading of equipment and systems, for security reasons, to ensure optimal conditions of intervention with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CR 3.1 The scope and entity of the operation is rigorously analyzed, ensuring that the result provides all the necessary security guarantees for the people, the environment, the teams and the process.

CR 3.2 Electrical insulation, grounding, ventilation, positioning and interlocking of isolation, drainage and ventilation valves are checked to ensure optimal intervention conditions, applying the five gold rules and established procedures and standards.

CR 3.3 The certification that the equipment or system is disposed, properly signposted and in a totally safe condition for the intervention to be carried out is carried out in coordination with the person responsible for the operation service applying the five rules of gold and the established procedures and norms.

CR 3.4 The recovery of the initial conditions and the correct disposal of the equipment or system for putting into service is ensured once requested the lifting of the discharge and fulfilled all the conditions and protocols established.

RP 4: Organize first-level maintenance processes in thermal power plants, monitoring their execution, to ensure optimal conditions of intervention with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CR 4.1 Facility maintenance and repair is organized and monitored using the technical and administrative documentation received and generated.

CR 4.2 The criteria for checking the overall state of the equipment in terms of nominal operating efficiency are set to ensure that most maintenance is of a preventive nature.

CR 4.3 The specifications of materials and equipment used in the maintenance of thermal power plant installations are developed for the management of their acquisition.

CR 4.4 The stock of warehouse materials and systems for distribution is managed and controlled under the premises of efficiency and quality.

CR 4.5 The cleaning and oiling operations of the equipment and facilities are organized and monitored with criteria of efficiency, quality and optimization of resources.

CR 4.6 The replenishment of fungibles is organized and monitored with criteria of efficiency, quality and optimization of resources to achieve the least interference in the process of energy production.

CR 4.7 The control sheets and reports of the tasks performed are elaborated, using the data collected as the result of the first level checks or maintenance.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Process monitoring systems and continuous monitoring of equipment. Control room. Protection and alarm systems. Field instrumentation. Operation and maintenance management systems: data acquisition, processing and analysis, work order management, and equipment download management. Quality management systems. Documentation management system. Measuring equipment and apparatus: electric polymeter, contact thermometer, optical pyrometer, portable tools for leak detection, and others. Communication equipment and systems. Signalling elements.

Products and results:

thermoelectric power station operating under stable control. Periodic testing of equipment and systems. Thermoelectric plant with controlled first level maintenance.

Information used or generated:

Instructions manuals provided by the manufacturer or supplier. Programs and maintenance manuals, quality manuals, instruction books, operating procedures, testing protocols, alarm books. Plans and schemes: mechanical plans and schemes, flow diagrams, electrical schemes, automatic diagrams. Different official regulations. Historical archives: information systems of the plant. Control tabs and reports of repair tasks.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: CONTROL OPERATION MANEUVERS IN THERMOELECTRIC POWER STATIONS DURING STARTUP, STOP, AND OPERATING SITUATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC1199_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Control the alignment and preparation of equipment and systems so that the processes of starting and stopping in thermoelectric plants are performed with criteria of efficiency, reliability, and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CR 1.1 The discards or requests for temporary disablement of equipment are requested according to the protocol and procedures established, subsequently checking that they have been withdrawn in full, having met all the established requirements.

CR 1.2 The available electrical power is verified, ensuring that it is adequate and that the instrumentation is operational.

CR 1.3 The tightness tests, to be performed on circuits or equipment, are monitored according to the established procedures.

CR 1.4 Equipment or systems are reviewed, checking that they are properly aligned and that they meet all the necessary conditions or permissions for safe-condition boot.

CR 1.5 The situation and position of drains, valves, pumps, gates and other components is checked, checking that it is in line with the requirements.

CR 1.6 Levels of fuel, water, chemicals, lubricant and other liquids are checked to ensure safe start-up.

CR 1.7 The operation of the lubrication, cooling, sealing and other analog systems is checked before proceeding with the starting sequence of each system, ensuring that they are in the established parameters.

CR 1.8 The performance of the required starting conditions and the validity of the operating parameters of any of the key equipment operated from the control room is ensured locally at the foot of the machine.

CR 1.9 The operating conditions of the plant are checked to ensure the stop in safe condition.

RP 2: Monitor the operation maneuvers in the start-up and stop processes in thermoelectric power plants to be performed with reliability and safety criteria for the people, environment and facilities.

CR 2.1 The manoeuvres in electrical switches, valves, pumps and other elements are checked, verifying their execution according to the sequence of established procedures and safety measures, and in coordination with the controllers in the control room.

CR 2.2 The purges and boiler lights and the preparation of the appropriate steam conditions are monitored, checking that they are performed according to the established procedures.

CR 2.3 Turbine bearings, synchronisation manoeuvres, coupling, decoupling and load variations are monitored, checking that they are performed according to established procedures.

CR 2.4 The times or rhythms, adjustments, limitations and cold start, warm or warm conditions of boiler, turbines and other fundamental equipment are strictly observed, paying particular attention to the gradients of temperature variation, differential expansions and other relevant parameters.

CR 2.5 The times or rhythms, adjustments, limitations and the conditions of the boiler, turbines and other fundamental equipment are rigorously observed, paying particular attention to the gradients of temperature variation, differential expansions and other relevant parameters.

CR 2.6 The pressures, temperatures, levels, flow rates, consumption, and other process parameters are monitored continuously, checking that they are in line with the reference values.

CR 2.7 The anomalous or potential risk situations for people or for the stability of the process and the facility are detected, adopting the measures to recover the safe condition, and transmitting the relevant information to those responsible for the operation.

RP 3: Collaborate on the operating maneuvers performed from the control room of the plant, under the supervision of the operation manager or head of shift, to ensure the optimal operating conditions with criteria of reliability and safety for the people, environment and facilities.

CR 3.1 The actuators and instruments of the control and control panels or terminals of the control room are operated according to the procedures in force, under the supervision of the controller of the control room, interpreting the plans, schemes, symbols and other documentation and aid elements in the operation of a thermoelectric plant.

CR 3.2 The relevant information provided by the indicators and variable records is transmitted to the controller in the control room.

CR 3.3 Possible problems or dysfunctions are identified by transmitting them immediately to the controller in the control room.

RP 4: Act according to established protocols against unforeseen or anomalous situations to restore the condition of stable operation or to ensure the putting into service of devices against emergencies.

CR 4.1 The anomalies whose resolution is not immediately feasible, and the possible corrective measures, are studied to determine the level of risk, activating the alert where appropriate, and coordinating immediate and subsequent actions to prevent risks.

CR 4.2 The breakages or leaks in boiler or cycle pipes, group shots, load rejections, stress zeros, pollutant emissions and other possible anomalous situations are identified promptly and accurately, valuing their entity or scope and transcendence.

CR 4.3 The entry into service of the protective devices, emergency lubrication or cooling, sealing or sealing, gas extraction, vacuum break, slow rotation and other equipment that should be activated automatically, is verified, ensuring that it is established in all cases, proceeding to its manual start if necessary.

CR 4.4 Immediate, permanent and rigorous communication with the control room is ensured in all cases.

CR 4.5 The execution of all operations and checks ordered from the control room or the ones that you urgently decide to perform is ensured in all cases.

CR 4.6 The execution of the operations and checks referred to in the procedures for action against contingencies is ensured in all cases.

CR 4.7 Experiences acquired in unforeseen and anomalous situations are used to propose improvements in the procedures for action in these cases.

RP 5: Adopt the protection, security and risk prevention measures required for operations in thermoelectric power plants and during the start-up, stopping and anomalous processes of operation, making them comply with safety plans, guaranteeing the integrity of the people, the media and their environment.

CR 5.1 The rules and documentation on risk assessment and preventive planning of processes in the thermoelectric plant are made known and applied rigorously.

CR 5.2 Professional risks of a general nature and those related to each of the central subsystems are detected, communicating according to established procedures.

CR 5.3 The protection and safety and risk prevention measures in operations in the boiler systems and their auxiliary systems related to the handling of fuels, flammable gases, fires, equipment and circuits under extreme pressure and temperature conditions and pollutant emissions, are monitored and coordinated according to the established procedures.

CR 5.4 Risk prevention measures in operations related to low, medium and high voltage electrical equipment are monitored and coordinated in accordance with established procedures.

CR 5.5 The supervision and coordination of the operations of special risk is carried out according to the procedures of maneuver and safety of the plant.

CR 5.6 The responsibility of the first intervention team is assumed with the guarantee reached.

CR 5.7 The procedures for action in the event of accidents caused by electrical, thermal, mechanical or fire-related phenomena, spills or leaks of flammable, toxic or corrosive products are put into practice with the necessary rigour.

CR 5.8 The risk and action sheets in emergencies corresponding to the incident or accident in question are carefully selected and used.

CR 5.9 The procedures or instructions related to security measures are reviewed and updated based on the experience gained, proposing improvements in safety plans in the usual way.

CR 5.10 The collaboration with the plant safety officer in carrying out the training, practices, drills and management of signalling, protection, confinement and extinction equipment and in the dissemination of the master lines of the emergency plan is carried out with the established periodicity.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Process monitoring systems and continuous monitoring of equipment. Protection and alarm systems. Field instrumentation. Measuring equipment and apparatus: electric polymeter, contact thermometer, optical pyrometer, portable tools for leak detection, gas detection, vibration measurement, optical thermography. Current-use electromechanical tools and tools. Communication equipment and systems. Simulators for practices. Emergency equipment or devices.

Products and results:

thermoelectric power stations operated in the start and stop processes. Unexpected or failed situations backed out in stable operation condition. Protection, security and risk prevention measures.

Information used or generated:

Specific documentation: safety manuals and procedures for emergency action. Instruction manuals, operating procedures, alarm books, plans and schemes: mechanical plans and drawings, flowcharts, electrical schemes, automatic diagrams. Documentation on risk assessment and preventive planning. Documentation of the internal emergency plan. Technical data sheets on risks and action on the basis of the substances involved. Updated technical documentation (instructions, procedures and historical data among others).

COMPETITION UNIT 3: COORDINATE AND PREPARE THE HUMAN TEAM INVOLVED IN THE OPERATION AREA OF POWER PLANTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1200_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Collaborate in the continuous process of training and preparation of the human team, which under its responsibility, operates in a power plant, to transmit the necessary knowledge in the performance of its functions.

CR 1.1 The competencies and responsibilities of team members are identified, establishing the professional relationships between them.

CR 1.2 The overall objectives of the power plant and the objectives of the human operation team are made known, being interpreted by all its members.

CR 1.3 The stimulation techniques are applied, transmitted to the human team to encourage their active participation in the achievement of the objectives and to propose and adopt the activities of improvement.

CR 1.4 The content of the procedures and instructions for operation, test protocols, proof of protection devices, checklists and other relevant information, is disseminated, ensuring their understanding and correct use and, where appropriate, is updated according to the experiences acquired.

CR 1.5 The training of new or in-training staff is carefully attended to, providing the data and guidance required for the performance of their duties.

RP 2: To ensure communication between the components of the equipment and between the successive teams covering the continuous day, in turn, in the operation of a power plant to transmit the incidents and to ensure the optimal operating conditions.

CR 2.1 The coordination and transmission of information with the technicians responsible for the operation and with the plant operators is done with punctuality, efficiency and rigour.

CR 2.2 The uncertainties detected or significant incidents are identified and investigated, ensuring that any relevant information is transmitted to the incoming team.

CR 2.3 The relay between successive shift teams is carried out in an in-person manner, in the indicated place and using the time necessary for any incident, anomaly or relevant information to be transmitted with clarity and rigor, according to the established protocol.

CR 2.4 The dissemination of the content of the failure reports generated through the quality management systems is verified by ensuring that the experiences are shared by the operation team in its integrity.

RP 3: Collaborate in the coordination of the tasks of the operation service with the tasks of maintenance services, environment, quality management and chemistry, to ensure the optimal operating conditions with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for the people, environment and facilities.

CR 3.1 Collaboration in the coordination of maintenance services, quality control, chemistry and environmental control, is performed, adapting its execution to the established conditions of the plant, running, reduced load, short stop or long stop, in order to avoid delays or harmful interference.

CR 3.2 The progress of the work is monitored, checking the incidents and meeting the expected deadlines and informing of any eventuality that could alter the forecast of availability that the office of management of the energy needs to know punctually.

CR 3.3 Final acceptance and compliance tests performed in accordance with the established quality plan of the plants, leaving the equipment or circuits duly prepared for commissioning.

CR 3.4 The corrective or preventive measures to be implemented when coordination mismatch between the areas of operation and other services involved are identified by acting in accordance with the established business procedures or quality management system.

CR 3.5 The collaboration in the control of the works awarded to external companies is carried out by means of the fulfillment of deadlines, safety for the people, criteria of quality and programmed budget.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Integrated quality management system, environment and prevention. Maintenance management system. Training and skills development plans. Documentation management system.

Products and results:

Ready, committed, reliable and secure human team. Coordinated central operation work. Work of supervised subcontracted companies.

Information used or generated:

Documentation of the integrated system of quality management, environment and prevention. Training manuals. Instruction manuals and own documentary file of the area of operation. Training programmes to be developed in the workplace. Work specifications for companies.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: OPERATE IN PLANT AND PERFORM FIRST-LEVEL MAINTENANCE OF THERMOELECTRIC POWER PLANTS

Level: 2

Code: UC1201_2

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Operate the systems, equipment and instruments of thermoelectric plants during their stable operation and in the process of starting and stopping to be carried out with criteria of efficiency, reliability, and safety for the people, environment and facilities.

CR 1.1 Equipment and instruments related to the system of reception, storage, supply, treatment and control of fuels are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.2 Equipment and instruments related to the boiler system and its auxiliary systems are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.3 Equipment and instruments related to the steam circuit and auxiliary services are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.4 Turbine-related equipment and instruments and their lubrication, control and protection systems are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.5 The equipment and instruments related to the alternator, its excitation, cooling system and other auxiliary equipment are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.6 Equipment and instruments related to the electrical systems of AT-substation-, MT, BT, continuous current and safe tension are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.7 Equipment and instruments related to compressed air services, instrumentation air, control systems and other equipment and auxiliary systems involved in the operation are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.8 Equipment and systems related to desulphurisation, water treatment, fuel treatment and effluent treatment plants and other central chemical systems are operated according to established procedures.

CR 1.9 The collection of data by means of checklists, as well as the possible detected dysfunctions and the transfer of information to the management systems, are carried out, communicating with the alacrity necessary to ensure the established operation of the plant.

RP 2: Organize the first level maintenance work of thermoelectric power plants according to the guidelines and specifications established to ensure optimal conditions of intervention with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CR 2.1 The components of the installation are identified by locating their location from the instructions received or from the drawings and technical specifications.

CR 2.2 The plans and technical specifications of the equipment and facilities to maintain are identified and interpreted to clearly and accurately understand the performance to be performed and establish the sequence of maintenance intervention, optimizing the process in terms of safety, method and time.

CR 2.3 The sequence of maintenance tasks is set out from instructions, plans and technical documentation, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CR 2.4 The required materials, tools, equipment, and other technical resources are selected according to the type of task.

CR 2.5 The work area is prepared according to the requirements of the plant itself and according to established work procedures.

RP 3: Apply preventive, corrective and emergency measures, established in the company's safety plan, during the maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations, to prevent accidents and minimize risks.

CR 3.1 Professional, thermal, mechanical, electrical or other risks are identified according to the safety plan, before starting the maintenance of the equipment of the plant.

CR 3.2 The means of protection, in the face of risks arising from maintenance, are selected to avoid accidents.

CR 3.3 The working areas of your responsibility are maintained in order and cleanliness in order to avoid accidents.

CR 3.4 In cases of emergency action is taken quickly, effectively and safely following the action protocol adapted to the situation.

RP 4: Perform first-level preventive maintenance, related to operation management, of thermoelectric power plant installations, based on plans, standards and technical specifications, for the correct operation, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 Oil grease and change are performed according to established safety procedures and conditions.

CR 4.2 Equipment and facilities cleaning operations are performed with established means and procedures.

CR 4.3 The tightness and the absence of corrosion of the equipment and facilities are verified at the stipulated periodicity.

CR 4.4 The state of thermal and electrical insulation of equipment and installations is verified at the stipulated frequency.

CR 4.5 The noise level and vibration of mechanical equipment are inspected at the stipulated frequency.

CR 4.6 The maintenance of equipment and facilities related to environmental control is performed according to established procedures in compliance with applicable regulations.

CR 4.7 The equipment and tools used are reviewed and maintained in perfect operation.

CR 4.8 The results of the inspections and operations carried out are included in the relevant report.

RP 5: Perform basic corrective maintenance operations in thermoelectric power plants, determining the process of action, using instructions and drawings manuals to restore the functional conditions with the established quality and safety.

CR 5.1 The breakdowns are detected and interpreted, providing information to assist in the initial assessment of their causes.

CR 5.2 The sequence of actions for repair is established by optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time, selecting the necessary equipment, tools, materials, tools and auxiliary means.

CR 5.3 The repair or replacement of consumables and other deteriorated basic elements is carried out, following the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, within the intended time and with the required quality.

CR 5.4 The functionality of the installation is restored in the shortest possible time, taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 5.5 Repair parts and reports are completed in accordance with established procedures.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Equipment for material movements. Measuring equipment and apparatus: electric polymeter, contact thermometer, optical pyrometer, portable tools for detecting leaks and others. Current-use electromechanical tools and tools. Communication equipment and systems. Signalling elements. Personal safety equipment.

Products and results:

Installations of thermoelectric power plants operated and maintained at first level.

Information used or generated:

Instructions manuals provided by the manufacturer or supplier. Projects. Assembly and cutting planes, isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Maintenance programs and work parts. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Databases. Computer applications. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MONITORING PROCESSES IN THERMOELECTRIC POWER PLANTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1198_3

Associated with UC: Monitor processes in the operation of stable thermoelectric power plants

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the development of the process in thermoelectric plants, identifying the different systems involved, their technical characteristics, functions, relevant operating parameters and applicable regulations to ensure optimal operating conditions with criteria of reliability, energy efficiency and safety for people, environment and facilities.

CE1.1 Resenate the different electricity production systems, reasoning the types of transformations involved and characterizing the equipment used in the same.

CE1.2 Detailed the general configuration of a fuel reception, storage, and control system:

-Gas measurement and regulation station in a combined cycle or cogeneration plant.

-Liquid fuel supply system-diesel, fuel.

-Disposition, functions and operation of the liquid and solid fuel park in a conventional thermoelectric plant: scales, sampling, conveyor belts, rotopala, hoppers, feeders and mills.

CE1.3 Specify the general arrangement and functions of a water treatment plant: raw water, demineralization systems, systems for monitoring the quality and treatment of water in the cycle, and systems for controlling and treating effluents.

CE1.4 Explain the operation of a steam generator by combustion or heat recovery, its sections and its auxiliary systems: burners, economizers, evaporator, overheating and reheating, systems of monitoring and regulation of the combustion, tempering stations, blowing systems and air and gas circuits.

CE1.5 Describe the steam cycle and its auxiliary services: cold focus, water heaters, heat exchangers, condensate pumps, boiler power pumps, main turbine and its lubrication and control systems, auxiliary cooling circuits, service water, compressed air and instrumentation air.

CE1.6 Describe the monitoring and control systems and the main control ties of a thermoelectric power plant: power water control, pressure control and steam temperatures, load control and voltage control.

CE1.7 Specify in general lines a typical electrical power plant system including the high, medium and low voltage systems, also describing the systems of continuous current, safe tension and its utilities.

CE1.8 Describe the environmental control systems of a thermoelectric plant and the available technologies for the reduction of pollutant emissions, mainly of particulate matter, NOX, SOX and COX.

C2: Analyze the criteria and management systems related to the operation of thermoelectric power plants.

CE2.1 To describe at the basic level the functioning of the national electricity system from the organizational points of view-generation market, market players, market operator, system operator, generation or energy management-and technical-frequency/power concepts, primary, secondary and tertiary regulation, voltage control, communications with generation dispatch, importance of compliance with the committed load programs.

CE2.2 Detailed the general organization of thermoelectric plants and the basic functions that compete with the different areas of responsibility: operation, maintenance, quality control, chemical services, environmental control, fuels and risk prevention.

CE2.3 Highlight possible interference in the performance of the responsibility in the different areas and define the general lines to coordinate the action of these areas according to the priority of the works and the condition of the plant.

CE2.4 Determine the procedure for downloading or disabling a computer or system to ensure the necessary security for people, the environment, equipment and the process.

CE2.5 Define the checks and tests to be performed on a disabled computer or computer and the required signage.

CE2.6 Determine the checks and protocols to be followed prior to the putting into service of a team whose temporary disclaimer or disablement has been cancelled.

C3: Evaluate that the first-level maintenance operations of the equipment consisting of a thermoelectric power plant are performed in safety conditions and with the established quality.

CE3.1 Determine the tools, documentation, and equipment required to perform the first-level maintenance operations and monitor their status.

CE3.2 Describe the criteria for checking the general condition of the equipment and facilities in terms of their nominal operation.

CE3.3 Set criteria for checking the general condition of equipment and facilities in terms of tightness and corrosion.

CE3.4 Set verification criteria on the duplicate equipment and the maneuvers to be performed for rotation.

CE3.5 Manage fungible replenishment operations with the appropriate means and according to established procedures.

CE3.6 Set criteria for the execution and supervision of cleaning and grease operations of equipment and installations.

CE3.7 Determine the necessary security measures in performing first-level maintenance operations.

CE3.8 Compose the report corresponding to the results of the inspections and operations carried out according to the maintenance plan and procedures usually established in the companies.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 complete; C3 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Learn new concepts and procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established by the organization.

Demonstrate stress resistance, mood stability and impulse control.

Demonstrate interest in the broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Contents:

1. Mechanical foundations of thermoelectric power plants

Materials. Structure, mechanical properties and defects of homogeneity.

Corrosion phenomena in metal materials.

Mechanical components. Closures, bearings and lubrication.

Pipes, tanks and valves. Pumps, heat exchangers, evaporators, degassing, filters and deminerators. Ejectors, eductors, compressors, fans and air conditioning.

2. Electricity fundamentals in thermoelectric power plants

Nature of electricity. Properties and applications.

Electrical current. Electrical quantities. Magnetism and electromagnetism. Electrical circuits.

Structure and components. Symbology and graphic representation. Three-phase electrical systems.

Protection systems. Grounding facilities.

Static and rotary electrical machines. Typology and features.

Generators, transformers and engines. Accumulators and rectifiers.

Measures of electrical magnitudes.

Procedures. Measuring instruments. Errors to the measure. Electrical safety. Electric device. Control switches. Basic notions of regulation.

3. Thermotechnology applied to thermoelectric power plants

Static and fluid dynamics and thermodynamics.

States of matter, changes of state, latent heat and sensitive heat, pressures and temperatures.

Specific heat, saturated steam, superheated steam, enthalpy, entropy, measurement units, steam boards, elementary diagrams.

Thermodynamic Cycles. Ideal cycle of Carnot and the actual cycles of Rankine and Hirn with condensation, reheating and extractions applied to thermoelectric plants.

Brayton cycle for gas turbines and the combined cycle with gas turbine, steam generator and steam turbine.

4. General characteristics of a thermoelectric power plant

Types of thermoelectric power plants: conventional, combined cycle, thermosolar, cogeneration systems.

Processes of a thermoelectric power plant in stable operation and fundamental parameters that control the operation service.

Projects, memories, plans and operating manuals. Symbolic planes, schemes and diagrams of automatisms. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms.

Implementing regulations for pressure equipment, combustion plants, substations and transformation centers.

Applicable regulations.

5. Functional systems and equipment of a thermoelectric power plant

Fuel system and its components.

Regulation and measurement station for natural gas in a combined cycle thermoelectric plant.

Boiler and auxiliary systems.

Emissions purification systems: electrostatic precipitator, desulphurisation plant, systems for control and reduction of nitrogen oxides emissions.

Condensate and feed water systems: functions, flow chart, components. Steam circuit and auxiliary services: main and heated steam. Main turbine and its lubrication, control and protection systems. Gas turbine. Alternator, excitation, alternator cooling system, sealing and operations for hydrogen air replacement and vice versa.

AT-substation electrical systems, MT, BT, continuous current and secure voltage.

Auxiliary systems: water services, compressed air, instrumentation air.

Water treatment systems.

Systems for the control and treatment of effluents.

6. Control systems in thermoelectric power plants

Monitoring and control systems: DCS, data acquisition systems, monitoring computer, alarm system.

Logical systems of command and protections, permissive, alarms and shots.

Control systems and fundamental links: power water control, pressure control and steam temperatures, load control and voltage control.

Environmental control systems of a thermoelectric plant, types of pollutant emissions and technologies available for reduction. Environmental impact associated with the operation of a thermoelectric plant: climate change, acid rain and resource depletion.

7. Organisation of first-level maintenance of thermoelectric power plants

Maintenance. Function, objectives and types. Preventive and corrective maintenance. Planning and scheduling of maintenance.

Maintenance plans. Tasks of preventive maintenance. Optimization of maintenance.

Calculation of needs. Load planning. Determination of times.

Documentation for scheduling and scheduling.

The work order.

Quality in service delivery.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the monitoring of processes in the operation of thermoelectric power plants on a stable basis, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: CONTROL OF BOOT, STOP AND FAILED SITUATIONS IN THERMOELECTRIC POWER STATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF1199_3

Associated with UC: Control operation maneuvers in thermoelectric power stations during startup, stop, and failed operation processes

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze, by means of simulation systems, the processes of start, stop and load changes in thermoelectric plants, identifying the sequence and expected behavior of the different systems and equipment.

CE1.1 Define the usual operations to be performed on the fuel power reception, storage, and control system.

CE1.2 Describe the operations to be performed and the expected behavior in the water treatment plant.

CE1.3 Describe the operations to be carried out for the hydraulic or watertight tests of the boiler or pressure pipes as well as the operations for filling, venting or boiler drainage.

CE1.4 Specify the operations to be performed to ensure the stability of the combustion, flame quality and internal boiler cleaning.

CE1.5 Describe the operations to be performed, parameters to watch and expected result in the water and steam cycle.

CE1.6 Define the requirements and operations to be performed to synchronize the parameters of the power system from the central to the evacuation network.

CE1.7 Describe the usual operations and checks to be performed on high, medium, low voltage, and continuous current systems.

Ce1.8 Justify and relate the operations to be performed and the expected behavior in the environmental control systems.

C2: Describe the procedures for aligning the circuits during a start and stop of the boiler, turbine or fundamental equipment of the thermoelectric plant, considering the evolution of the main parameters.

CE2.1 Specify the procedures for aligning the equipment or systems, fulfilling all the necessary conditions for their starting or stopping in a safe condition: there is no discharge in force-disabling of the equipment for safety reasons-, position of drains and gates, levels, lubrication and refrigeration, instrumentation and electric power supply and available.

CE2.2 Detailed the maneuvers in electrical switches, valves and other components according to the procedure and safety measures in place, in coordination with the control room operators.

CE2.3 Describe any tasks of operation or supervision, from the control room panels, to the requirements of those responsible according to the instructions received.

CE2.4 Describe the verification procedure at the foot of the conditions and the validity of the parameters of operation prior to and after the start or stop of any of the fundamental equipment operated from the control room.

CE2.5 Valorar and relate the requirements of times to use, rhythms, adjustments and limitations of the conditions of boiler start-cold, temperate or hot-, turbines and other fundamental equipment, determining the permissible values of the temperatures, differential expansions and other relevant parameters.

CE2.6 Define possible anomalous or potential risk situations for people or for process stability and installation during transient maneuvers, describing the measures to be taken to recover the safe condition.

CE2.7 Detailed the alert activation processes and the coordination tasks of immediate actions to prevent risks.

C3: Describe the control rooms of thermoelectric plants, identifying the different zones, the components and their function, to collaborate in the operation maneuvers.

CE3.1 Identify and locate the different zones and the different elements of a control room.

CE3.2 Interpret the information reflected in measuring instruments, indicator devices and other control room operating elements.

CE3.3 Justify for each type of maneuver the operations to be performed from a control room.

CE3.4 Identify and differentiate the roles of people involved in operations from central control.

C4: Analyze the possible anomalous situations of operation in thermoelectric power plants, defining the equipment and operating parameters that must be monitored as a matter of priority and the actions for each situation.

CE4.1 Determine the immediate checks and actions to be performed on the control and lubrication system of the main turbine and the auxiliary turbine in case of a total voltage failure.

CE4.2 Determine the immediate checks and actions to be performed on the hydrogen lubrication and sealing system of the alternator in the event of a total voltage failure.

CE4.3 Relate other functional systems or equipment that should receive priority emergency feeding in case of general failure of alternating voltage.

CE4.4 Describe the behavior to be followed in case of sudden breakage in the internal boiler pipe or at any point of the pressure parts.

CE4.5 Describe the behavior to follow in case of a boiler shot, partial load rejection, or group firing.

CE4.6 Determine the behavior to follow in case of spill of liquid fuels, polluting products or in case of fire.

CE4.7 Describe the behavior to follow in the different types of cases where a personal accident could occur.

C5: Diagnose dysfunctions in a simulation system, by analyzing the operation parameters.

CE5.1 Collect data using established checklists.

CE5.2 Transfer to the management system the data obtained according to the established procedure.

CE5.3 Perform the validation of the quality of the data obtained by analyzing the trends.

CE5.4 Perform a report according to the procedure set.

CE5.5 Determine which parameters are out of range indicating possible causes and likely effects of the current situation.

CE5.6 Use with dexterity the documentation related to the detected dysfunction.

CE5.7 Describe clearly and concisely the detected problem and other information to be transmitted to the operating and the next shift.

C6: Act according to established protocols, in the simulation of breaking pressure parts, firing of the group, zero voltage, pollutant emission, fire or other unforeseen or emergency situations.

CE6.1 promptly and accurately identify the entity and scope of the emergency in order to prevent risks.

CE6.2 Determine the type of emergency equipment that should be automatically activated.

CE6.3 Perform the manual boot equipment activation procedures.

CE6.4 Describe the procedures for alert activation.

CE6.5 Define the immediate actions to be taken in response to the different emergency situations, analyzing the required coordination tasks.

C7: Analyze the conditions and procedures that ensure safety in operation tasks and during the start-up, stopping, and anomalous processes in thermoelectric power plants.

CE7.1 Define and evaluate the professional risks arising from the operation maneuvers of thermoelectric power plants.

CE7.2 Describe the safety and personal protection equipment used in the different operation tasks in thermoelectric power plants.

CE7.3 Define the critical inspection and maintenance points of the general and personal security teams, detecting the possible anomalies and communicating them to the security officer.

CE7.4 Describe the security elements used in the maneuvers in boilers and auxiliary systems.

CE7.5 Describe the security elements used in the manoeuvres in the turbogenerator group and auxiliary systems.

CE7.6 Determine the operations required to control and reduce electrical risks during operation maneuvers and during startup, stopping, and in anomalous operating situations.

CE7.7 Describe the operations necessary to control and reduce the risks of thermal and mechanical origin derived from the operation maneuvers and during the processes of starting, stopping and in anomalous situations of operation.

CE7.8 Relate the hazardous substances and materials present in the facilities of the plant, determining the necessary precautions in each case.

CE7.9 Apply the regulations and safety plans of the power plant in the operation maneuvers.

CE7.10 Develop measures for information and dissemination of risk prevention in the various maneuvers performed at the plant.

C8: Razon and value emergency devices in the face of accidents, each one describing and establishing the actions to be carried out in each case.

CE8.1 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE8.2 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan regarding the material resources established.

CE8.3 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or a contingency, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

CE8.4 Describe the essential elements of an internal emergency plan in the framework of the process of formation and dissemination of this matter to other operators.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.2, CE2.3 and CE2.5; C6 with respect to CE6.1 and CE6.3; C7 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Learn new concepts and procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established by the organization.

Demonstrate stress resistance, mood stability and impulse control.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Contents:

1. Operation of the boiler and auxiliary circuits of a thermoelectric power plant in the process of starting and stopping

Service water circuits and instrumentation air: alignment and commissioning. Boiler filling and venting. Air systems and boiler gases: alignment and commissioning. Condensate and water supply circuits, water heaters and degassing: alignment, filling and commissioning. Ignition fuel: circuit alignment. Boiler: Purge and ignition.

Process of steam preparation. Vents. Commissioning of the auxiliary steam system. Auxiliary liquid fuel. Water circuits for circulation or cooling of the condenser: alignment, filling and commissioning.

2. Operation of the turbogenerator and auxiliary circuits of a thermoelectric power plant in the process of starting and stopping

Shutter and ejector steam circuits: alignment and commissioning. Drains and vents. System of turbine closures and adjacent conduits to the condenser. Vacuum in the condenser. Turbine bypass system: alignment and checking. Lubrication, control and sealing circuits of the turbine generator. Conditions required for the taxiing of the turbine according to the conditions of departure. Filming, coupling, heating and loading of the turbine generator.

3. Control systems in relation to transitional regimes of the thermoelectric power plant

Expert or assistant systems for starting or stopping a thermoelectric power plant.

Tensions control systems in the boiler pipes.

Devices for rotor position monitoring, differential expansions and turbine stresses during shooting or stopping and in load changes.

Continuous monitoring systems for rotating machines.

Transitional and emergency enforcement regulations in a central government.

Applicable safety and environmental regulations.

4. Control rooms in thermoelectric power plants

Location. Component layout.

Monitoring the process. Simulation and operation on the system.

Alarm systems.

Staff in control room. Functions.

Communication systems. Protocols.

5. Professional risks in the operation of thermoelectric power plants

Technological processes and risk identification. Security manual.

Risks of thermal and mechanical origin.

Electric type hazards.

Risks associated with hazardous substances and materials.

Prevention and control of professional risks in the operation of boilers.

Prevention and control of professional risks in the operation maneuvers of the turbogenerator group. Applicable rules.

6. Security teams

Automatic security equipment and systems.

Personal protection equipment.

Auxiliary security teams.

Lifting loads.

Signalling systems.

Maintenance of equipment.

7. Emergencies

Emergency Plan.

Protection of the crashed. Assessment of the accident.

Help request.

First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control of operation manoeuvres in thermoelectric power plants during the start-up, stopping and in-operation processes, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: COORDINATION AND SUPPORT FOR HUMAN TEAMS INVOLVED IN THE OPERATION OF POWER PLANTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1200_3

Associated with UC: Coordinate and prepare the human team involved in the operation area of power plants

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the professional functions of the people involved in the operation and maintenance of the first level in power stations, identifying the performance sequences and the expected behavior of the different members of the team.

CE1.1 Define the roles and responsibilities of team members, analyzing the professional relationships between them.

CE1.2 Transmit and provide clear information on the objectives and actions to be performed by each of the team members in charge of the operation and maintenance of the first level of the plant.

CE1.3 Encourage the participation of team members to improve interventions and update operation manuals, security manuals or any other technical documents related to their field of action.

C2: Develop actions for the continuous internal training of the human group, which, under its responsibility, operates in power plants.

CE2.1 Concrete training needs of the newly incorporated staff, or in training period according to the functions to be performed.

CE2.2 Establish a continuous training program adapted to the job.

CE2.3 Collaborate in the direct training of new incorporation staff, or in training in aspects related to procedures and operating instructions, test protocols, proof of protection devices, checklists and other relevant information.

CE2.4 Develop action plans to assess the outcome of the training actions and correct the shortcomings observed.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of coordination and preparation of the human equipment of an electric power plant, characterized by the installation plans and operation and maintenance manuals:

-Set the appropriate training program to a particular training need.

-Collect procedures and operating instructions, test protocols, proof of protection devices, checklists and other relevant information for support in the training action.

-Perform training actions according to contents related to the operation of power plants.

-Evaluate the formative action.

C3: Systematize and formalize information about operation incidents in power stations and coordinate their transmission to the members of the relay teams.

CE3.1 Identify, define and collect relevant information about the incidents that occur in the processes of monitoring and operation of power plants.

CE3.2 Describe the protocols for the relay of equipment, detailing the documents used for the transmission of information.

CE3.3 Manage administrative documents, completing them with clear and detailed data for any contingency that has arisen.

C4: Develop coordination plans for operation, maintenance, safety, environmental and quality activities.

CE4.1 Analyze the aspects of leadership, motivation, and other values to consider for efficient teamwork.

CE4.2 Analyze the aspects of stress, human error, and other factors that may interfere with efficient teamwork.

CE4.3 Identify, define and collect relevant information about the coordination needs between the teams that operate the plant and those that perform maintenance, chemical control, environmental monitoring or quality management tasks.

CE4.4 Identify the necessary telecommunication equipment for the permanent coordination with the different members of the team.

CE4.5 Develop a coordination plan between the tasks of different teams, designing the necessary schedules and defining the required operating maneuvers at each moment.

CE4.6 Detailed maintenance work compliance models including final test requirements, circuit alignment, or other tasks at the plant of the plant, managing the same.

CE4.7 Based on practical scenarios in which different types of coordination problems occur, propose the necessary improvements and develop useful reports for the quality management area.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.5; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Maintain an assertive, empathetic and conciliatory attitude with others; demonstrating cordiality and kindness in the treatment.

Learn new concepts and procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established by the organization.

Demonstrate stress resistance, mood stability and impulse control.

Contents:

1. Organizational structure of an electrical power plant

Central typology.

thermoelectric power stations.

hydroelectric power stations.

Production process. Power grid and power supply.

Professional functions. Organigram.

Production management. Control room. Areas and departments.

2. External assistance contracts and services in power stations

Regular tasks of external assistance and services. Procurement process.

Framework of the work of personnel outside the plant.

Fuel supply.

Monitoring, checking, and certification systems.

Testing and systems for task compliance.

3. Management of human equipment in the usual operations in power stations

Operations and personnel involved. Teamwork. Leadership, motivation. Management of human stress and error. Communication techniques.

Preventive maintenance on power stations.

Coordination of operation with preventive maintenance and other interventions.

Coordination Plan.

Cronograms.

4. Human equipment management in scheduled power plant reviews

Central stop and associated operations. Corrective maintenance and breakdown repair operations.

Coordination of the intervention in the boiler. Test maneuvers.

Coordination of the intervention in the turbine generator. Test maneuvers.

Coordination of intervention in auxiliary air, steam and fuel systems. Test maneuvers.

Coordination of intervention in hydraulic turbines.

Coordination of intervention in the external installations of hydroelectric power plants.

Coordination of the intervention in substations.

Schedule of the job. Chronograms.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the coordination and preparation of the human team involved in the area of operation of the power plants, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: FIRST-LEVEL MAINTENANCE AND PLANT OPERATION OF THERMOELECTRIC POWER PLANTS

Level: 2

Code: MF1201_2

Associated with UC: Operate on site and perform first-level maintenance of thermoelectric power plants

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Explain the general operation of thermoelectric power plant installations in relation to the first-level operation and maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a thermoelectric plant from the technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components from the point of view of the operation and maintenance of the first level.

CE1.2 Identify in planes of thermoelectric power plant installations the elements on which it is operated and on which preventive maintenance must be carried out from a certain maintenance program.

CE1.3 Reasoning the consequences, for a given installation, of the breakdowns in your critical points.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of first-level operation and maintenance of a thermoelectric power plant containing at least electric motors, reducers, fans and mill components and characterized by installation plans and commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Describe the usual operations on each of the components of the installation.

-Explain the types of maintenance operations to perform.

-Justify the periodicity of the maintenance operations to be performed.

-Determine the times for each intervention.

-Define the technical and human resources involved in the operations.

C2: To analyze the measures of prevention, safety and environmental protection regarding the maintenance of installations of thermoelectric plants contained in the safety plans of the companies of the sector.

CE2.1 Identify and assess the professional risks involved in the maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations.

CE2.2 Propose preventive and corrective measures in the face of identified risks including selection and use of individual and collective protective equipment.

CE2.3 Identify the environmental protection requirements derived from the maintenance of the reception and fuel processing systems of thermoelectric plants.

CE2.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE2.5 Specify the aspects of safety regulations related to the maintenance of thermal power plant installations.

CE2.6 Detailed the protocols for action in the face of possible emergencies during the maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations.

CE2.7 Describe the requirements of first aid and the transfer of accidents in different scenarios of accidents resulting from the maintenance of thermoelectric power plants.

C3: Perform preventive maintenance operations of thermoelectric power plants.

CE3.1 Use, after organization and preparation, the materials, equipment and tools necessary to perform preventive maintenance.

CE3.2 Reasoning the need for preventive maintenance operations in the systems of reception, treatment, milling and supply of fuel, water treatment systems, boiler systems, turbine-generator systems, and other equipment and components of the thermoelectric power plant installations according to an established method.

CE3.3 Describe the procedures of each of the preventive maintenance operations to be performed on the equipment and components of the thermoelectric power plant.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of first-level operation and maintenance of a thermoelectric power plant containing at least electric motors, reducers, fans and mill components and characterized by installation plans and commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Check the general status of the different systems in the central system.

-Identify the items on which preventive maintenance operations are to be performed.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Check the general state of media, protections, and insulating material.

-Perform cleanup, border tightening, and ground connection status checking.

-Check the state of electrical insulation, voltage drop, and performance of security and protection elements.

-Check the main variables of the installation and compare the measurements obtained with the technical specifications.

-Act on out-of-range parameters to fit the parameters in the technical specifications.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

C4: Perform basic corrective maintenance operations of thermoelectric power plant installations.

CE4.1 Diagnose the usual breakdowns that occur in the thermoelectric plant installations, determining the cause of the thermal power plants and their effects on the system.

CE4.2 Describe the procedures for each of the first-level corrective maintenance operations to be performed on the equipment and components of the facilities.

CE4.3 Describe the tools and auxiliary equipment used in the first-level corrective maintenance operations, reasoning the way they are used and maintained.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of first-level operation and maintenance of a thermoelectric power plant containing at least electric motors, reducers, fans and mill components, some of them in a defective condition, and characterized by installation plans and commissioning and maintenance manuals:

-Identify possible breakdowns and their causes.

-Prepare the work area according to the requirements of the operation according to established work procedures, identifying the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.

-Describe the repair procedure, isolating the circuit or component if necessary.

-Repair and/or replace broken elements.

-Connect the system.

-Check the correct operation of the system.

-Review and maintain in operation the equipment and tools used in maintenance.

-Meet the performance report.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate some autonomy in the resolution of small contingencies related to its activity.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Sharing information with the work team.

Prove a good professional.

Contents:

1. Operation of thermoelectric power plants

General operation of the subsystems of thermoelectric power plants.

Operation maneuvers in the fuel system.

Operation maneuvers in the boiler and steam circuits.

Operation Maneuvers in the turbine and its auxiliary systems.

Operation Maneuvers in the alternator and electrical systems of AT.

Operation Maneuvers in the debugging and environmental systems.

Maneuvers of urgency and security.

2. First-level maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations

Maintenance programs for thermoelectric power plants. Manuals. Establishment and management of maintenance plans in thermoelectric plants. Regulations for the application of the maintenance of thermoelectric power plants. Quality in the maintenance of installations of thermoelectric plants. Safety in the maintenance of installations of thermoelectric power plants.

3. Preventive maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations

Preventive maintenance program. Procedures and operations for the taking of measures. Checking and adjusting the parameters to the watchword values. Performance evaluation. Mechanical operations in the maintenance of installations. Electrical operations for the maintenance of circuits. Usual equipment and tools. Damping, vibrations. Cleaning procedures. Lubrication. Maintenance of the calorifugado.

4. First-level corrective maintenance of thermoelectric power plant installations

Diagnosis of breakdowns. Critical breakdowns. Procedures for electrically isolating the different components. Methods for the repair of the various components of the installations. Disassembly and repair or replacement of electrical and mechanical elements. Maintenance of valves and actuators. Bombs. Removal and assembly of packing.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the operation in plant and performance of first level maintenance of thermoelectric power plants, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

ANNEX XI

Professional qualification: Managing the assembly and maintenance of gas networks

Professional Family: Energy and Water

Level: 3

Code: ENA360_3

General Competition

Organize, control and manage the assembly, commissioning and maintenance of gas networks and auxiliary facilities, taking into account the requirements of efficiency, efficiency, quality of supply and safety at work and the environment, complying with the applicable regulations.

Competition Units

UC1202_3: Collaborate on the gas network execution schedule

UC1203_3: Control the development of gas network works

UC1204_3: Monitor gas network commissioning

UC1205_3: Organize and monitor gas network maintenance

UC1206_3: Manage the application of environmental and labor risk prevention measures in gas networks

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production dedicated to the assembly, operation and/or maintenance of gas distribution networks, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. Their professional activity is subject to regulation by the competent authority. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the sector of supply of electrical energy, gas, steam and air conditioning, subsector of the distribution of gaseous fuels, in the productive activities related to the assembly, operation and maintenance of gas distribution facilities.

Relevant occupations and jobs

The terms of the next relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomrensivo character of women and men.

Gas network mount managers

Gas network maintenance managers

Gas network heads

Associated Training (510 hours)

Training Modules

MF1202_3: Gas network planning (150 hours)

MF1203_3: Development of gas network works (150 hours)

MF1204_3: Gas network commissioning systems (60 hours)

MF1205_3: Organization and control of gas network maintenance (90 hours)

MF1206_3: Work and environmental risk management in gas networks (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: COLLABORATE ON PLANNING FOR GAS NETWORK EXECUTION

Level: 3

Code: UC1202_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Interpret the project or technical memory of the assembly of a gas network to proceed with the planning of its execution and the definition of the phases of work.

CR 1.1 The project or plan memory is parsed and interpreted to proceed to the planning process.

CR 1.2 The topographical and site characteristics of the projected network are interpreted from the project plans.

CR 1.3 The functional characteristics of the projected network and auxiliary facilities are interpreted from the project plans.

CR 1.4 The work plans, diagrams, assembly sequence, and other elements related to the organization and control of the execution are interpreted from the project or plan documentation.

CR 1.5 The layout of other services such as water, electricity or telephone networks and their possible interferences with the projected network are analyzed by determining the implications.

CR 1.6 Access to information in computer support of the gas network project or project is carried out using the corresponding computer applications.

RP 2: Collaborate in the preliminary definition of the phases of work, program of supply, realization of the schedule and planning of the resources, both material and human, that are involved in the execution of the gas network, in order to realize the plan of work.

CR 2.1 The sequencing and general organization of the work is established from the project, carrying out a work plan in which the process is optimized in terms of security, method and time.

CR 2.2 The schedules for each of the mounting phases are performed, optimizing the resources.

CR 2.3 The provisioning plan is done by coordinating the assembly plan with the possibilities of provisioning and storage, verifying and guaranteeing the supply at the right time.

CR 2.4 The preliminary organization of the human resources, companies and necessary means is established by defining the functions of each operator or contracted company and its correlation with the technical means programmed in each phase, analyzing the possible deviations and interferences.

CR 2.5 The sequencing, organization of execution and other tasks related to the planning of the work are carried out using the corresponding computer applications.

RP 3: Organize the repose of the gas network, verifying and contrasting the data, marking on the ground and proposing the necessary modifications, to perform its assembly.

CR 3.1 The possible dysfunction between the project of the installation and the site itself is analyzed, recommending the corrective measures and carrying out the technical study and the economic calculations of the variations considered.

CR 3.2 The situation of water, electricity or other pipes is proven to correspond to the layout indicated in the project, reflecting otherwise the new situation in the plane and making the appropriate reports.

CR 3.3 The locations and anchor characteristics, supports, and connections of components and constructive elements are pre-monitored for assembly.

CR 3.4 The complementary schemes necessary for the repose and assembly of gas distribution networks are performed in those cases that are required.

CR 3.5 The marking of pipes and the site of auxiliary installations and other elements of the network is monitored on the ground from the installation project and taking into account the characteristics of the site, using equipment and detection systems to verify the possible services concerned, in order to allow for their proper installation.

CR 3.6 The signaling of the affected work area is monitored according to established procedures and applicable regulations.

RP 4: Collaborate in the management of documentation and administrative processing to obtain the necessary permits, and related to the conditions to services and to third parties in the execution of gas networks.

CR 4.1 The documentation related to the required official permissions on the work is managed.

CR 4.2 Project documents, symbolic schemes, specifications, certifications, lists of materials, operating manuals and other technical documents are managed in accordance with the established procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.3 The parties, albarans, quality verifications and other administrative documents are managed in the gas network planning process.

CR 4.4 Communications related to services and third-party conditions are managed to minimize their interference in the execution of the network.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Drawing Useful. Specific IT applications. Data recording and acquisition unit: TPL, GPS, GIS. Marking tools. Pics, signalling material. Safety equipment. Surveying tools, cable detectors, sheet detectors, gas detectors, vehicles.

Products and results:

Gas distribution network installations performed, reposed and planned. Modifications of reposed and planned gas distribution networks. Documentation and administrative processing required. Documentation and administrative processing related to the necessary permits and with the conditions to services and to third parties in the execution of gas networks.

Information used or generated:

Project. Floor plans and pall, as a whole and in detail, despite the fact. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Specifications for the product. Listing of parts and components. Assembly programs. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Parts, albarans, quality checks and other administrative documents. Work plans, schedules, letters and communications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: CONTROL THE DEVELOPMENT OF GAS NETWORK WORKS

Level: 3

Code: UC1203_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the phases of execution of the gas networks by fulfilling the established schedule, monitoring them and making, at their level, the corresponding adaptations based on the contingencies that may arise.

CR 1.1 The planning of the assembly of the gas auxiliary network or installation is used to raise the organization of the work of the different parts of the work.

CR 1.2 The work of the individuals and companies involved in the work is coordinated by ensuring that the objectives are met, according to criteria of effectiveness, efficiency, quality and safety.

CR 1.3 Demolition, excavation, protection of slopes, burping, retranking with other services, location of the affected, setting of anchor massifs, preparation and levelling of sand bed and other operations in ditches are monitored according to the project specifications.

CR 1.4 The laying of pipes in the gas network is monitored, checking that it has been performed according to the project specifications.

CR 1.5 Pipeline assembly and connection is monitored according to established quality and safety specifications.

CR 1.6 The location and position of the archets, isolations, flanges, signaling milestones, valves, regulation elements, and installed accessories is monitored, checking that it has been performed according to the project specifications.

CR 1.7 The interconnection of the gas network with the regulating stations is monitored, checking that it has been performed according to the project specifications.

CR 1.8 The protection against corrosion, oxidation and mechanical impacts and the thermal insulation of the networks and elements are monitored, checking that they have been carried out according to the specifications of the project.

CR 1.9 The withdrawal of the burbation, the filling of the filling, its compaction and the replacement of surfaces are monitored according to the specifications of the project.

RP 2: Organize the supply and supply of materials to the work according to procedures established in the company, for the execution of gas networks, controlling the process and ensuring compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The selection of the necessary equipment, tools and other technical resources is monitored in each of the phases of the work.

CR 2.2 The supply of materials with respect to delivery times, supply conditions, storage and distribution management is coordinated, controlled and monitored in accordance with the specifications and regulations applicable.

CR 2.3 The displacement and location of the materials and equipment is managed according to the logistics of the project of the work with the means of transport and elevation established and in conditions of safety.

CR 2.4 The tools, machinery, and auxiliary means are organized and maintained in a state of use and in security conditions.

RP 3: Collaborate on the monitoring and control of the quality of the work, in order to comply with the plan, according to procedures established in the company and ensuring compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The collaboration in the development of quality management plans is carried out according to the assembly program and the established quality plan.

CR 3.2 The information and support required for the various quality audits of the work to be carried out are managed according to the established procedures.

CR 3.3 The collaboration in the control of the quality specifications of materials and other technical resources necessary for the work is carried out in accordance with the requirements and procedures established.

CR 3.4 Quality technical specifications in the execution of the network mount are controlled and monitored.

CR 3.5 The technical specifications of quality in the execution of the regulatory and measurement stations and other auxiliary facilities that require it, are controlled and monitored according to the project of execution.

CR 3.6 The test pieces and tests corresponding to the specifications of aggregates, concretes, compacts, resistance tests, tightness and others, are carried out according to the technical requirements and established procedures, according to the applicable regulations.

RP 4: Support the management of the documentation related to the work processes to ensure the application of organizational criteria established by the company, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, certifications control, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled during the network mount process.

CR 4.2 The topography documents, data collection for settlement and technical specifications are controlled and collected to form the documentary basis of the work.

CR 4.3 Documentation related to regulation and measurement stations, cathodic protection and other ancillary facilities is managed.

CR 4.4 The documentation required for possible inspections is managed in accordance with the established procedures and the implementing rules.

CR 4.5 The quality of the processes and results is reflected in the documentation according to the usual procedures and applicable regulations.

CR 4.6 Possible deviations, causes and recommendations for corrective action in the event of operational incidents are reported.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Equipment for movement of materials: explaners, excavators, cranes, trucks and other types of machinery used in public works, compressors, drilling equipment, installation systems without a trench, useful for lifting, scaffolding. Winch. Measurement tools and tools: flexometer, circometro, thick, level, scale, gauge, electrical measurement equipment, marking and detection tools, surveying tools, probes. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detecting leaks. Safety equipment. Signalling material, detectors, harnesses, personal protective equipment, lifelines and other equipment. Water column, ventometers, manometers, combustion analyzers, safety valves, presostats, regulation and safety valves, pressure regulators, filters, leak detectors.

Products and results:

Mounted and monitored gas distribution facilities and networks. Documentation related to the processes of the work.

Information used or generated:

Projects, assembly plans and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Book of work, certificate of tests, X-rays and certificates of non-destructive tests. Listing of parts and components. Assembly plans. Working parties, albarans, invoices, control for certifications and other administrative documents. Technical specifications. Testing standards. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MONITOR GAS NETWORK COMMISSIONING

Level: 3

Code: UC1204_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize cleaning, inertization, testing of tightness, pressure, control of joints and visual inspections and with cameras, controlling its application, for the putting into service of the network.

CR 1.1 The visual inspection and cameras of the gas distribution networks are performed to detect possible anomalies.

CR 1.2 The realization of the controls of the unions in the gas networks is organized and supervised according to established procedures and implementing regulations.

CR 1.3 The completion of the drying and cleaning operations of the networks and the facilities is organized and controlled according to established procedures and implementing regulations.

CR 1.4 The performance of the tests for tightness, inertization and pressure of the networks and the facilities is organized and controlled according to established procedures and implementing regulations.

RP 2: Coordinate the mechanical tests, and control of gas networks and auxiliary facilities, for putting into service.

CR 2.1 The elements of the gas distribution networks are visually inspected for possible anomalies.

CR 2.2 The verification that all elements of the networks meet the set parameters is controlled.

CR 2.3 The performance of the functional tests of the operators of the networks is organized and controlled according to established procedures.

CR 2.4 The coordination in the performance of the functional tests of the control elements of the gas networks and auxiliary facilities, is guaranteed according to established procedures.

CR 2.5 The coordination in the performance of the functional tests of the measurement and auxiliary elements of the nets is guaranteed according to established procedures.

RP 3: Monitor the commissioning of the work to verify that the quality criteria established by the supplying company are met.

CR 3.1 The implementation of the commissioning of the gas network is controlled and monitored according to the procedures established by the supplying company.

CR 3.2 Quality criteria and compliance with the environmental measures necessary for the commissioning of the network are monitored and monitored in accordance with applicable regulations and quality requirements.

CR 3.3 Final finishing, resolution of conditions, removal of machinery and infrastructures, cleanings, conditioning, seals and other operations of the work are controlled and supervised.

RP 4: Monitor documentation related to the gas network commissioning processes, according to applicable regulations and established procedures, for their management and control.

CR 4.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, orders, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled within the commissioning process.

CR 4.2 The administrative procedures and quality management systems in the commissioning are applied and monitored for proper execution.

CR 4.3 The inventory of the equipment used in the commissioning is managed, revised and updated, including information related to the high, low and repairs made.

CR 4.4 The control and management of the documentation corresponding to the commissioning processes are carried out using specific computer applications.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Water column, winometers, manometers. Gas quality analyzers, probes, combustion analyzers. Safety valves, presostats, regulation and safety valves, pressure regulators, filters, leak detectors. Flexometer, circometro, compas of thick, level, scalimeter, caliber. Electrical measuring equipment. Marking and detection tools and topography useful. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detecting leaks. Safety equipment. Signalling material, detectors, harnesses, personal protective equipment, lifelines and other equipment.

Products and results:

Proven and in-service gas distribution facilities and networks. Documentation related to the processes of commissioning of managed and supervised gas networks.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly plans. Parts of work. Certifications. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Inventories. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: ORGANIZE AND MONITOR GAS NETWORK MAINTENANCE

Level: 3

Code: UC1205_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Organize the processes of preventive maintenance of gas networks, according to the requirements, monitoring the process, to meet the maintenance plan.

CR 1.1 Preventive maintenance of gas networks is organized and monitored using the technical and administrative documentation received and generated.

CR 1.2 The specifications of materials and equipment used in the preventive maintenance of networks are developed for the management of their acquisition.

CR 1.3 The collection and distribution of stocks of materials needed for maintenance, through the process of warehouse management, is organized and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 1.4 Available human resources, machinery, tools, mobile parks, communication systems and other elements necessary for the execution of preventive maintenance are coordinated and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 1.5 The process of reviewing networks, control systems and other elements is organized and controlled with the aim of ensuring that most maintenance is of a preventive nature.

CR 1.6 The corrective measures to be taken when there are deviations in relation to the efficient operation of the network are determined and given the appropriate instructions for their implementation.

CR 1.7 The follow-up of preventive maintenance is carried out by controlling the quality of execution and the costs, obtaining the necessary control indicators to establish the comparative ones that profile the most convenient lines of action and solving the contingencies with efficiency and meeting the programmed objectives.

RP 2: Organize the processes and procedures for corrective maintenance of gas networks, in accordance with applicable regulations and the intervention procedures established, monitoring the process, in order to comply with the maintenance plan.

CR 2.1 Corrective maintenance of gas networks is organized and monitored using the technical and administrative documentation received and generated.

CR 2.2 The specifications of materials and equipment used in the corrective maintenance of gas networks are developed for the management of their acquisition.

CR 2.3 Available human resources, machinery, tools, mobile parks, communication systems and other elements necessary for the execution of corrective maintenance are coordinated and controlled under the premises of efficiency, efficiency and quality.

CR 2.4 Corrective maintenance monitoring is carried out by controlling the quality of execution and costs, obtaining the necessary control indicators to establish the benchmarks that profile the most convenient lines of action and solving the contingencies with efficiency and meeting the programmed objectives.

CR 2.5 Data obtained from modifications by works or revisions are controlled and collected to maintain up-to-date information systems and databases.

CR 2.6 Attention to notices and complaints for problems, supply cuts, requests for work permits, and other issues arising from the service provided, directly related to services and customers affected by the execution of the maintenance, are managed with efficiency and quality.

RP 3: Monitor documentation related to the gas network maintenance processes, according to applicable regulations and established procedures, for their management and control.

CR 3.1 Work parties, albarans, invoices, orders, and other administrative documents are organized and controlled within the maintenance process.

CR 3.2 The administrative procedures and quality management systems in maintenance are applied and monitored in their implementation.

CR 3.3 Maintenance equipment inventories are managed, revised and updated, including information related to high, low, and repairs.

CR 3.4 The control and management of the documentation for maintenance processes is carried out using specific IT applications.

CR 3.5 Customer demands are addressed, recorded and transmitted quickly and following established protocols.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Water column, winometers, manometers. Gas quality analyzers, probes, combustion analyzers. Safety valves, presostats, regulation and safety valves, pressure regulators, filters, leak detectors. Flexometer, circometro, compas of thick, level, scalimeter, caliber. Electrical measuring equipment. Marking and detection tools and topography useful. Hand tools: arc saw, fixed keys, cut-outs, drilling machine, riveting, machines for the machining of materials, screw, bending, joining and welding equipment, equipment for detecting leaks. Safety equipment. Signalling material, detectors, harnesses, personal protective equipment, lifelines and other equipment.

Products and results:

Gas distribution facilities and networks maintained, repaired and/or renovated. Documentation related to the managed and supervised gas network maintenance processes.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly plans. Parts of work. Certifications. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Instructions for assembly and operation. Specifications for materials and equipment. Working parties, albarans, invoices, orders and other administrative documents. Inventories. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: MANAGING THE APPLICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND LABOR RISK PREVENTION MEASURES IN GAS NETWORKS

Level: 3

Code: UC1206_3

Professional Realizations and Realization Criteria:

RP 1: Control compliance with the measures to prevent occupational risks in the assembly of gas networks, to ensure the safety and compliance of the applicable regulations.

CR 1.1 Professional risks arising from the assembly of gas networks are identified and controlled in accordance with the established procedures and in compliance with the implementing rules.

CR 1.2 The management, deployment, and location of security and health related infrastructure in the network mount, is developed and controlled.

CR 1.3 The management, deployment and use of personal security and protection equipment is developed and controlled.

CR 1.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other equipment used in the work is monitored from the point of view of safety.

CR 1.5 The application of the work safety plan in the mount phase is monitored.

RP 2: Control compliance with measures to prevent occupational risks in the service and maintenance of gas networks, in order to ensure the safety and compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 Professional risks arising from work in the presence of gas are identified and controlled in accordance with established procedures and in compliance with the implementing rules.

CR 2.2 The management, deployment and location of safety and health related infrastructure in the service and maintenance of gas networks, is developed and controlled.

CR 2.3 The employment and conservation status of the safety and personal protection equipment used in maintenance work is monitored.

CR 2.4 The use, operation and conservation status of machinery, vehicles, tools and other equipment used in the work is monitored from the point of view of safety.

CR 2.5 The implementation of the work safety plan in the commissioning and maintenance processes is monitored.

RP 3: Control compliance with the preventive measures of environmental risks in the assembly, commissioning and maintenance of gas networks, to ensure the safety and compliance of the applicable regulations.

CR 3.1 The debris and waste produced in the works are classified according to typology and dangerousness.

CR 3.2 The evacuation and recycling of debris and waste produced in the works is managed according to procedures and regulations.

CR 3.3 Gas vents and discharges to the atmosphere are monitored and controlled according to established procedures.

CR 3.4 Noise and dust production are controlled according to established procedures and limits.

CR 3.5 The vegetation affected by the works is controlled by managing the transplants, replanting and other measures to minimize the conditions.

RP 4: Manage emergency cases in the assembly, commissioning and maintenance of gas networks in the shortest possible time taking into account the quality and safety conditions.

CR 4.1 The imminent risks or damages produced are identified and evaluated according to the internal and external emergency plan.

CR 4.2 The protection of the accident and the isolation of the cause of the accident is immediately managed.

CR 4.3 The emergency is valued in accordance with the established procedures and in compliance with the applicable security regulations.

CR 4.4 The application for emergency aid is managed as set out in the security plan and in the applicable regulations.

CR 4.5 The provision of first aid and the management, deployment and use of gas network security infrastructures, are developed and controlled by managing the situations of nervousness and disorder.

CR 4.6 The use, operation and use of the personal safety and security equipment used in the implementation of the emergency plan is monitored.

CR 4.7 Damage and other emergency related reports are prepared according to established procedures and specifications.

Professional Context:

Production media:

Security Plan. Internal and external emergency plan. Signalling material. Fire detection and extinguishing equipment. First aid kit. Gas detectors. Personal protective equipment.

Products and results:

Mounted gas installations and networks, put in place and maintained according to the established safety and environmental prevention requirements.

Information used or generated:

Projects. Planes of assembly and cutting. Isometric planes. Schemas and diagrams of principle. Listing of parts and components. Assembly plans. Maintenance programs, maintenance procedures. Parts of work. Technical specifications. Catalogues. Service and use manuals. Operating manual. Specific IT applications. Internal rules of work. Applicable rules.

TRAINING MODULE 1: GAS NETWORK PLANNING

Level: 3

Code: MF1202_3

Associated with UC: Collaborate on Planning for Gas Network Execution

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the operation of gas networks by determining their functional characteristics and parameters to plan their execution.

CE1.1 Describe the general operation of a gas network and its control systems from the corresponding planes.

CE1.2 List and describe the function of the various components that integrate gas networks and their auxiliary facilities, establishing their limits and possibilities of use.

CE1.3 Describe the requirements of the regulations applicable to this type of facilities.

CE1.4 To perform, at the level, the technical calculations necessary to assess the parameters of operation of the gas networks.

C2: Analyze projects of gas distribution networks to obtain the necessary information in the planning of the same.

CE2.1 Describe the documents that configure a project, technical memory, or mount plan for a gas network to plan for its execution.

CE2.2 Represent, manually or with assisted design assistance, principle schemes, sketches and isometric diagrams of a gas network and its components to facilitate its assembly.

CE2.3 Determine the parameters of the installation from the actions in gas network reforms to which new tranches or modifications of the existing ones are incorporated from the respective projects or technical memories.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of planning the execution of a gas network with its auxiliary facilities, characterized by the plans and the corresponding technical documentation:

-Identify the components of the network, specifying the characteristics of each of the elements that compose them.

-Perform supplementary schemes, calculations and plans derived from the need for greater detail or the repose of the work.

-Relate the composition and characteristics of the projected network or, if applicable, modified, with the applicable regulatory requirements.

C3: Develop work plans for the assembly of gas networks according to the project and established work procedures.

CE3.1 Establish the sequence and general organization of the work, optimizing the process in terms of security, method and time.

CE3.2 Make the necessary schedules by integrating the required human resources needs in each phase.

CE3.3 Define the functions of the persons involved in the assembly of a certain gas network in which there is civil work, assembly of pipes and auxiliary elements, and putting into service.

CE3.4 In one or more practical scenarios for planning gas network assembly projects, which contain several sectors with different diameter tubes and different elements in their auxiliary facilities:

-Design the sequence and phases of the work, analyzing different possibilities.

-Set the needs of the human resources required in the different phases and their functions.

-Use IT applications to support network project planning.

C4: Plan the repose of works of gas networks, reworking the work plans that were necessary.

CE4.1 Identify and evaluate the adaptation of the installation of the network to the project, planning the forecast of the location, marking and connection of the pipes, valves, archets, control tables, stations of regulation and measurement and other necessary elements of the network and its auxiliary facilities.

CE4.2 Make symbolic schemes, detail sketches and complementary plans to the project that are necessary in the repose process.

CE4.3 Plant the work and determine the services that may be affected and its scope, analyzing in detail, among others, the consequences for the rolling circulation, the pedestrian accesses, the security in the supply of water, gas, electricity and telecommunications, managing the necessary measures so that the conditions are minimal.

CE4.4 In one or more practical scenarios for planning gas network assembly projects, containing several sectors with different diameter tubes and different elements in their auxiliary facilities:

-Design and sequence the process of rethinking the work.

-Make symbolic schemes, detail sketches and complementary plans to support the process of rethinking and marking.

-Identify the affected services.

-Propose the necessary actions with respect to the affected services.

C5: Develop required resource provisioning plans and complete the initial documentation and permissions of the work.

CE5.1 In one or more practical project planning scenarios for gas network assembly projects, identify sourcing needs, planning for supplies in the framework of the system used for stock management.

CE5.2 Define the characteristics of the documentation related to the official permissions in order to perform the work.

CE5.3 Fill in and process the required technical and administrative documents for obtaining permits.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.1.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Respect the organization's internal rules and procedures.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Fluid physics applied to gas distribution networks

Basic fluid concepts: pressure, flow rate, load loss, circulation system. Basic laws and equations in fluid dynamics. Concept of gas and physical-chemical properties of combustible gases. Ignition and combustion of gases. Interchangeability. Odorization. Liquefied gases.

2. Gas distribution systems

Classification of gas supply networks. Configuration of the installation. Constituent parts and parts. Conductions. Methods of calculation. Operation of each of the parties. Auxiliary installations: regulating and measuring stations, cathodic protection, compression stations, odorization facilities, valve knots, scraper traps. Applicable rules.

3. Gas network projects

Concept and types of projects. Memory, plans, budget and specifications. Development.

Facilities and procedures for repose of installations. Supplementary calculations. Provisioning program. Administrative work permits. Situation plans. Planes of gas distribution networks. Plans for auxiliary installations: regulating and measuring stations, cathodic protection, compression stations, odorization facilities, valve knots, scraper traps. Drawings of detail and set. Symbolic planes, schemas, and logical diagrams. Diagrams, flowcharts, and chronograms. Visualization and interpretation of digitized planes. Basic operations with graphic files.

4. Organisation and planning of works of gas installations

Organization of the execution of a work. Working methods. Analysis of machinery and equipment used in works. Conditions for existing buildings and services. Planning of works. Planning systems. Control of the schedule. Control systems. Computer-assisted planning and control.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to collaboration in the planning of the execution of gas networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 2: DEVELOPMENT OF GAS NETWORK WORKS

Level: 3

Code: MF1203_3

Associated with UC: Controlling the development of gas network works

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the planning of the assembly of a gas network and elaborate detailed work programs for each of the phases of execution.

CE1.1 Interpret the planning documentation and the program of assembly of the work, determining the different phases.

CE1.2 Define the critical points in the coordination of the work of the different guilds.

CE1.3 Detailed the work plan and schedule of the work's civil work.

CE1.4 Perform the work plan and schedule of the laying and connection of valves and placement of valves and other elements of the network.

CE1.5 Perform the work plan and schedule of the finishing, filling, compaction, cleaning and disinfection phases.

C2: Develop monitoring proposals for tasks related to the assembly of the gas network.

CE2.1 Describe critical tasks that are necessary to monitor in detail, at each stage of the assembly process.

CE2.2 Explain the procedures and technical characteristics of the assembly tasks to be monitored.

CE2.3 In one or more practical scenarios for the development of gas network works, which contain several sectors with tubes of different diameter and different elements in their auxiliary facilities:

-Define the critical mount tasks to monitor.

-Explain the procedures to be used in each of the mounting phases.

-Propose a monitor model of the mount by defining the monitoring points and times to perform control.

C3: Analyze the requirements and the factors that influence the quality of the assembly of a gas network made with cast iron, polyethylene, steel or other material.

CE3.1 List the criteria of constructive quality in the realization of ditches and in the support and placement of pipes, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.2 Define the quality criteria in the connection of channelings and registration systems, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.3 Detailed the quality criteria in the placement of elements of actuation, control and measurement, assessing the determining factors.

CE3.4 Explain the quality criteria in network automation, valuing the determining factors.

CE3.5 Define the quality criteria in the filling and compaction of ditches and general of the work.

CE3.6 To conduct tests and tests on foot for the quality control of materials and building elements of the networks.

C4: Manage the technical and administrative documentation related to the control of the execution of the work.

CE4.1 Describe the documents that configure a project, technical memory, or assembly plan for a gas network to organize the assembly.

CE4.2 Determine the supply needs of materials, equipment and machinery necessary for the performance of each of the parts of a work.

CE4.3 Interpret the documentation related to the deadlines, place of delivery and conditions of supply of the materials and equipment required for the execution of the work.

CE4.4 Compliment, the administrative documentation related to the process of execution of works of gas networks.

CE4.5 Use computer applications for monitoring and control of gas network works.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.3; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you develop, meeting the objectives and deadlines set.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established by the organization.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Execution of gas transmission and distribution works

Machinery. Signalling and tracing. Depth of ditches and distances. Burbation. Crosses and parallels. Protection with other services. Works in the presence of electrical conductors. Works in the presence of water. Work on possible gas presence. Special channels: air, unstable land.

2. Mechanical assembly of gas network pipes

Characteristics of different types of pipes. Materials: casting, polyethylene, steel and others. Mechanical operations: Unions, connections to distribution systems, shutter. Pipe renovation systems. Assembly of auxiliary facilities.

3. Quality in the assembly of gas networks

Quality control of the materials used in the gas networks. Quality in assembly operations. Processes of technical documentation of quality. Manual of procedure. Quality management.

4. Control and management of gas network works

Cronograms. Documentation of the materials. Staff management documents in the works. Budgetary control systems. Control of welds and joints. Monitoring of the gas network assembly.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control of the development of gas network works, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 3: GAS NETWORK COMMISSIONING SYSTEMS

Level: 3

Code: MF1204_3

Associated with UC: Monitor gas network commissioning

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Organize and perform the checks and tests prior to the gas distribution work to ensure the conditions required for putting into service.

CE1.1 Relate visual checks and functional tests that require gas distribution works.

CE1.2 Justify and define the tests of cleaning, inertization, tightness, pressure, control of joins, prior to putting into service of the network, establishing the relations with the implementing regulations.

CE1.3 Sequence and define the characteristics of the cleaning, inertization, tightness and pressure tests, detailing the procedures and equipment needed to perform them.

CE1.4 In a scenario of putting into service a gas network with its auxiliary facilities:

-Perform pre-commissioning cleanup operations for the gas network.

-Perform inertization operations.

-Perform tightness and pressure tests.

C2: Organize and perform the commissioning of gas networks meeting the requirements of quality and safety.

CE2.1 Define and sequence visual inspections in the network commissioning process.

CE2.2 Describe network commissioning procedures.

CE2.3 Set the quality criteria to be met by the network's commissioning processes.

CE2.4 List and classify the necessary equipment and tools for the service of the network.

CE2.5 Define the different security risks and the respective corrective measures in the putting into service of the network.

CE2.6 In a practical scenario of putting into service a gas network with its auxiliary facilities:

-Describe the procedure for putting into service.

-Specify the quality criteria for putting into service.

-Specify the security criteria for putting into service.

-Perform the commissioning of the gas network.

C3: Organize the documentary file needed for the putting into service and delivery of the work.

CE3.1 Describe the necessary technical and administrative documents in the commissioning of the gas installation work.

CE3.2 Describe the procedures and procedures of management to be developed for the putting into service and delivery of the work.

CE3.3 In one or more practical scenarios for putting in service of gas networks, containing several sectors with tubes of different diameter and different elements in their auxiliary facilities:

-Interpret the operating manuals by incorporating, where appropriate, the modifications resulting from the contingencies arising during the work or the putting into service thereof.

-Prepare the documentation required for the commissioning.

-Prepare the complete dossier of the gas installation work in appropriate format and support.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.3.

Other capabilities:

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Prior operations and commissioning of gas installations

Protection of tubes and accessories. Cathodic protection. Inspection and testing of resistance and tightness. Purged. Pressure test. Testing of installations and equipment. Trench fill.

2. Automation and control of gas networks

Regulation and automation of gas networks. Measurement and instrumentation. Local and global control of gas installations. Programmable automatons and telemanagement systems. Geographical information systems.

3. Documentation and receipt of works

Receipt of works. Documents associated with the evidence. Operating and maintenance manuals. Settlement plans. Software and media.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the monitoring of the placing in service of gas networks, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 4: ORGANIZATION AND CONTROL OF GAS NETWORK MAINTENANCE

Level: 3

Code: MF1205_3

Associated with UC: Organize and Monitor Gas Network Maintenance

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Analyze the overall operation of the gas networks to establish the maintenance plan.

CE1.1 Describe the operation of a gas network or installation from the corresponding technical documentation, identifying its parts, equipment and components.

CE1.2 Point out the elements of a gas network on which it can be operated manually or automatically and the consequences of its manipulation.

CE1.3 Determine the critical points in which breakdowns can occur with important consequences for users, the environment and the quality of the gas supply service.

C2: Make proposals for the organization of preventive and corrective maintenance in gas networks.

CE2.1 Interpret the technical information of equipment manufacturers and facilities to transfer the necessary data to the gas network maintenance program.

CE2.2 Describe, update and improve the maintenance programs of the company itself, ensuring that they incorporate the definition of tasks, procedures and methods of intervention, the health check ranges, the times and the necessary material and human resources.

CE2.3 Define the quality criteria in the most frequent and important interventions of preventive or corrective maintenance.

CE2.4 Describe different models of organization of preventive and corrective maintenance in gas networks and auxiliary installations, valuing the advantages and disadvantages from the points of view of the quality, cost and safety of the service.

CE2.5 Establish the technical and economic criteria for the maintenance, rehabilitation and renovation of networks.

CE2.6 Reasoning the operation of the management of the purchase of spare parts and their relationship with the organization of the warehouse, determining the criteria for the acquisition of stocks.

CE2.7 Planting the organization of preventive maintenance by determining periods, operations, and review times for each of the critical items or points in an auxiliary gas installation.

C3: Analyze and apply fault diagnosis techniques with the support of automation systems and improved gas network performance.

CE3.1 Describe different media and leak detection techniques in networks, applying them to practical situations.

CE3.2 Determine objectives and methods in conducting gas network audits.

CE3.3 Interpreting the gas network variable recording systems and instruments.

CE3.4 Fill in the maintenance and historical data control tabs using the geographic information systems.

CE3.5 Interpret several practical assumptions of historical breakdowns of an auxiliary gas installation and propose improvements in the organization of preventive maintenance to optimize the service and the maintenance work itself.

CE3.6 Use existing telematic and telecommunication systems in an auxiliary facility or required in procedures established in maintenance management.

CE3.7 In one or more scenarios of organization and monitoring of gas network maintenance:

-Define the methodology to be used for the diagnosis of the breakdown and/or the intervention to be performed.

-Interpret the indications of the measuring devices, valuing the correlation between the values of the slogan and the real ones to make a diagnosis of the operation of the installation.

-Meet historical documents related to the intervention.

-Organize the databases of gas auxiliary networks and facilities and use the information provided to control the performance of the facilities.

C4: Manage processes and documentation related to the operation and maintenance of gas networks.

CE4.1 Describe and organize work items, albarans, invoices, orders, inventories, and other administrative documents associated with maintenance.

CE4.2 Describe the customer's demand-management process, bringing together integrated claims management systems, breakdowns, and gas distribution actions.

CE4.3 Use general purpose and Scada purpose computing applications in the processes of operation and maintenance of gas auxiliary networks and installations.

CE4.4 Meet the documentation associated with quality management systems in the company.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

C2 with respect to CE2.7; C3 with respect to CE3.7.

Other capabilities:

Communicate effectively with the right people, at every moment; respecting the channels established in the organization.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Gas network maintenance programs

Structure of maintenance. Function, objectives and types. Outsourcing of maintenance services. Organisation of maintenance. Inspections. Economic maintenance. Warehouse and maintenance material. Supplies. Organization and management of the maintenance warehouse. Approval of suppliers. Technical specifications for spare parts.

2. Managing gas network maintenance

Planning and management of preventive maintenance. Critical maintenance points in gas networks. Procedures for intervention. Security. Quality management systems and procedures. Integrated management of breakdowns, complaints and actions. Prevention of risks and safety in maintenance. Specific IT applications for maintenance management.

3. Documentation of gas network maintenance

Inventory. Warehouse management. Notices of breakdowns and complaints. Maintenance manuals. Software and media.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and monitoring of gas network maintenance, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.

TRAINING MODULE 5: MANAGING OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS IN GAS NETWORKS

Level: 3

Code: MF1206_3

Associated with UC: Managing the application of environmental and labor risk prevention measures in gas networks

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment capabilities and criteria:

C1: Define the prevention and safety measures regarding the assembly, commissioning and maintenance of gas distribution networks analyzing the applicable regulations and the safety plan of the company.

CE1.1 Identify and evaluate the professional risks present in the assembly of gas networks.

CE1.2 Collaborate on the design of safety manuals, proposing improvements and preventive and corrective measures in the face of the risks identified.

CE1.3 Technically justify the prevention and safety measures in the assembly of networks according to the typology of risks.

CE1.4 Collaborate with the labor risk management department in the design of the signaling requirements of the work area according to the site.

CE1.5 Describe the safety standards related to the assembly of gas distribution networks and interpret the protocols of action in the face of possible emergencies during the work.

CE1.6 Collaborate with the department of occupational risk management in the design of the training required by the assembly staff in the field of risk prevention and emergencies.

CE1.7 Planting the safety plan of a work of sanitation or gas supply, determining the type and level of risks associated, the system of signaling of the work to be used and the description of the necessary personal protective equipment.

C2: Analyze and propose the necessary prevention and safety measures in the execution of works of gas networks.

CE2.1 Point out and assess the most frequent occupational risks present in the works with land movements, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.2 Identify and evaluate specific professional risks related to the execution of wells and ditches, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.3 Assess specific occupational risks related to choking and deflagration in gas networks, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.4 Describe and analyze the most frequent professional risks present in the management of portable tools and equipment used in the works, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.5 Describe and evaluate the professional risks related to the use of pressure groups, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.6 Explain the professional risks related to the use of lifting systems and other techniques of displacement of loads employed in the works, proposing corrective measures for their elimination or control.

CE2.7 Describe the signaling requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks involved and their corrective actions.

CE2.8 In one or more practical scenarios for managing occupational and environmental risks in gas networks:

-Planting the organization of the signaling systems in the work.

-Describe and assess the emergency plan, determining emergency situations, phases, communication systems, and personnel and performance entities.

-Develop the documentation and reports that require a certain contingency.

C3: Analyze and propose the necessary environmental protection measures in the execution of works of gas networks.

CE3.1 Identify and evaluate the most frequent environmental risks present in the works with land movements and propose corrective measures.

CE3.2 Explain environmental risks related to the production of debris and waste materials.

CE3.3 Explain environmental risks related to air vents and gas discharges into the atmosphere.

CE3.4 Describe the procedures for the management of debris and waste materials.

CE3.5 Classify and explain the techniques and procedures for the restitution of the vegetation affected by the works of gas networks.

C4: Razon and value emergency devices in the face of accidents, describing each one of them and establishing the actions to be carried out in each case.

CE4.1 Describe an emergency plan, analyzing the parts in which it is divided.

CE4.2 Describe the requirements arising from an emergency plan regarding the material resources required.

CE4.3 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or a contingency related to suffocation, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

CE4.4 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or a contingency related to the entrapment in ditches, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

CE4.5 Define the actions to be followed by people in an accident or a contingency related to the explosion, describing each of the measures of protection, assessment, aid and first aid.

CE4.6 Compliment with descriptive reports of the emergency situation and damage assessment.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real workbench:

Other capabilities:

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and the fulfillment of the objectives.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to its activity.

Sharing information with the work team.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Contents:

1. Occupational risks and prevention measures in gas networks

Identification and Risk Assessment. Safety plans. Security techniques. Risk analysis. Applicable safety and environmental regulations.

2. Environmental risks and prevention measures in gas networks

Waste of works. Evacuation and treatment. Discharges into the medium. Pollution. Greenhouse effect. Environmental impact. Replacement of vegetable covers.

3. Gas network maintenance and assembly safety equipment

Personal protection equipment. Auxiliary safety equipment. Signalling systems. Maintenance of equipment.

4. Gas network emergencies

Emergency Plan. Assessment of the accident. First aid.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will respond, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit of the associated Competition, taking into account the applicable regulations of the productive sector, prevention of risks, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional or former trainer profile:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the management of the application of the measures for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in gas networks, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent authorities.